PowerConnect 5548p - Network switch DELL - Free user manual and instructions
Find the device manual for free PowerConnect 5548p DELL in PDF.
| Product Type | Managed Gigabit Ethernet PoE+ Switch |
| Model | Dell PowerConnect 5548p |
| Ports | 48 x 10/100/1000Base-T PoE+ ports + 4 x SFP+ 10Gb uplinks |
| PoE Budget | 375W total PoE power budget |
| Dimensions (W x D x H) | 440 x 350 x 44 mm (rack-mountable, 1U) |
| Weight | 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs) |
| Power Supply | Internal AC power supply, 100-240VAC, 50/60Hz, max 550W |
| Switching Capacity | 176 Gbps |
| Forwarding Rate | 131 Mpps |
| Layer Support | Layer 2+ / Lite Layer 3 (static routing, RIP, VRRP) |
| Management | CLI, Web GUI, SNMP, RMON, SSH, Telnet, Dell OpenManage |
| VLAN Support | 802.1Q VLAN (up to 4094), private VLAN, voice VLAN |
| Security Features | 802.1X, ACLs, port security, DHCP snooping, dynamic ARP inspection, STP, BPDU guard |
| Cooling | Two fixed fans, front-to-back airflow; temperature sensor controlled |
| Operating Temperature | 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) |
| Operating Humidity | 10% to 85% non-condensing |
| Warranty | Limited lifetime warranty (Dell) |
| Maintenance | Clean with dry cloth; avoid liquids; ensure adequate ventilation |
| Spare Parts | Power supply, fan modules, SFP+ modules; contact Dell support |
| Repairability | Modular design; replaceable power supply and fans; no user-serviceable internal parts |
Frequently Asked Questions - PowerConnect 5548p DELL
User questions about PowerConnect 5548p DELL
0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.
Ask a new question about this device
Download the instructions for your Network switch in PDF format for free! Find your manual PowerConnect 5548p - DELL and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. PowerConnect 5548p by DELL.
USER MANUAL PowerConnect 5548p DELL
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed.
WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.
© 2011-2012 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell™, the DELL logo, Dell Precision™, OptiPlex™, Latitude™, PowerEdge™, PowerVault™, PowerConnect™, OpenManage™, EqualLogic™, KACETM, FlexAddress™ and Vostro™ are trademarks of Dell Inc. Intel®, Pentium®, Xeon®, Core™ and Celeron® are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. AMD® is a registered trademark and AMD Opteron™, AMD Phenom™, and AMD Sempron™ are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows Server®, MS-DOS® and Windows Vista® are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Red Hat Enterprise Linux® and Enterprise Linux® are registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Novell® is a registered trademark and SUSE™ is a trademark of Novell Inc. in the United States and other countries. Oracle® is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Citrix®, Xen®, XenServer® and XenMotion® are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. VMware®, Virtual SMP®, vMotion®, vCenter®, and vSphere® are registered trademarks or trademarks of VMWare, Inc. in the United States or other countries.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this publication to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.
Regulatory Models: PC5524, PC5524P, PC5548 and PC5548P
May 2012 Rev. A03
Contents
1 Preface.... 33
2 User Interface Commands ..... 41
enable 41
disable 42
login.... 42
configure 43
exit (Configuration).... 43
exit (EXEC) 44
end 45
help 45
history 46
history size 47
terminal history 48
terminal history size.... 49
terminal datadump 50
debug-mode 50
show history 51
show privilege.... 52
do 52
banner exec 53
banner login 55
banner motd 57
exec-banner 59
login-banner 60
motd-banner 61
show banner 61
3 Macro Commands 63
macro name.... 63
macro apply.... 65
macro description 67
macro global.... 68
macro global description 69
show parser macro 70
4 System Management Commands ..... 71
ping 71
traceroute 74
telnet.... 77
resume 81
hostname 82
reload 83
stack master 83
system light. 84
switch renumber 84
show switch 85
service cpu-utilization.... 86
show cpu utilization.... 87
clear cpu counters 87
service cpu-counters 88
show cpu counters 88
show users....89
show sessions....90
show system 91
show version 94
system resources routing 94
show system resources routings.... 95
show system tcam utilization.... 96
show system defaults 97
show tech-support 101
system fans always-on 102
show system fans 103
asset-tag.... 103
show system id 104
5 Clock Commands 107
clock set 107
clock source 108
clock timezone 108
clock summer-time 109
sntp authentication-key.... 111
sntp authenticate 112
sntp trusted-key 113
sntp client poll timer 114
sntp broadcast client enable.... 115
sntp anycast client enable.... 115
sntp client enable 116
sntp client enable (Interface) 117
sntp unicast client enable 118
sntp unicast client poll 119
sntp server.... 119
sntp port 121
show clock 122
show sntp configuration.... 124
show sntp status 124
6 Configuration/Image File Commands .. 127
copy 127
write memory 132
delete 132
pwd 133
dir 134
more 135
cd.... 136
rename 137
boot system 138
show running-config.... 139
show startup-config 140
show bootvar.... 140
7 Auto-Update and Auto-Configuration .. 143
boot host auto-config 143
boot host auto-update 143
boot host dhcp 144
boot host auto-save 145
show boot.... 145
ip dhcp tftp-server ip addr.... 148
ip dhcp tftp-server file 149
show ip dhcp tftp-server 149
8 Management ACL Commands.....151
management access-list 151
permit (Management).... 152
deny (Management) 153
management access-class 155
show management access-list 155
show management access-class 156
9 SNMP Commands ..... 159
snmp-server 159
snmp-server community 159
snmp-server view 162
snmp-server group 163
snmp-server user 165
snmp-server filter.... 167
snmp-server host 168
snmp-server engineID local.... 171
snmp-server engineID remote 172
snmp-server enable traps. 173
snmp-server trap authentication.... 174
snmp-server contact 174
snmp-server location 175
snmp-server set 175
show snmp 176
show snmp engineID.... 178
show snmp views 179
show snmp groups.... 179
show snmp filters.... 180
show snmp users 181
10 RSA and Certificate Commands ..... 183
crypto key generate dsa 183
crypto key generate rsa 184
show crypto key mypubkey 184
crypto certificate generate 185
crypto certificate request.... 187
crypto certificate import.... 188
crypto certificate export pkcs12.... 190
crypto certificate import pkcs12.... 191
show crypto certificate mycertificate 193
11 Web Server Commands ..... 195
ip http server 195
ip http port 196
ip http timeout-policy 196
ip http secure-server 197
ip http secure-port 198
ip https certificate 199
show ip http 200
show ip https 200
12 Telnet, SSH and Slogin Commands .... 203
ip telnet server 203
ip ssh port.... 204
ip ssh server.... 204
ip ssh pubkey-auth 205
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh 206
user-key 207
key-string 208
show ip ssh 210
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh.... 211
13 Line Commands....213
line....213
speed 214
autobaud 214
exec-timeout.... 215
show line 216
14 AAA Commands.... 219
aaa authentication login.... 219
aaa authentication enable 221
login authentication 223
enable authentication.... 223
ip http authentication 224
show authentication methods.... 225
password.... 226
service password-recovery.... 227
enable password 228
username 229
show user accounts 230
aaa accounting login 231
aaa accounting dot1x 233
show accounting 235
passwords min-length 235
passwords strength-check enable.... 236
passwords strength minimum character-classes ..... 237
passwords strength max-limit repeated-characters... 238
passwords aging 239
passwords history 240
passwords history hold-time 241
passwords lockout 242
aaa login-history file 243
set username active 243
set line active 244
set enable-password active 245
show passwords configuration 246
show users login-history.... 247
15 RADIUS Commands....249
radius-server host. 249
radius-server key 251
radius-server retransmit 252
radius-server source-ip.... 253
radius-server source-ipv6. 254
radius-server timeout.... 255
radius-server deadtime 255
show radius-servers 256
16 TACACS+ Commands 259
tacacs-server host 259
tacacs-server key 260
tacacs-server timeout 261
tacacs-server source-ip 262
show tacacs.... 263
17 Syslog Commands 265
logging on 265
Logging host 266
logging console 267
logging buffered.... 268
clear logging.... 269
logging file 270
clear logging file 270
aaa logging 271
file-system logging 272
management logging. 273
show logging 273
show logging file 274
show syslog-servers 276
18 RMON Commands 277
show rmon statistics 277
rmon collection stats 279
show rmon collection stats 280
show rmon history 281
rmon alarm 284
show rmon alarm-table.... 286
show rmon alarm 287
rmon event.... 289
show rmon events 290
show rmon log 291
rmon table-size 292
19 802.1x Commands ..... 295
aaa authentication dot1x.... 295
dot1x system-auth-control 296
dot1x port-control 296
dot1x re-authentication 298
dot1x timeout reauth-period 298
dot1x re-authenticate.... 299
dot1x timeout quiet-period .... 300
dot1x timeout tx-period 301
dot1x max-req 302
dot1x timeout supp-timeout 303
dot1x timeout server-timeout 304
show dot1x.... 305
show dot1x users 308
show dot1x statistics 310
clear dot1x statistics 311
dot1x auth-not-req 312
dot1x host-mode 313
dot1x violation-mode 314
dot1x guest-vlan 315
dot1x guest-vlan timeout. 316
dot1x guest-vlan enable 317
dot1x mac-authentication 318
dot1x traps mac-authentication success.... 319
dot1x traps mac-authentication failure.... 319
dot1x radius-attributes vlan.... 320
dot1x radius-attributes filter-id.... 321
dot1x radius-attributes errors 322
dot1x legacy-supp-mode 322
show dot1x advanced 323
dot1x system-auth-control monitor 324
show dot1x monitoring result 325
20 Ethernet Configuration Commands .... 329
interface.... 329
interface range.... 329
description 330
speed 330
duplex.... 331
negotiation 332
flowcontrol 333
flowcontrol (Global) 334
show flowcontrol.... 335
mdix 336
back-pressure.... 337
port jumbo-frame 337
clear counters. 338
set interface active 339
show interfaces configuration 339
show interfaces status 340
show interfaces advertise 341
show interfaces description.... 342
show interfaces counters 343
show port jumbo-frame 346
show errdisable interfaces. 346
storm-control broadcast enable 347
storm-control broadcast level kbps 348
storm-control include-multicast 349
show storm-control 350
21 PHY Diagnostics Commands....351
test cable-diagnostics tdr 351
show cable-diagnostics tdr 352
show cable-diagnostics cable-length 353
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver 353
22 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands . 357
power inline.... 357
power inline powered-device 358
power inline priority 358
power inline usage-threshold 359
power inline traps enable.... 360
power inline limit 361
show power inline 361
show power inline consumption 365
show power inline version 366
23 EEE Commands 369
eee enable (global) 369
eee enable (interface).... 369
eee lldp enable.... 370
show eee 370
24 Green Ethernet 377
show green-ethernet.... 377
green-ethernet short-reach (global).... 379
green-ethernet short-reach (interface) 379
green-ethernet short-reach force.... 380
green-ethernet short-reach threshold 381
green-ethernet power-meter reset.... 382
25 Port Channel Commands.... 383
port-channel load-balance 384
show interfaces port-channel.... 385
26 Address Table Commands.... 387
bridge multicast filtering 387
bridge multicast address 388
bridge multicast forbidden address 389
bridge multicast unregistered.... 390
bridge multicast forward-all 391
bridge multicast forbidden forward-all.... 392
mac address-table static 393
clear mac address-table 394
mac address-table aging-time 395
port security.... 396
port security mode 397
port security max 397
port security routed secure-address.... 398
show mac address-table 399
show mac address-table count 401
show bridge multicast address-table.... 401
show bridge multicast address-table static ..... 405
show bridge multicast filtering 408
show bridge multicast unregistered.... 409
show ports security 410
show ports security addresses 411
27 Port Monitor Commands 413
port monitor 413
show ports monitor.... 415
28 sFlow Commands 417
sflow receiver 417
sflow flow-sampling 418
sflow counters-sampling 419
clear sflow statistics 419
show sflow configuration 420
show sflow statistics 421
29 LLDP Commands 423
Ildp run 423
Ildp transmit 423
Ildp receive 424
Ildp timer 425
Ildp hold-multiplier 426
Ildp reinit 427
Ildp tx-delay 428
Ildp optional-tlv 428
Ildp management-address 429
Ildp notifications 430
Ildp notifications interval.... 431
Ildp optional-tlv 802.1 432
Ildp med enable 433
Ildp med notifications topology-change 434
show lldp neighbors. 446
show lldp statistics 451
30 Spanning-Tree Commands ..... 453
spanning-tree 453
spanning-tree mode 453
spanning-tree forward-time 454
spanning-tree hello-time.... 455
spanning-tree max-age 456
spanning-tree priority 457
spanning-tree disable 458
spanning-tree cost 459
spanning-tree port-priority 460
spanning-tree portfast 460
spanning-tree link-type 461
spanning-tree pathcost method 462
spanning-tree bpdu (Global).... 463
spanning-tree bpdu (Interface) 464
spanning-tree guard root.... 465
spanning-tree bpduguard 466
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols 467
spanning-tree mst priority.... 467
spanning-tree mst max-hops 468
spanning-tree mst port-priority 469
spanning-tree mst cost 470
spanning-tree mst configuration 471
instance (MST) 472
name (MST) 473
revision (MST) 473
show (MST) 474
exit (MST) 475
abort (MST) 476
show spanning-tree.... 476
show spanning-tree bpdu.... 491
31 VLAN Commands 493
vlan database 493
vlan 493
interface vlan 494
interface range vlan 495
name 496
switchport protected-port 497
switchport community 498
show interfaces protected-ports 498
switchport 499
switchport mode 500
switchport access vlan.... 501
switchport access multicast-tv vlan 502
switchport trunk allowed vlan 503
switchport trunk native vlan 504
switchport general allowed vlan 505
switchport general pvid 506
switchport general ingress-filtering disable .... 507
switchport general acceptable-frame-type .... 508
switchport customer vlan 509
switchport general forbidden vlan 509
map protocol protocols-group 510
switchport general map protocols-group vlan .... 511
private-vlan 512
private-vlan association 513
switchport private-vlan mapping 514
switchport private-vlan host-association 515
show vlan private-vlan 516
ip internal-usage-vlan 516
show vlan 518
show vlan multicast-tv 519
show vlan protocols-groups.... 519
show vlan internal usage 520
show interfaces switchport 521
32 IGMP Snooping Commands ..... 523
ip igmp snooping (Global) 523
ip igmp snooping vlan 523
ip igmp snooping mrouter 524
ip igmp snooping mrouter interface 525
ip igmp snooping forbidden mrouter interface ..... 526
ip igmp snooping static 527
ip igmp snooping multicast-tv 528
ip igmp snooping querier 529
ip igmp snooping querier address 530
ip igmp robustness.... 531
ip igmp query-interval.... 531
ip igmp query-max-response-time 532
ip igmp last-member-query-count 533
ip igmp last-member-query-interval 534
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave 534
show ip igmp snooping mrouter 535
show ip igmp snooping interface 536
show ip igmp snooping groups 537
show ip igmp snooping multicast-tv 538
33 LACP Commands 541
lacp system-priority.... 541
Iacp port-priority 542
Iacp timeout 542
show lacp 543
show lacp port-channel 546
34 GVRP Commands 547
gvrp enable (Global) 547
gvrp enable (Interface) 547
garp timer 548
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid 550
gvrp registration-forbid.... 550
clear gvrp statistics 551
show gvrp configuration 552
show gvrp statistics 553
show gvrp error-statistics.... 554
35 Voice VLAN Commands ..... 557
voice vlan oui-table 558
voice vlan cos mode.... 559
voice vlan cos 560
voice vlan aging-timeout.... 560
voice vlan enable 561
voice vlan secure 562
show voice vlan 563
36 DHCP Snooping and ARP Inspection Commands 567
ip dhcp snooping.... 567
ip dhcp snooping vlan 568
ip dhcp snooping trust 568
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted 569
ip dhcp snooping verify 570
ip dhcp snooping database.... 571
ip dhcp snooping database update-freq.... 572
ip dhcp snooping binding 572
clear ip dhcp snooping database 574
show ip dhcp snooping 574
show ip dhcp snooping binding 575
ip arp inspection 576
ip arp inspection vlan 577
ip arp inspection trust.... 578
ip arp inspection validate.... 579
ip arp inspection list create.... 580
ip mac. 580
ip arp inspection list assign.... 581
ip arp inspection logging interval.... 582
show ip arp inspection 583
show ip arp inspection list. 584
show ip arp inspection statistics .... 584
clear ip arp inspection statistics 585
ip dhcp information option.... 586
show ip dhcp information option 586
37 iSCSI Commands 589
iscsi enable.... 589
iscsi target port 590
iscsi cos. 591
iscsi aging-time 593
iscsi max-tcp-connections 594
show iscsi 595
show iscsi sessions 596
38 IP Addressing Commands.....599
address 599
ip address dhcp.... 601
renew dhcp 602
ip default-gateway 603
show ip interface 603
arp 604
arp timeout (Global) 605
arp timeout 606
ip arp proxy disable 607
ip proxy-arp 607
clear arp-cache.... 608
show arp. 608
show arp configuration 609
interface ip.... 610
directed-broadcast.... 611
broadcast-address 612
ip helper-address 612
show ip helper-address.... 614
source-precedence 615
ip domain lookup 616
ip domain name 616
ip name-server 617
ip host 619
clear host 620
clear host dhcp 620
show hosts 621
39 IPv6 Addressing Commands ..... 623
ipv6 enable 623
ipv6 address autoconfig 624
ipv6 icmp error-interval 625
show ipv6 icmp error-interval 626
ipv6 address 627
ipv6 address link-local 628
ipv6 unreachables 629
ipv6 default-gateway.... 630
show ipv6 interface 631
show IPv6 route 633
ipv6 nd dad attempts 634
ipv6 host. 635
ipv6 neighbor 636
ipv6 set mtu 637
ipv6 mld version 638
ipv6 mld join-group 639
show ipv6 neighbors 640
clear ipv6 neighbors 641
40 Tunnel Commands 643
interface tunnel 643
tunnel mode ipv6ip.... 643
tunnel isatap router 644
tunnel source 645
tunnel isatap query-interval 646
tunnel isatap solicitation-interval.... 647
tunnel isatap robustness 648
show ipv6 tunnel.... 649
41 DHCP Relay Commands ..... 651
ip dhcp relay enable (Global) 651
ip dhcp relay enable (Interface).... 651
ip dhcp relay address (Global) 652
ip dhcp relay address (Interface).... 653
show ip dhcp relay 654
ip dhcp information option 655
show ip dhcp information option.... 656
42 DHCP Server Commands 657
ip dhcp server 657
ip dhcp pool host. 657
ip dhcp pool network 658
address (DHCP Host) 659
address (DHCP Network) 660
lease 661
client-name 663
default-router.... 663
dns-server 664
domain-name.... 665
netbios-name-server.... 666
netbios-node-type 667
next-server 667
next-server-name.... 668
bootfile.... 669
time-server 670
option 671
ip dhcp excluded-address 672
ip dhcp ping enable.... 673
ping enable 674
ip dhcp ping count 675
ip dhcp ping timeout 676
clear ip dhcp binding 677
show ip dhcp.... 677
show ip dhcp excluded-addresses 678
show ip dhcp pool host. 678
show ip dhcp pool network 680
show ip dhcp binding 681
show ip dhcp server statistics 683
show ip dhcp allocated 684
show ip dhcp declined 686
show ip dhcp expired 687
show ip dhcp pre-allocated.... 688
43 IP Routing Protocol-Independent Commands 691
ip route.... 691
ip routing 692
show ip route.... 692
44 ACL Commands 695
permit (IP) 696
deny (IP) 698
ipv6 access-list 702
permit (IPv6) 703
deny (IPv6) 705
mac access-list 708
permit ( MAC ) 708
service-acl input. 710
service-acl output.... 711
service-acl input block 712
time-range 713
absolute 714
periodic....715
show time-range.... 716
show access-lists.... 717
show interfaces access-lists 719
clear access-lists counters 719
show interfaces access-lists counters 720
45 Quality of Service (QoS) Commands ... 723
qos 723
show qos 724
class-map 725
show class-map 726
match 727
policy-map.... 727
class 729
show policy-map 730
trust.... 731
set 732
police 733
service-policy.... 735
qos aggregate-policer.... 735
show qos aggregate-policer 737
police aggregate 737
wrr-queue cos-map 738
wrr-queue bandwidth 740
priority-queue out num-of-queues 741
traffic-shape 742
traffic-shape queue 743
rate-limit (Ethernet) 744
qos wrr-queue wrtd.... 744
show qos interface 745
qos wrr-queue threshold 748
qos map policed-dscp.... 749
qos map dscp-queue 750
qos map dscp-dp 751
qos trust (Global) 752
qos trust (Interface) 753
qos cos 754
qos dscp-mutation 755
qos map dscp-mutation 755
show qos map 756
clear qos statistics 758
qos statistics policer 759
qos statistics aggregate-policer 760
qos statistics queues 760
show qos statistics.... 761
Preface
About this Document
This CLI Reference Guide describes how to use the CLI and a list of the CLI commands and their arguments.
The CLI commands described in this document are organized according to feature groups in separate sections.
This section describes how to use the CLI. It contains the following topics:
- CLI Command Modes
- Starting the CLI
• CLI Command Conventions - Entering Commands
CLI Command Modes
To configure devices, the CLI is divided into various command modes. Each command mode has its own set of specific commands. Entering a question mark "?" at the console prompt displays a list of commands available for that particular command mode.
A specific command, which varies from mode to mode, is used to navigate from one mode to another. The standard order to access the modes is as follows: User EXEC mode, Privileged EXEC mode, Global Configuration mode, and Interface Configuration modes.
When starting a session, the initial mode for non-privileged users is the User EXEC mode. Only a limited subset of commands is available in the User EXEC mode. This level is reserved for tasks that do not change the configuration.
Privileged users enter the Privileged EXEC mode directly using a password. This mode provides access to the device Configuration modes.
The modes are described below.
User EXEC Mode
After logging into the device, the user is automatically in User EXEC command mode unless the user is defined as a privileged user. In general, the User EXEC commands enable the user to perform basic tests, and display system information.
The user-level prompt consists of the device "host name" followed by the angle bracket (>).
console>
The default host name is "console" unless it has been changed using the hostname command in the Global Configuration mode.
Privileged EXEC Mode
Privileged access is password-protected to prevent unauthorized use, because many of the privileged commands set operating system parameters: The password is not displayed on the screen and is case sensitive.
Privileged users enter directly into the Privileged EXEC mode.
Use disable to return to the User EXEC mode.
Global Configuration Mode
Global Configuration mode commands apply to features that affect the system as a whole, rather than just a specific interface.
To enter the Global Configuration mode, enter configure in the Privileged EXEC mode, and press
The Global Configuration mode prompt is displayed.
console(config)#
Use exit, end or ctrl/z to return to the Privileged EXEC mode.
Interface Configuration Modes
Commands in the following modes perform specific interface operations:
- Line Interface — Contains commands to configure the management connections. These include commands such as line speed, timeout settings, etc. The Global Configuration mode command line is used to enter the Line Configuration command mode.
- VLAN Database — Contains commands to create a VLAN as a whole. The Global Configuration mode command vlan database is used to enter the VLAN Database Interface Configuration mode.
- Management Access List — Contains commands to define management access-lists. The Global Configuration mode command management access-list is used to enter the Management Access List Configuration mode.
- Port Channel — Contains commands to configure port-channels, for example, assigning ports to a VLAN or port-channel. The Global Configuration mode command interface port-channel is used to enter the Port Channel Interface Configuration mode.
- SSH Public Key-Chain — Contains commands to manually specify other device SSH public keys. The Global Configuration mode command crypto key pubkey-chain ssh is used to enter the SSH Public Key-chain Configuration mode.
- Interface — Contains commands that configure the interface. The Global Configuration mode command interface is used to enter the Interface Configuration mode.
Starting the CLI
The switch can be managed over a direct connection to the switch console port, or via a Telnet connection. The switch is managed by entering command keywords and parameters at the prompt. Using the switch CLI commands is similar to entering commands on a UNIX system.
If access is via a Telnet connection, ensure the device has an IP address defined, corresponding management access is granted, and the workstation used to access the device is connected to the device prior to using CLI commands.
Accessing the CLI from the Console Line
-
Start the device and wait until the startup procedure is complete. The User Exec mode is entered, and the prompt "console>" is displayed.
-
Configure the device and enter the necessary commands to complete the required tasks.
-
When finished, exit the session with the quit or exit command.
Accessing the CLI from Telnet
- Enter telnet and the IP address of the device. A User Name prompt is displayed.
- Enter the User Name and Password. You are in the Privileged Exec mode.
- Configure the device and enter the necessary commands to complete the required tasks.
- When finished, exit the session with the quit or exit command.
When another user is required to log onto the system, the login command is entered in the Privileged EXEC command mode,. This effectively logs off the current user and logs on the new user.
CLI Command Conventions
The following table describes the command syntax conventions.
| [ ] In a command line, square brackets indicates an optional entry. | |
| { } In a command line, curly brackets indicate a selection of compulsory parameters separated by the / character. One option must be selected. For example: flowcontrol {auto|on|off} means that for the flowcontrol command either auto, on or off must be selected. | |
| Italic font Indicates a parameter. | |
| Ctrl+F4 Any combination keys pressed simultaneously on the keyboard. | |
| Screen Display Indicates system | messages and promptsappearing on the console. |
| all When a parameter is required | to define a rangeof ports or parameters and all is an option, the default for the command is all when no parameters are defined. For example, the command interface range port-channel has the option of either entering a range of channels, or selecting all. When the command is entered without a parameter, it automatically defaults to all. |
Entering Commands
A CLI command is a series of keywords and arguments. Keywords identify a command, and arguments specify configuration parameters. For example, in the command "show interfaces status gi1/0/5" show, interfaces and status are keywords, gi is an argument that specifies the interface type, and 1/0/5 is an argument that specifies the port.
To enter commands that require parameters, enter the required parameters after the command keyword. For example, to set a password for the administrator, enter:
console(config)# username admin password smith
Help information can be displayed in the following ways:
- Keyword Lookup — The character ? is entered in place of a command. A list of all valid commands and corresponding help messages are displayed.
- Partial Keyword Lookup — A command is incomplete and the character? is entered in place of a parameter. The matched parameters for this command are displayed.
The following describes features that assist in using the CLI:
Terminal Command Buffer
Every time a command is entered in the CLI, it is recorded on an internally managed Command History buffer. Commands stored in the buffer are maintained on a First In First Out (FIFO) basis. These commands can be
recalled, reviewed, modified, and reissued. This buffer is not preserved across device resets. The keys that can be used to access the history buffer are described in Table 1.
By default, the history buffer system is enabled, but it can be disabled at any time. For information about the command syntax to enable or disable the history buffer, see the history command.
There is a standard default number of commands that are stored in the buffer. The standard number of 10 commands can be increased to 256. By configuring 0, the effect is the same as disabling the history buffer system. For information about the command syntax for configuring the command history buffer, see the history size command.
To display the history buffer, see show history command.
Negating the Effect of Commands
For many configuration commands, the prefix keyword "no" can be entered to cancel the effect of a command or reset the configuration to the default value. This guide describes the negation effect for all applicable commands.
Command Completion
If the command entered is incomplete, invalid, or has missing or invalid parameters, an appropriate error message is displayed.
To complete an incomplete command, press the
Incorrect or incomplete commands are automatically re-entered next to the cursor. If a parameter must be added, the parameter can be added to the basic command already displayed next to the cursor. The following example indicates that the command interface requires a missing parameter.
(config)#interface
%missing mandatory parameter
(config)#interface
Keyboard Shortcuts
The CLI has a range of keyboard shortcuts to assist in entering the CLI commands.
The following table describes these shortcuts:
Table 1: Keyboard Keys
| Up-arrow key Recalls commands | from the history buffer, beginning with the most recent command. Repeat the key sequence to recall successively older commands. |
| Down-arrow key Returns the most recent commands from the history buffer after recalling commands with the up arrow key. Repeating the key sequence will recall successively more recent commands. | |
| Ctrl+A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line. | |
| Ctrl+E Moves the cursor to the end of the command line. | |
| Ctrl+Z / End Returns back to the Privileged EXEC mode from any mode. | |
| Backspace key Moves the cursor back one space. | |
| Up-arrow key Recalls commands | from the history buffer, beginning with the most recent command. Repeat the key sequence to recall successively older commands. |
User Interface Commands
enable
The enable EXEC mode command enters the Privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
enable [privilege-level]
Parameters
privilege-level—Specifies the privilege level at which to enter the system. (Range: 1–15)
Default Configuration
The default privilege level is 15.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example enters the Privileged EXEC mode.
Console> enable
enter password:
Console#
disable
The disable Privileged EXEC mode command leaves the Privileged EXEC mode and returns to the User EXEC mode.
Syntax
disable [privilege-level]
Parameters
privilege-level—Specifies the privilege level at which to enter the system. (Range: 1–15)
Default Configuration
The default privilege level is 1.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example returns to the User EXEC mode.
Console# disable
Console>
login
The login EXEC mode command changes a user's login.
Syntax
login
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example enters Privileged EXEC mode and logs in with username ‘admin’.
Console> login
User Name:admin
Password:******
Console#
configure
The configure Privileged EXEC mode command enters the Global Configuration mode.
Syntax
configure [terminal]
Parameters
terminal—Enter the Global Configuration mode with or without the keyword terminal.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example enters Global Configuration mode.
Console# configure
Console(config)#
exit (Configuration)
The exit command exits any configuration mode to the next highest mode in the CLI mode hierarchy.
Syntax
exit
Command Mode
All commands in configuration modes.
Examples
The following examples change the configuration mode from Interface Configuration mode to Privileged EXEC mode.
Console(config-if)# exit
Console(config)# exit
Console#
Router(config-if)# exit
Router(config)# exit
Router#
exit (EXEC)
The exit EXEC mode command closes an active terminal session by logging off the device.
Syntax
exit
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following examples close an active terminal session.
Console> exit
Router> exit
end
The end command ends the current configuration session and returns to the Privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
end
Command Mode
All configuration modes
Example
The following examples end the Global Configuration mode session and return to the Privileged EXEC mode.
Console(config)# end
Console#
Router (config-if) # end
Router#
help
The help command displays a brief description of the Help system.
Syntax
help
Command Mode
All command modes
Example
The following example describes the Help system.
Console# help
Help may be requested at any point in a command by entering a question mark '?'. If nothing matches the currently entered incomplete command, the help list is empty. This indicates that there is no command matching the input as it currently appears. If the request is within a command, press the Backspace key and erase the entered characters to a point where the request results in a match.
Help is provided when:
- There is a valid command and a help request is made for entering a parameter or argument (e.g. 'show ?'). All possible parameters or arguments for the entered command are then displayed.
- An abbreviated argument is entered and a help request is made for arguments matching the input (e.g. 'show pr?').
history
The history Line Configuration mode command enables the command history function. Use the no form of this command to disable the command history function.
Syntax
history
no history
Default Configuration
The history command is enabled.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command enables the command history function for a specified line. Use the terminal history EXEC mode command to enable or disable the command history function for the current terminal session.
Example
The following example enables the command history function for Telnet.
Console(config)# line telnet Console(config-line)# history
history size
The history size Line Configuration mode command changes the command history buffer size for a particular line. Use the no form of this command to reset the command history buffer size to the default value.
Syntax
history size number-of-commands
no history size
Parameters
number-of-commands—Specifies the number of commands the system records in its history buffer. (Range: 0–256)
Default Configuration
The default command history buffer size is 10 commands.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command configures the command history buffer size for a particular line. Use the terminal history size EXEC mode command to configure the command history buffer size for the current terminal session.
The allocated command history buffer is per terminal user, and is taken from a shared buffer. If there is not enough space available in the shared buffer, the command history buffer size () cannot be increased above the default size.
Example
The following example changes the command history buffer size to 100 entries for a particular line
Console(config)# line telnet
Console(config-line)# history size 100
terminal history
The terminal history EXEC mode command enables the command history function for the current terminal session. Use the no form of this command to disable the command history function.
Syntax
terminal history
terminal no history
Default Configuration
The default configuration for all terminal sessions is defined by the history Line Configuration mode command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The command enables the command history for the current session. The default is determined by the history Line Configuration mode command.
Example
The following example disables the command history function for the current terminal session.
Console> terminal no history
terminal history size
The terminal history size EXEC mode command changes the command history buffer size for the current terminal session. Use the no form of this command to reset the command history buffer size to the default value.
Syntax
terminal history size number-of-commands
terminal no history size
Parameters
number-of-commands—Specifies the number of commands the system maintains in its history buffer. (Range: 10–256)
Default Configuration
The default configuration for all terminal sessions is defined by the history size Line Configuration mode command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The terminal history size EXEC command changes the command history buffer size for the current terminal session. Use the history Line Configuration mode command to change the default command history buffer size.
The maximum number of commands in all buffers is 256.
Example
The following example sets the command history buffer size to 20 commands for the current terminal session.
terminal datadump
The terminal datadump EXEC mode command enables dumping all the output of a show command without prompting. Use the no form of this command to disable dumping.
Syntax
terminal datadump
terminal no datadump
Default Configuration
Dumping is disabled.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
By default, a More prompt is displayed when the output contains more lines than can be displayed on the screen. Pressing the Enter key displays the next line; pressing the Spacebar displays the next screen of output. The terminal datadump command enables dumping all output immediately after entering the show command.
This command is relevant only for the current session.
Example
The following example dumps all output immediately after entering a show command.
Console> terminal datadump
debug-mode
The debug-mode Privileged EXEC mode command mode switches to debug mode.
Syntax
debug-mode
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example enters Debug mode.
Console# debug-mode
show history
The show history EXEC mode command lists commands entered in the current session.
Syntax
show history
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The buffer includes executed and unexecuted commands.
Commands are listed from the first to the most recent command.
The buffer remains unchanged when entering into and returning from configuration modes.
Example
The following example displays all the commands entered while in the current Privileged EXEC mode.
Console# show version
SW version 3.131 (date 23-Jul-2005 time 17:34:19)
HW version 1.0.0
Console# show clock
15:29:03 Jun 17 2005
Console# show history
show version
show clock
show history
3 commands were logged (buffer size is 10)
show privilege
The show privilege EXEC mode command displays the current privilege level.
Syntax
show privilege
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the current privilege level for the Privileged EXEC mode.
Console# show privilege
Current privilege level is 15
do
The do command executes an EXEC-level command from Global Configuration mode or any configuration submode.
Syntax
do command
Parameters
command—Specifies the EXEC-level command to execute.
Command Mode
All configuration modes
Example
The following example executes the show vlan Privileged EXEC mode command from Global Configuration mode.
Example
Console (Config) # do show vlan
| Vlan | Name | Ports | Type | Authorization |
| 1 | 1 | gil/0/1-39, Po1, Po2, Po3, Po4, Po5, Po6, Po7, Po8 | other | Required |
| 2 | 2 | gil/0/1 | dynamicGvrp | Required |
| 10 | v0010 | gil/0/1 | permanent | Not Required |
| 11 | V0011 | gil/0/1, gi1/0/13 permanent | Required | |
| 20 | 20 | gil/0/1 | permanent | Required |
| 30 | 30 | gil/0/1, gi1/0/13 permanent | Required | |
| 31 | 31 | gil/0/1 | permanent | Required |
| 91 | 91 | gil/0/1, gi1/0/40 permanent | Required | |
| 4093 guest-vlan | gil/0/1, gi1/0/13 permanent Guest console (config) #s | |||
banner exec
Use the banner exec command to specify and enable a message to be displayed when an EXEC process is created (The user has successfully logged in), use the banner exec command in Global Configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the existing EXEC banner.
Syntax
banner exec d message-text d
no banner exec
Parameters
- d—Delimiting character of your choice—a pound sign (#), for example. You cannot use the delimiting character in the banner message.
- message-text—The message must start in a new line. You can enter multiline messages. You can include tokens in the form of \$(token) in the message text. Tokens are replaced with the corresponding configuration variable. Tokens are described in the User Guidelines. The message can contain up to 2000 characters (after every 510 characters, you must press
to continue).
Default Configuration
Disabled (no EXEC banner is displayed).
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Follow this command with one or more blank spaces and a delimiting character of your choice. Then enter one or more lines of text, terminating the message with the second occurrence of the delimiting character.
When a user connects to a device, the message-of-the-day (MOTD) banner appears first, followed by the login banner and prompts. After the user logs in to the device, the EXEC banner is displayed.
Use tokens in the form of \$(token) in the message text to customize the banner. The tokens are described in the table below:
| Token Information displayed in the banner | |
| (hostname) Displays the host name for the device. | |
| (domain) Displays the domain name for the device. | |
| (bold) Indicates that the next text is a bold text. Using this token again indicates the end of the bold text. | |
| (inverse) Indicates that the next text is an inverse text. Using this token again indicates the end of the inverse text. | |
| (contact) Displays the system contact string. | |
| (location) Displays the system location string. | |
| $(mac-address) | Displays the base MAC address of the device. |
Use the no exec-banner line configuration command to disable the EXEC banner on a particular line or lines.
Example
The following example sets an EXEC banner that uses tokens. The percent sign (%) is used as a delimiting character. Note that the \$(token) syntax is replaced by the corresponding configuration variable.
Device(config)# banner exec %
Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'.
(bold)Session activated.(bold) Enter commands at the prompt.
%
When a user logs on to the system, the following output is displayed:
Session activated. Enter commands at the prompt.
banner login
Use the banner login command in Global Configuration mode to specify and enable a message to be displayed before the username and password login prompts. Use the no form of this command to delete the existing Login banner.
Syntax
banner login d message-text d
no banner login
Parameters
- Delimiting character of your choice—A pound sign (#), for example. You cannot use the delimiting character in the banner message.
- message-text—Message text. The message must start on a new line. You can enter multi-line messages. You can include tokens in the form of \$(token) in the message text. Tokens are replaced with the corresponding configuration variable. Tokens are described in the User Guidelines. The message can contain up to 2000 characters (after every 510 characters, you must press
Default Configuration
Disabled (no Login banner is displayed).
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Follow this command with one or more blank spaces and a delimiting character of your choice. Then enter one or more lines of text, terminating the message with the second occurrence of the delimiting character.
When a user connects to a device, the message-of-the-day (MOTD) banner appears first, followed by the login banner and prompts. After the user logs in to the device, the EXEC banner is displayed.
Use tokens in the form of \$(token) in the message text to customize the banner. The tokens are described in the table below:
| Token Information displayed in the banner | |
| (hostname) Displays the host name for the device. | |
| (domain) Displays the domain name for the device. | |
| (bold) Indicates that the next text is a bold text. Using this token again indicates the end of the bold text. | |
| (inverse) Indicates that the next text is an inverse text. Using this token again indicates the end of the inverse text. | |
| (contact) Displays the system contact string. | |
| (location) Displays the system location string. | |
| $(mac-address) Displays the base MAC address of the device. |
Use the no login-banner line configuration command to disable the Login banner on a particular line or lines.
Example
The following example sets a Login banner that uses tokens. The percent sign (%) is used as a delimiting character. Note that the \$(token) syntax is replaced by the corresponding configuration variable.
Device(config)# banner login %
Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'.
You have entered (hostname).(domain)
%
When the login banner is executed, the user will see the following banner:
You have entered host123.ourdomain.com
banner motd
Use the banner motd command in Global Configuration mode to specify and enable a message-of-the-day banner. Use the no form of this command to delete the existing MOTD banner.
Syntax
banner motd d message-text d
no banner motd
Parameters
- d—Delimiting character of your choice—a pound sign (#), for example. You cannot use the delimiting character in the banner message.
- message-text—The message must start on a new line. You can enter multi-line messages. You can include tokens in the form of \$(token) in the message text. Tokens are replaced with the corresponding configuration variable. Tokens are described in the User Guidelines. The message can contain up to 2000 characters (after every 510 characters, you must press
to continue).
Default Configuration
Disabled (no MOTD banner is displayed).
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Follow this command with one or more blank spaces and a delimiting character of your choice. Then enter one or more lines of text, terminating the message with the second occurrence of the delimiting character.
When a user connects to a device, the message-of-the-day (MOTD) banner appears first, followed by the login banner and prompts. After the user logs in to the device, the EXEC banner is displayed.
Use tokens in the form of \$(token) in the message text to customize the banner. The tokens are described in the table below:
| Token Information displayed in the banner | |
| (hostname) Displays the host name for the device. | |
| (domain) Displays the domain name for the device. | |
| (bold) Indicates that the next text is a bold text. Using this token again to indicates the end of the bold text. | |
| (inverse) Indicates that the next text is an inverse text. Using this token again indicates the end of the inverse text. | |
| (contact) Displays the system contact string. | |
| (location) Displays the system location string. | |
| $(mac-address) Displays the base MAC address of the device. |
Use the no motd-banner line configuration command to disable the MOTD banner on a particular line or lines.
Example
The following example sets an MOTD banner that uses tokens. The percent sign (%) is used as a delimiting character. Note that the \$(token) syntax is replaced by the corresponding configuration variable.
Device(config)# banner motd %
Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'.
(bold)Upgrade(bold) to all devices begins at March 12
%
When the login banner is executed, the user will see the following banner:
Upgrade to all devices begins at March 12
exec-banner
Use the exec-banner command in Line Configuration mode to enable the display of exec banners. Use the no form of this command to disable the display of exec banners.
Syntax
exec-banner
no exec-banner
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
Example
console# configure
console(config)# line console
console(config-line)# exec-banner
console(config-line)# exit
console(config)# line telnet
console(config-line)# exec-banner
console(config-line)# exit
login-banner
Use the login-banner command in Line Configuration mode to enable the display of login banners. Use the no form of this command to disable the display of login banners.
Syntax
login-banner
no login-banner
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Enabled
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
Example
console# configure
console(config)# line console
console(config-line)# login-banner
console(config-line)# exit
console(config)# line telnet
console(config-line)# login-banner
console(config-line)# exit
console(config)# line ssh
console(config-line)# login-banner
motd-banner
Use the motd-banner command in Line Configuration mode to enable the display of message-of-the-day banners. Use the no form of this command to disable the display of MOTD banners.
Syntax
motd-banner
no motd-banner
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Enabled
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
Example
console# configure
console(config)# line console
console(config-line)# motd-banner
console(config-line)# exit
console(config)# line telnet
console(config-line)# motd-banner
console(config-line)# exit
console(config)# line ssh
console(config-line)# motd-banner
show banner
Use the show banner command in EXEC mode to display the configuration of banners.
Syntax
show banner motd show banner login show banner exec
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Examples
Device> show banner motd
Banner: MOTD
Line SSH: Enabled
Line Telnet: Enabled
Line Console: Enabled
10000 giga ports switch
console#
console# show banner login
Banner: Login
Line SSH: Enabled
Line Telnet: Enabled
Line Console: Enabled
console#
console# show banner exec
Banner: EXEC
Line SSH: Enabled
Line Telnet: Enabled
Line Console: Enabled
console#
Macro Commands
macro name
Use the Macro Name Global Configuration mode command to create a user defined macro.
Use the no form of this command to delete the macro definition.
Syntax
macro name [macro-name]
no macro name [macro-name]
Parameters
macro-name—Name of the macro. Macro names are case sensitive.
Default Configuration
The command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
A macro can contain up to 3000 characters and up to 200 lines. Enter one macro command per line. Use the @ character to end the macro. Use the # character at the beginning of a line to enter comment text within the macro.
You can define mandatory keywords within a macro by using a help string to specify the keywords. Enter #macro keywords word to define the keywords that are available for use with the macro. The keyword name is case sensitive. You can enter up to three keywords separated by a space. Only the first three
keywords are visible if you enter more than three macro keywords. The command can be anywhere within the macro.
When creating a macro, do not use the exit or end commands or change the command mode using interface interface-id. Doing so might cause commands that follow exit, end or interface interface-id to be executed in a different command mode.
You can modify a macro by creating a new macro with the same name as the existing macro. The newer macro overwrites the existing macro.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a macro that defines the duplex mode and speed:
Switch(config) # macro name dup
Enter macro commands one per line. End with the character '@'.
macro description dup
duplex full
speed auto
The following example shows how to create a macro with #macro keywords:
Switch(config) # macro name duplex
Enter macro commands one per line. End with the character '@'.
macro description duplex
duplex $DUPLEX
speed $SPEED
#macro keywords DUPLEX SPEED
@
The following example shows how to apply the macros to an interface:
Switch(config-if) # macro apply duplex DUPLEX fullSPEED auto
Switch(config-if) # macro apply duplex ?
WORDkeyword to replace with value e.g. DUPLEX,SPEED
<cr>
Switch(config-if) # macro apply duplex $DUPLEX ?
WORDValue of the first keyword to replace
<cr>
Switch(config-if) # macro apply duplex DUPLEX fullSPEED ?
WORDValue of the second keyword to replace
macro apply
Use the macro apply interface configuration command to apply a macro to an interface or to apply and trace a macro configuration on an interface.
Syntax
macro {apply / trace} macro-name [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}]
Parameters
- apply—Apply a macro to the specific interface.
- trace—Apply and trace a macro to the specific interface.
• macro-name—Specify the name of the macro. - parameter—(Optional) Specify unique parameter values that are specific to the interface. You can enter up to three keyword-value pairs. Parameter keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the corresponding value.
Default Configuration
The command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You can use the macro trace macro-name Interface Configuration command to apply and show the macros running on an interface or to debug the macro to find any syntax or configuration errors.
If a command fails because of a syntax error or a configuration error the macro continues to apply t) in the interface. Use the parameter value
keywords to designate values specific to the interface when creating a macro that requires the assignment of a unique value.
Keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the corresponding value. Any full match of a keyword, even if it is part of a large string, is considered a match and replaced by the corresponding value.
Some macros might contain keywords that require a parameter value. You can use the macro apply macro-name command to display a list of any required values in the macro. If you apply a macro without entering the keyword values, the commands are invalid and are therefore not applied.
When you apply a macro to an interface, the macro name is automatically added to the interface. You can display the applied commands and macro names by using the show running-configuration interface interface-id user EXEC mode command.
A macro applied to an interface range behaves the same way as a macro applied to a single interface. When a macro is applied to an interface range, it is applied sequentially to each interface within the range. If a macro command fails on one interface, it is nonetheless applied to the remaining interfaces.
Example
Switch(config) # interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Switch(config-if) # macro trace dup
Applying command... 'duplex full'
Applying command... 'speed auto'
Switch(config) # interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Switch(config-if) # macro apply duplex DUPLEX fullSPEED auto
Switch(config-if) # exit
Switch(config) # interface gigabitethernet 1/0/3
Switch(config-if) # macro apply dup
Switch(config-if) # exit
macro description
Use the macro description Interface Configuration mode command to enter a description about which macros are applied to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
Syntax
macro description text
no macro description
Parameters
text—Description text. The text can contain up to 160 characters.
Default Configuration
The command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When multiple macros are applied on a single interface, the description text is a concatenation of texts from a number of previously applied macros.
You can verify your setting by entering the show parser macro description privileged EXEC modecommand.
Example
Switch(config) # interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Switch(config-if) # macro apply dup
Switch(config-if) # end
Switch(config) # interface gi1/0/3
Switch(config-if) # macro apply duplex DUPLEX fullSPEED auto
Switch(config-if) # end
Switch # show parser macro description
InterfaceMacro Description
1/2 dup
1/3 duplex
Switch(config) # interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Switch(config-if) # no macro description
Switch(config-if) # end
Switch # show parser macro description
InterfaceMacro Description
1/3 duplex
macro global
Use the macro global Global Configuration command to apply a macro to a switch or to apply and trace a macro configuration on a switch.
Syntax
macro global {apply / trace} macro-name [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}]
Parameters
• apply—Apply a macro to the switch.
• trace—Apply and trace a macro to the switch.
• macro-name—Specify the name of the macro.
- paramete—(Optional) Specify unique parameter values that are specific to the switch. You can enter up to three keyword-value pairs. Parameter keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the corresponding value.
Default Configuration
The command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You can use the macro global trace macro-name Global Configuration mode command to apply and show the macros running on the switch or to debug the macro in order to locate any syntax or configuration errors.
If a command fails because of a syntax error or a configuration error when you apply a macro, the macro nonetheless continues to apply the remaining commands to the interface.
Use the parameter value keywords to designate values specific to the switch when creating a macro that requires the assignment of unique value.
Keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the corresponding value. Any full match of a keyword, even if it is part of a large string, is considered a match and replaced by the corresponding value.
Some macros might contain keywords that require a parameter value. You can use the macro global apply macro-name command to display a list of any required values in the macro. If you apply a macro without entering the keyword values, the commands are considered invalid and are not applied.
When you apply a macro to the switch, the macro name is automatically added to the switch. You can display the applied commands and macro names by using the show running-configuration interface user EXEC mode command.
macro global description
Use the macro global description Global Configuration command to enter a description about which macros are applied to the switch. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
Syntax
macro global description text
no macro global description
Parameters
text—Description text. The text can contain up to 160 characters.
Default Configuration
The command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When multiple global macros are applied to a switch, the global description text is a concatenation of texts from a number of previously applied macros.
You can verify your settings by entering the show parser macro description privileged EXEC mode command.
show parser macro
Use the show parser macro User EXEC mode command to display the parameters for all configured macros or for one macro on the switch.
Syntax
show parser macro [ {brief / description [interface interface-id] / name macro-name}]
Parameters
- brief—(Optional) Display the name of each macro.
• description [interface]—(Optional) Display all macro descriptions. - interface-id—Or the description of a specific interface.
- name macro-name—(Optional) Display information about a single macro identified by the macro name.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
System Management Commands
ping
Use the ping command to send ICMP echo request packets to another node on the network.
Syntax
ping [ip] {ipv4-address / hostname} [size packet_size] [count packet_count] [timeout time_out]
ping ipv6 {ipv6-address / hostname} [size packet_size] [count packet_count] [timeout time_out]
Parameters
- ip—Use IPv4 to check the network connectivity.
- ipv6—Use IPv6 to check the network connectivity.
- ipv4-address—IPv4 address to ping.
- ipv6-address—Unicast or multicast IPv6 address to ping. When the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. Refer to the User Guidelines for the interface name syntax.
- hostname—Hostname to ping (160 characters. Maximum label size: 63.)
- packet_size—Number of bytes in the packet not including the VLAN tag. The default is 64 bytes. (IPv4:64-1518, IPv6: 68-1518)
- packet_count—Number of packets to send, from 1 to 65535 packets. The default is 4 packets. If 0 is entered, it pings until stopped (0–65535).
- time-out—Timeout in milliseconds to wait for each reply, from 50 to 65535 milliseconds. The default is 2000 milliseconds (50–65535).
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Press Esc to stop pinging. Following are sample results of the ping command:
- Destination does not respond—If the host does not respond, a “no answer from host” appears within 10 seconds.
- Destination unreachable—The gateway for this destination indicates that the destination is unreachable.
- Network or host unreachable—The switch found no corresponding entry in the route table.
The format of an IPv6Z address is:
- interface-name = vlan
/ ch / isatap / / 0 - integer =
/
• decimal-number = 0 / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9
• physical-port-name = Designated port number, for example gil/0/1
When using the ping ipv6 command to check network connectivity of a directly attached host using its link local address, the egress interface may be specified in the IPv6Z format. If the egress interface is not specified, the default interface is selected. Specifying interface zone=0 is equivalent to not defining an egress interface.
When using the ping ipv6 command with MC address, the information displayed is taken from all received echo responses.
Examples
Console> ping ip 10.1.1.1 Pinging 10.1.1.1 with 64 bytes of data:
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=0. time=11 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=1. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=2. time=8 ms
72 System Management Commands
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=3. time=7 ms
----10.1.1.1 PING Statistics----
4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 7/8/11
Console> ping ip yahoo.com
Pinging yahoo.com [66.218.71.198] with 64 bytes of data:
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=0. time=11 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=1. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=2. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=3. time=7 ms
----10.1.1.1 PING Statistics----
4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 7/8/11
Console> ping ip oob/176.16.1.1
Pinging oob/176.16.1.1 with 64 bytes of data:
64 bytes from oob/176.16.1.1: icmp_seq=0. time=5 ms
64 bytes from oob/176.16.1.1: icmp_seq=1. time=5 ms
64 bytes from oob/176.16.1.1: icmp_seq=2. time=5 ms
64 bytes from oob/176.16.1.1: icmp_seq=3. time=5 ms
----10.1.1.1 PING Statistics----
4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 5/5/5
console> ping ipv6 3003::11
Pinging 3003::11 with 64 bytes of data:
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=1. time=0 ms
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=2. time=50 ms
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=3. time=0 ms
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=4. time=0 ms
----3003::11 PING Statistics----
4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 0/12/50
console> ping ipv6 FF02::1
Pinging FF02::1 with 64 bytes of data:
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=1. time=0 ms
64 bytes from 3003::33: icmp_seq=1. time=70 ms
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=2. time=0 ms
64 bytes from 3003::55: icmp_seq=1. time=1050 ms
64 bytes from 3003::33: icmp_seq=2. time=70 ms
64 bytes from 3003::55: icmp_seq=2. time=1050 ms
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=3. time=0 ms
64 bytes from 3003::33: icmp_seq=3. time=70 ms
64 bytes from 3003::11: icmp_seq=4. time=0 ms
64 bytes from 3003::55: icmp_seq=3. time=1050 ms
64 bytes from 3003::33: icmp_seq=4. time=70 ms
64 bytes from 3003::55: icmp_sq=4. time=1050 ms
---- FF02::1 PING Statistics----
4 packets transmitted, 12 packets received
traceroute
To discover (?) the routes that packets will take when traveling to their destination, use the traceroute EXEC command.
Syntax
traceroute ip {ipv4-address / hostname} [size packet_size] [ttl max-ttl] [count packet_count] [timeout time_out] [source ip-address] [tos tos]
traceroute ipv6 {ipv6-address / hostname} [size packet_size] [ttl max-ttl] [count packet_count] [timeout time_out] [source ip-address] [tos tos]
Parameters
- ip—Use IPv4 to discover the route.
- ipv6—Use IPv6 to discover the route.
- ipv4-address—IPv4 address of the destination host. (Range: Valid IP address)
- ipv6-address—IPv6 address of the destination host.
- hostname—Hostname of the destination host. (Range: 1–160 characters. Maximum label size: 63.)
- packet_size—Number of bytes in the packet not including the VLAN tag. The default is 64 bytes. (IPv4:64-1518, IPv6: 68-1518)
- ttl max-ttl—The largest TTL value that can be used. The default is 30. The traceroute command terminates when the destination is reached or when this value is reached. (Range: 1–255)
- count packet_count—The number of probes to be sent at each TTL level. The default count is 3. (Range: 1–10)
- timeout time_out—The number of seconds to wait for a response to a probe packet. The default is 3 seconds. (Range: 1–60)
- source ip-address—One of the interface addresses of the device to use as a source address for the probes. The device will normally pick what it feels is the best source address to use. (Range: Valid IP address)
- tos tos—The Type-Of-Service byte in the IP Header of the packet.(Range: 0—255)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The traceroute command works by taking advantage of the error messages generated by routers when a datagram exceeds its time-to-live (TTL) value.
The traceroute command starts by sending probe datagrams with a TTL value of one. This causes the first router to discard the probe datagram and send back an error message. The traceroute command sends several probes at each TTL level and displays the round-trip time for each.
The traceroute command sends out one probe at a time. Each outgoing packet can result in one or two error messages. A "time exceeded" error message indicates that an intermediate router has seen and discarded the probe. A "destination unreachable" error message indicates that the destination node has received the probe and discarded it because it could not deliver the packet. If the timer goes off before a response comes in, the traceroute command prints an asterisk (*).
The traceroute command terminates when the destination responds, when the maximum TTL is exceeded, or when the user interrupts the trace with Esc.
The traceroute command is not relevant to IPv6 link local addresses.
Example
Router> traceroute ip umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu
Type Esc to abort.
Tracing the route to umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu (141.211.101.64)
1 i2-gateway.stanford.edu (192.68.191.83) 0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
2 STAN.POS.calren2.NET (171.64.1.213) 0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
3 SUNV--STAN.POS.calren2.net (198.32.249.73) 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec
4 Abilene--QSV.POS.calren2.net (198.32.249.162) 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec
5 kscyng-snvang.abilene.ucaid.edu (198.32.8.103) 33 msec 35 msec 35 msec
6 iplsng-kscyng.abilene.ucaid.edu (198.32.8.80) 47 msec 45 msec 45 msec
7 so-0-2-0x1.aa1.mich.net (192.122.183.9) 56 msec 53 msec 54 msec
8 atm1-0x24.michnet8.mich.net (198.108.23.82) 56 msec 56 msec 57 msec
9 * * *
10 A-ARB3-LSA-NG.c-SEB.umnet.umich.edu (141.211.5.22) 58 msec 58 msec 58 msec
11 umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu (141.211.101.64) 62 msec 63 msec 63 msec
Trace completed
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| 1 Indicates the sequence number of the router in the path to the host. |
| i2-gateway.stanford.edu Host name of this router. |
| 192.68.191.83 IP address of this router. |
| 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec Round-trip time for each of the probes that are sent. |
The following are characters that can appear in the traceroute command output:
| Field Description |
| * The probe timed out. |
| ? Unknown packet type. |
| A Administratively unreachable. Usually, this output indicates that an access list is blocking traffic. |
| F Fragmentation required and DF is set. |
| H Host unreachable. |
| N Network unreachable. |
| P Protocol unreachable. |
| Q Source quench. |
| R Fragment reassembly time exceeded |
| S Source route failed. |
| U Port unreachable. |
telnet
The telnet EXEC mode command enables logging on to a host that supports Telnet.
Syntax
telnet {ip-address | hostname} [port] [keyword ...]
Parameters
- ip-address—Specifies the destination host IP address.
- hostname—Specifies the destination host name. (Length: 1-160 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters.)
- port—Specifies the decimal TCP port number or one of the keywords listed in the Ports table in the User Guidelines.
- keyword—Specifies the one or more keywords listed in the Keywords table in the User Guidelines.
Default Configuration
The default port is the Telnet port (23) on the host.
By default, Telnet is enabled.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Telnet software supports special Telnet commands in the form of Telnet sequences that map generic terminal control functions to operating system-specific functions. To enter a Telnet sequence, press the escape sequence keys (Ctrl-shift-6) followed by a Telnet command character.
Special Telnet Sequences
| Telnet Sequence Purpose |
| Ctrl-shift-6-b Break |
| Ctrl-shift-6-c Interrupt Process (IP) |
| Ctrl-shift-6-h Erase Character (EC) |
| Ctrl-shift-6-o Abort Output (AO) |
| Ctrl-shift-6-t Are You There? (AYT) |
| Ctrl-shift-6-u Erase Line (EL) |
At any time during an active Telnet session, available Telnet commands can be listed by pressing the Ctrl-shift-6-? keys at the system prompt.
A sample of this list follows. Note that the Ctrl-shift-6 sequence appears as ^^ on the screen.
Console> 'Ctrl-shift-6' ?
[Special telnet escape help]
^^ B sends telnet BREAK
^^ C sends telnet IP
^^ H sends telnet EC
^^ O sends telnet AO
^^ T sends telnet AYT
^^ U sends telnet EL
Ctrl-shift-6 x suspends the session (return to system command prompt)
Several concurrent Telnet sessions can be opened, enabling switching between the sessions. To open a subsequent session, the current connection has to be suspended by pressing the escape sequence keys (Ctrl-shift-6) and x to return to the system command prompt. Then open a new connection with the telnet EXEC mode command.
This command lists concurrent Telnet connections to remote hosts that were opened by the current Telnet session to the local device. It does not list Telnet connections to remote hosts that were opened by other Telnet sessions.
Keywords Table
| Options Description |
| /echo Enables local echo. |
| /quiet Prevents onscreen display of all messages from the software. |
| /source-interface Specifies the source interface. |
| Options | Description |
| /stream Turns on stream processing, which enables a raw TCP stream with no Telnet control sequences. A stream connection does not process Telnet options and can be appropriate for connections to ports running UNIX-to-UNIX Copy Program (UUCP) and other non-Telnet protocols. | |
| Ctrl-shift-6 x Returns to the System Command Prompt. | |
Ports Table
| Keyword Description Port Number | ||
| BGP Border Gateway Protocol 179 | ||
| chargen Character generator 19 | ||
| cmd Remote commands 514 | ||
| daytime Daytime | 13 | |
| discard | Discard | 9 |
| domain | Domain Name Service | 53 |
| echo | Echo | 7 |
| exec Exec | 512 | |
| finger | Finger | 79 |
| ftp | File Transfer Protocol | 21 |
| ftp-data | FTP data connections | 20 |
| gopher | Gopher | 70 |
| hostname | NIC hostname server | 101 |
| ident | Ident Protocol | 113 |
| irc | Internet Relay Chat | 194 |
| klogin | Kerberos login | 543 |
| kshell | Kerberos shell | 544 |
| login Login | 513 | |
| lpd | Printer service | 515 |
| nntp | Network News Transport Protocol | 119 |
| Keyword | Description | Port Number |
| pim-auto-rp PIM Auto-RP 496 | ||
| pop2 Post Office Protocol v2 109 | ||
| pop3 Post Office Protocol v3 110 | ||
| smtp Simple Mail Transport Protocol 25 | ||
| sunrpc Sun Remote Procedure Call 111 | ||
| syslog Syslog 514 | ||
| tacacs TAC Access Control System | 49 | |
| talk | Talk | 517 |
| telnet | Telnet | 23 |
| time | Time | 37 |
| uucp Unix-to-Unix Copy Program | 540 | |
| whois | Nickname | 43 |
| www World Wide Web | 80 | |
Example
The following example displays logging in to IP address 176.213.10.50 via Telnet.
Console> telnet 176.213.10.50
Esc U sends telnet EL
resume
The resume EXEC mode command enables switching to another open Telnet session.
Syntax
resume [connection]
Parameters
connection—Specifies the connection number. (Range: 1-4 connections.)
Default Configuration
The default connection number is that of the most recent connection.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following command switches to open Telnet session number 1.
Console> resume 1
hostname
The hostname Global Configuration mode command specifies or modifies the device host name. Use the no form of the command to remove the existing host name.
Syntax
hostname name
no hostname
Parameters
Name—specifies The Device Host Name. (Length: 1-160 Characters.
Maximum label length: 63 characters.)
Default Configuration
No host name is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies the device host name as ‘enterprise’.
Console(config)# hostname enterprise
enterprise(config)#
reload
The reload Privileged EXEC mode command reloads the operating system.
Syntax
reload [slot stack-member-number]
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Parameters
stack-member-number —Specifies the new master unit number. (Range: 1–8). If unspecified, reloads all the units.
Example
The following example reloads the operating system on all units.
Console# reload
This command will reset the whole system and disconnect your current session. Do you want to continue? (y/n) [n]
stack master
The stack master Global Configuration mode command forces a stack master selection. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
stack master unit unit
no stack master
Parameters
unit —Specifies the new master unit number. (Range: 1–2)
Default Configuration
The default is no forced master.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example forces the stack master to be unit 2.
Console(config)# stack master unit 2
system light
Use the system light EXEC command to light LEDs on a specific unit.
Syntax
system light [unit unit-number] [duration seconds]
system light stop
Parameters
• unit-number—Specify unit number or all.
- seconds—The number of seconds to light the LEDs. If unspecified, defaults to 5 seconds. (Range: 2–6)
- stop—Stop lighting the LEDs.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
switch renumber
Use the switch renumber Global Configuration command to change the unit ID of a specific unit.
Syntax
switch current-unit-number renumber new-unit-number
Parameters
• current-unit-number—Specify Unit number. (Range: 1–8)
- new-unit-number—The new unit number. (Range: 1–8)
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
show switch
The show switch EXEC mode command displays stack status information for the stack or stack member.
Syntax
show switch [stack-member-number]
Parameters
stack-member-number— Specifies the unit number. (Range: 1–6)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display the stack status information.
Console> show switch
| Unit | MAC Address | SW | Master | Up-link | Downlink | Status |
| 1 | 00:00:b0:87:12:11 | 3.30 | Enabled | 2 | 3 | Slave |
| 3 | 00:00:b0:87:12:13 | 3.30 | Forced | 1 | 4 | Master |
| 4 | 00:00:b0:87:12:14 | 3.30 | Enabled | 3 | 5 | Slave |
| 5 | 00:00:b0:87:12:15 | 3.30 | Enabled | 4 | 6 | Slave |
| 6 | 00:00:b0:87:12:16 | 3.30 | Enabled | 5 | 7 | Slave |
| 7 | 00:00:b0:87:12:17 | 3.30 | Enabled | 6 | 8 | Slave |
| 8 | 00:00:b0:87:12:18 | 3.30 | Enabled | 7 | 2 | Slave |
| 2 | 00:00:b0:87:12:12 | 3.30 | Enabled | 8 | 1 | Slave |
Configured order: Unit 1 at Top, Unit 2 at bottom
Console> show switch 1
Unit 1:
MAC address: 00:00:b0:87:12:11
Master: Forced.
Product: Fonseca 48. Software: 3.30
Uplink unit: 8. Downlink unit: 2.
Status: Master
Active image: image-1.
Selected for next boot: image-2.
service cpu-utilization
The service cpu-utilization Global Configuration mode command enables measuring CPU utilization. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
service cpu-utilization
no service cpu-utilization
Default Configuration
Measuring CPU utilization is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the show cpu utilization Privileged EXEC command to view information on CPU utilization.
Example
The following example enables measuring CPU utilization.
Console(config)# service cpu-utilization
show cpu utilization
The show cpu utilization Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about CPU utilization.
Syntax
show cpu utilization
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use the service cpu-utilization Global Configuration mode command to enable measuring CPU utilization.
Example
The following example displays CPU utilization information.
Console# show cpu utilization
CPU utilization service is on.
CPU utilization
five seconds: 5%; one minute: 3%; five minutes: 3%
clear cpu counters
The clear cpu counters EXEC mode command clears traffic counters to and from the CPU.
Syntax
clear cpu counters
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example clears the CPU traffic counters.
Console# clear cpu counters
service cpu-counters
The service cpu-counters Global Configuration mode command enables traffic counting to and from the CPU. To disable counting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
service cpu-counters
no service cpu-counters
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the show cpu counters command to display the CPU traffic counters.
Example
The following example enables counting CPU traffic.
Console(config)# service cpu-counters
show cpu counters
The show cpu counters EXEC mode command displays traffic counter information to and from the CPU.
Syntax
show cpu counters
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use the service cpu-counters command to enable traffic counting to and from the CPU.
Example
The following example displays the CPU traffic counters.
Console# show cpu counters
CPU counters are active.
In Octets: 987891
In Unicast Packets: 3589
In Multicast Packets: 29
In Broadcast Packets: 8
Out Octets: 972181
Out Unicast Packets: 3322
Out Multicast Packets: 22
Out Broadcast Packets: 8
show users
The show users EXEC mode command displays information about the active users.
Syntax
show users
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information about the active users.
| Console# show users | ||
| Username | Protocol | Location |
| Bob | Serial | |
| John | SSH | 172.16.0.1 |
| Robert | HTTP | 172.16.0.8 |
| Betty | Telnet | 172.16.1.7 |
| Sam | 172.16.1.6 | |
show sessions
The show sessions EXEC mode command displays open Telnet sessions.
Syntax
show sessions
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The command displays Telnet sessions to remote hosts opened by the current Telnet session to the local device. It does not display Telnet sessions to remote hosts opened by other Telnet sessions to the local device.
Example
The following example displays open Telnet sessions.
Console# show sessions
| Connection | Host | Address | Port | Byte |
| 1 | Remote router | 172.16.1.1 | 23 | 89 |
| 2 | 172.16.1.2 | 172.16.1.2 | 23 | 8 |
The following table describes significant fields shown above.
| Field Description |
| Connection The connection number. |
| Host The remote host to which the device is connected through a Telnet session. |
| Address The remote host IP address. |
| Port The Telnet TCP port number. |
| Byte The number of unread bytes for the user to see on the connection. |
show system
The show system EXEC mode command displays system information.
Syntax
show system [unit unit]
Parameters
unit unit — Specifies the unit number. (Range: 1–8)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the system information.
console# show system
| Unit | Type |
| 1 | PowerConnect 5524 |
| 2 | PowerConnect 5524 |
| 3 | PowerConnect 5524 |
| 4 | PowerConnect 5524 |
| 5 | PowerConnect 5524 |
| 6 | PowerConnect 5524 |
| 7 | PowerConnect 5524 |
| 8 | PowerConnect 5524 |
Unit Main Power Supply Redundant Power Supply
| 1 | OK | |
| 2 | OK | |
| 3 | OK | |
| 4 | OK | |
| 5 | OK | |
| 6 | OK | |
| 7 | OK | |
| 8 | OK | NOT OPERATIONAL |
| Unit | Fans Status | |
| ---- | ---- | |
| 1 | OK | |
| 2 | OK | |
| 3 | OK | |
| 4 | OK | |
| 5 | IDLE | |
| 6 | OK | |
| 7 | OK | |
| 8 | FAILURE |
92 System Management Commands
| Unit | Temperature (Celsius) | Temperature Sensor Status |
| 1 | 47 | OK |
| 2 | 45 | OK |
| 3 | 49 | OK |
| 4 | 36 | OK |
| 5 | 35 | OK |
| 6 | 45 | OK |
| 7 | 40 | OK |
| 8 | 56 | OK |
Unit Up time
| 1 | 00,00:31:24 |
| 2 | 00,00:31:19 |
| 3 | 00,00:31:24 |
| 4 | 00,00:31:24 |
| 5 | 00,00:31:24 |
| 6 | 00,00:31:24 |
| 7 | 00,00:31:25 |
| 8 | 00,00:31:25 |
console# show system unit 2
| System Type: | PowerConnect 5548 |
| System Up Time (days,hour:min:sec): | 08,23:03:46 |
| System Contact: | |
| System Name: | |
| System Location: | |
| System MAC Address: | 00:99:88:66:33:33 |
| System Object ID: | 1.3.6.1.4.1.674.1 |
| Type: | PowerConnect 5548 |
| Main Power Supply Status: | OK |
| Fans Status: | OK | |
| Unit | Temperature (Celsius) | Status |
| 2 | 42 | OK |
show version
The show version EXEC mode command displays system version information.
Syntax
show version [unit unit]
Parameters
unit unit— Specifies the unit number. (Range: 1–8)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays system version information.
| console > show version | |||
| Unit | SW Version | Boot Version | HW Version |
| 1 | 3.131 | 2.178 | 1.0.0 |
| 2 | 3.131 2.178 1.0.0 | ||
system resources routing
The system resources routing Global Configuration mode command configures the routing table maximum size. Use the no form of this command to return to the default size.
Syntax
system resources routing routes hosts interfaces
no system resources routing
Parameters
- routes—Specifies the maximum number of remote networks in the routing table.
- hosts—Specifies the maximum number of directly attached hosts.
- interfaces—Specifies the maximum number of IP interfaces.
Default Configuration
Hosts: 200, Routes: 64, IP Interfaces: 32
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The settings are effective after reboot.
Example
The following example configures the routing table maximum size.
Console# system resources routing 20 23 5
show system resources routings
The show system resources routings EXEC mode command displays system routing resources information.
Syntax
show system resources routings
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the system routing resources information.
Console> show system resources routings
| Parameters | Current value | After reboot Value |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| Hosts: | 100 | 100 |
| Routes: | 32 | 32 |
| IP Interfaces: | 32 | 32 |
show system tcam utilization
The show system team utilization EXEC mode command displays the Ternary Content Addressable Memory (TCAM) utilization.
Syntax
show system team utilization [unit unit]
Parameters
unit unit—Specifies the unit number. (Range: 1–8)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays TCAM utilization information.
Console> show system tcam utilization
System: 75%
Unit TCAM utilization [%]
1 58
2 57
show system defaults
Use the show system defaults command to display system defaults.
Syntax
show system defaults [section]
Parameters
section—Show information for specific session only. Available values are: management, 802.1x, port, fdb, port-mirroring, spanning-tree, vlan, voice-vlan, ip-addressing, network-security and qos-acl.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Examples
console# show system defaults
System Mode: Router
Maximum units in stack: 8
<h1 id="management-defaults">Management defaults</h1>
Telnet: Enabled (Maximum 4 sessions, shared with SSH)
SSH: Enabled (Maximum 4 sessions, shared with Telnet)
HTTP: Enabled, port 80 (Maximum 27 sessions)
HTTPS: Disabled
SNMP: Enabled.
User: first
SNMP version: V3
SNMP Local Engine ID: 0000000001
SNMP Notifications: Enabled
SNMP Authentication Notifications: Enabled
Console: Enabled.
Cryptographic keys are not generated
HTTPS certificate is not generated
Management ACL: No ACL is defined
AAA Telnet authentication login: Local user data base
AAA HTTP authentication login: Local data base
AAA HTTPS authentication login: Local data base
Radius accounting: Disabled
Radius: No server is defined
Tacacs: No server is defined
Syslog: No server is defined
Logging: Enabled
Logging to console: Informational messages
Logging to internal buffer: Informational messages
Logging to file: Error messages
Logging to remote server: Informational messages
Maximum no. of syslog messages: 200
SNTP: supported
SNTP Port No.: 123
SNTP Interface: Enabled
IP Domain Naming System: Enabled
DHCP Server: Enabled
DHCP Auto Configuration: Enabled
DHCP Option 67: Enabled
DHCP Option 82: Disabled
# IPv6 defaults
# 802.1x defaults
802.1X is disabled
Mode: Multiple host
Guest VLAN: Not defined
# Interface defaults in present unit
48 GE regular
2 10G fiberOptics
PoE: Enabled
POE mode: Port Limit
Duplex: Full
Negotiation: Enabled
Flow control: Off
Mdix mode: auto
LAGs: No LAG is defined
Storm control: Disabled
Storm control mode: unknown unicast, broadcast, multicast
Port security: Disabled
LLDP: Enabled
LLDPDU Handeling: Filtering
Jumbo frames: Disabled
Port-Channel Load Balancing: Layer 2
# Bridging defaults
Maximum 16K entries
Aging time: 5 minutes
iSCSI: Enabled
iSCSI cos: 5, with no remark
# Multicast defaults
Multicast filtering: Disabled
IGMP snooping: Disabled
Multicast TV Vlan Interface: disabled
# Port monitoring defaults
Port monitor is not defined
Maximum source port: 4
Maximum destination ports for mirroring: 2
# Spanning tree defaults
Spanning tree is Enabled
Spanning tree mode is Classic
Spanning tree interface: Enabled
Port fast: Disabled
BPDU handling: Filtering
BPDU Guard: Disabled
# Vlan defaults
Maximum Vlans: 4094
Default VLAN: Enabled
Default VLAN id: 1
GVRP: Disabled
Port mode: undefined
PVID: 1
VLAN membership: 1
<h1 id="voice-vlan-defaults">Voice vlan defaults</h1>
Voice VLAN: Disabled
Cos: 6 with no remark
OUI table:
00:E0:BB 3COM
00:03:6B Cisco
00:E0:75 Veritel
00:D0:1E Pingtel
00:01:E3 Simens
00:60:B9 NEC/Philips
00:0F:E2 Huawei-3COM
00:09:6E Avaya
<h1 id="network-security-defaults">Network security defaults</h1>
DHCP snooping: Disabled
ARP inspection: Disabled
ARP inspection Validation: Disabled
<h1 id="dos-attacks">DOS attacks</h1>
<h1 id="ip-addressing-defaults">IP addressing defaults</h1>
No IP interface is defined
<h1 id="qos-and-acls-defaults">QOS and ACLs defaults</h1>
QoS mode is basic
QoS Basic Trust Mode: CoS
QoS Advanced Trust Mode: CoS-DSCP
Queue default mapping:
| cos | qid: |
| 0 | 2 |
| 1 | 1 |
| 2 | 1 |
| 3 | 3 |
| 4 | 4 |
| 5 | 5 |
| 6 | 6 |
| 7 | 7 |
show tech-support
Use the show tech-support command to display system and configuration information you can provide to the Technical Assistance Center when reporting a problem.
Syntax
show tech-support [config] [memory]
Parameters
Memory—Displays memory and processor state data.
Config—Displays switch configuration within the CLI commands supported on the device.
Default Configuration
By default, this command displays the output for technical-support-related show commands. Use keywords to specify the type of information to be displayed. If you do not specify any parameters, the system displays all configuration and memory data.
Command Types
Switch command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Caution: Avoid running multiple show tech-support commands on a switch or multiple switches on the network segment. Doing so may cause starvation of some time sensitive protocols, like STP.
The show tech-support command may timeout if the configuration file output takes longer to display than the configured session timeout time. If this happens, enter a set logout timeout value of 0 to disable automatic disconnection of idle sessions or enter a longer timeout value.
The show tech-support command output is continuous, it does not display one screen at a time. To interrupt the output, press Esc.
If you specify the config keyword, the show tech-support command displays a list of the commands supported on the device.
If user specifies the memory keyword, the show tech-support command displays the output:
flash info (dir if existed, or flash mapping)
show bootvar
buffers info (like print os buff)
memory info (like print os mem)
proc info (lie print os tasks)
versions of software components
show cpu utilization
system fans always-on
Use the system fans always-on Global Configuration command to set the system fans to On regardless of device temperature. Use the no form of the command to return to default.
Syntax
system fans always-on [unit unit]
no system fans always-on
Parameters
unit unit—Unit number or all. If unspecified, defaults to all. (Range: 1–8)
Default Configuration
Automatic mode; The system fan speed depends on the temperature of the device.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
show system fans
Use the show system fans EXEC command to view the fans' status
Syntax
show system fans
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
| console>show system fans | |||||
| Unit | Temperature (Celsius) | Speed (RPM) | Admin state | Oper state | |
| 1 | 30 | 8000 | auto on | ||
| 2 | 40 | 8000 | on on | ||
asset-tag
The asset-tag Global Configuration mode command assigns an asset-tag to a device. Use the no form of this command to restore the default setting.
Syntax
asset-tag [unit unit] tag
no asset-tag [unit unit]
Parameters
• unit —Specifies the unit number. (Range: 1–8)
• tag—Specifies the device asset-tag.
Default Configuration
No asset tag is defined.
The default unit number is the master unit number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example assigns the asset-tag 2365491870 to the device.
Console(config)# asset-tag 2365491870
show system id
The show system id EXEC mode command displays the system identity information.
Syntax
show system id [unit unit]
Parameters
unit unit—Specifies the unit number. (Range: 1–8)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the system identity information.
Console> show system id
Unit Service tag Serial number Asset tag
1
89788978 8936589782 7843678957
2
3216523877 5621987728
Clock Commands
clock set
The clock set Privileged EXEC mode command manually sets the system clock.
Syntax
clock set hh.mm:ss { [day month] | [month day]} year
Parameters
- hh:mm:ss—Specifies the current time in hours (military format), minutes, and seconds. (Range: hh: 0-23, mm: 0-59, ss: 0-59)
• day—Specifies the current day of the month. (Range: 1-31) - month—Specifies the current month using the first three letters of the month name. (Range: Jan–Dec)
• year—Specifies the current year. (Range: 2000–2037)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The user should enter the local clock time and date.
Example
The following example sets the system time to 13:32:00 on March 7th, 2005.
clock source
The clock source Global Configuration mode command configures an external time source for the system clock. Use the no form of this command to disable the external time source.
Syntax
clock source {sntp}
no clock source
Parameters
sntp—Specifies that an SNTP server is the external clock source.
Default Configuration
There is no external clock source.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures an SNTP server as an external time source for the system clock.
Console(config)# clock source sntp
clock timezone
Use the clock timezone Global Configuration command to set the time zone for display purposes. Use the no form of this command to set the time to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or Greenwich Mean Time (GMT), which is the same.
Syntax
clock timezone zone hours-offset [minutes-offset]
no clock timezone
Parameters
• zone—The acronym of the time zone.(Range: Up to 4 characters)
• hours-offset—Hours difference from UTC. (Range: (-12)–(+13))
• minutes-offset—Minutes difference from UTC. (Range: 0–59)
Default Configuration
Offset is 0.
Acronym is empty.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The system internally keeps time in UTC, so this command is used only for display purposes and when the time is manually set.
Example
console(config)# clock timezone abc +2 minutes 32
clock summer-time
Use one of the formats of the clock summer-time Global Configuration command to configure the system to automatically switch to summer time (daylight saving time). Use the no form of this command to configure the software not to automatically switch to summer time.
Syntax
clock summer-time zone recurring {usa / eu / {week day month hh:mm week day month hh:mm}} [offset]
clock summer-time zone date date month year hh:mm date month year hh:mm [offset]
clock summer-time zone date month date year hh:mm month date year hh:mm [offset]
no clock summer-time
Parameters
- zone—The acronym of the time zone to be displayed when summer time is in effect. (Range: Up to 4 characters)
- recurring—Indicates that summer time should start and end on the corresponding specified days every year.
- date—Indicates that summer time should start on the first specific date listed in the command and end on the second specific date in the command.
• usa—The summer time rules are the United States rules.
• eu—The summer time rules are the European Union rules.
• week—Week of the month. Can be 1–4, first, last.
• day—Day of the week (first three letters by name, such as Sun). (characters)
• date—Date of the month. (Range: 1–31)
• month—Month (first three letters by name, such as Feb). (characters)
• year—year (no abbreviation). (Range: 2000–2097) - hh:mm—Time (military format) in hours and minutes. (Range: hh:mmhh: 0-23, mm: 0-59)
- offset—Number of minutes to add during summer time (default is 60). (Range: 1440)
Default Configuration
Summer time is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
In both the date and recurring forms of the command, the first part of the command specifies when summer time begins, and the second part specifies
when it ends. All times are relative to the local time zone. The start time is relative to standard time. The end time is relative to summer time. If the starting month is chronologically after the ending month, the system assumes that you are in the southern hemisphere.
USA rule for daylight saving time:
- From 2007:
• Start: Second Sunday in March
• End: First Sunday in November
• Time: 2 am local time
- Before 2007:
• Start: First Sunday in April
• End: Last Sunday in October
• Time: 2 am local time
Example
console(config)# clock summer-time abc date apr 1 2010 09:00 aug 2 2010 09:00
EU rule for daylight saving time:
• Start: Last Sunday in March
• End: Last Sunday in October
• Time: 1.00 am (01:00) Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)
sntp authentication-key
The sntp authentication-key Global Configuration mode command defines an authentication key for Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). Use the no form of this command to remove the authentication key for SNTP.
Syntax
sntp authentication-key key-number md5 key-value
no sntp authentication-key key-number
Parameters
• key-number—Specifies the key number. (Range: 1–4294967295)
• key-value—Specifies the key value. (Length: 1–8 characters)
Default Configuration
No authentication key is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Examples
The following example defines the authentication key for SNTP.
Console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey
Device(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey Device(config)# sntp trusted-key 8 Device(config)# sntp authenticate
sntp authenticate
The sntp authenticate Global Configuration mode command enables authentication for received Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) traffic from servers. Use the no form of this command to disable the feature.
Syntax
sntp authenticate
no sntp authenticate
Default Configuration
Authentication is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The command is relevant for both unicast and broadcast.
Examples
The following example enables authentication for received SNTP traffic.
Console(config)# sntp authenticate
Device(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey Device(config)# sntp trusted-key 8 Device(config)# sntp authenticate
sntp trusted-key
The sntp trusted-key Global Configuration mode command authenticates the system identity with which Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) synchronizes. Use the no form of this command to disable system identity authentication.
Syntax
sntp trusted-key key-number
no sntp trusted-key key-number
Parameters
key-number—Specifies the key number of the authentication key to be trusted. (Range: 1–4294967295)
Default Configuration
No keys are trusted.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The command is relevant for both received unicast and broadcast.
Examples
The following example authenticates key 8.
Console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8
Device(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey Device(config)# sntp trusted-key 8 Device(config)# sntp authenticate
sntp client poll timer
The sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command sets the polling time for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
sntp client poll timer seconds
no sntp client poll timer
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the polling interval in seconds. (Range: 60–86400)
Default Configuration
The default polling interval is 1024 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the polling time for the SNTP client to 120 seconds.
Console(config)# sntp client poll timer 120
sntp broadcast client enable
The sntp broadcast client enable Global Configuration mode command enables Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) broadcast clients. Use the no form of this command to disable SNTP broadcast clients.
Syntax
sntp broadcast client enable
no sntp broadcast client enable
Default Configuration
The SNTP broadcast client is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the sntp client enable Interface Configuration mode command to enable the SNTP client on a specific interface.
Example
The following example enables the SNTP broadcast clients.
Console(config)# sntp broadcast client enable
sntp anycast client enable
The sntp anycast client enable Global Configuration mode command enables the SNTP anycast client. Use the no form of this command to disable the SNTP anycast client.
Syntax
sntp anycast client enable
no sntp anycast client enable
Default Configuration
The SNTP anycast client is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The polling time is configured with the sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command.
Use the sntp client enable Interface Configuration mode command to enable the SNTP client on a specific interface.
Example
The following example enables SNTP anycast clients.
Console(config)# sntp anycast client enable
sntp client enable
The sntp client enable Global Configuration mode command enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) broadcast and anycast client on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable the SNTP client.
Syntax
sntp client enable {interface-id}
no sntp client enable {interface-id}
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID, which can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN.
Default Configuration
The SNTP client is disabled on an interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The sntp broadcast client enable Global Configuration mode command globally enables broadcast clients.
The sntp anycast client enable Global Configuration mode command globally enables anycast clients.
Example
The following example enables the SNTP broadcast and anycast client on gigabitethernet port gil/0/3
Console (config)# sntp client enable gigabitethernet 1/0/3
sntp client enable (Interface)
To enable the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) broadcast and anycast client on an interface, use the sntp client enable Interface Configuration command. Use the no form of this command to disable the SNTP client.
The sntp client enable Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel, VLAN) mode command enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) broadcast and anycast client on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable the SNTP client.
Syntax
sntp client enable
no sntp client enable
Default Configuration
The SNTP client is disabled on an interface.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel, VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
The sntp broadcast client enable Global Configuration mode command globally enables broadcast clients.
The sntp anycast client enable Global Configuration mode command globally enables anycast clients.
Example
The following example enables the SNTP broadcast and anycast client on an interface.
Console(config-if)# sntp client enable
sntp unicast client enable
The sntp unicast client enable Global Configuration mode command enables the device to use Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined unicast clients. Use the no form of this command to disable the SNTP unicast clients.
Syntax
sntp unicast client enable
no sntp unicast client enable
Default Configuration
The SNTP unicast client is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the sntp server Global Configuration mode command to define SNTP servers.
Example
The following example enables the device to use Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) unicast clients.
Console(config)# sntp unicast client enable
sntp unicast client poll
The sntp unicast client poll Global Configuration mode command enables polling for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined unicast clients. Use the no form of this command to disable the polling for the SNTP client.
Syntax
sntp unicast client poll
no sntp unicast client poll
Default Configuration
Polling is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Polling time is configured with the sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command.
Example
The following example enables polling for SNTP predefined unicast clients.
Console(config)# sntp unicast client poll
sntp server
The sntp server Global Configuration mode command configures the device to use the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from a specified server. Use the no form of this command to remove a server from the list of SNTP servers.
Syntax
sntp server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | ipv6z-address | hostname} [poll] [key keyid]
no sntp server { ipv4-address | ipv6-address | ipv6z-address | hostname}
Parameters
- ipv4-address—Specifies the server IPv4 address.
- ipv6-address—Specifies the server IPv6 address. A Link Local address (IPv6Z address) can be defined.
- pv6z-address—Specifies the IPv6Z address to ping. The IPv6Z address format is: ipv6-link-local-address}\% {interface-name}. The subparameters are:
- ipv6-link-local-address—Specifies the IPv6 Link Local address.
- interface-name—Specifies the outgoing interface name. The interface name has the format: vlan {integer} | ch {integer} | isatap {integer} | {physical-port-name}. The subparameter integer has the format: {decimal-digit} | {integer} {decimal-digit}. (Range for the decimal-digit: 0–9)
- hostname—Specifies the server hostname. Only translation to IPv4 addresses is supported. (Length: 1–158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
- poll—Enables polling.
• key keyid—Specifies the Authentication key to use when sending packets to this peer. (Range:1–4294967295)
Default Configuration
No servers are defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Up to 8 SNTP servers can be defined.
The sntp unicast client enable Global Configuration mode command enables predefined unicast clients.
The sntp unicast client poll Global Configuration mode command globally enables polling.
Polling time is configured with the sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command.
The format of an IPv6Z address is:
interface-name = vlan
integer =
decimal-number = 0 / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9
physical-port-name = Designated port number, for example:gil/0/16.
If the egress interface is not specified, the default interface is selected. Specifying interface zone=0 is equal to not defining an egress interface.
Example
The following example configures the device to accept SNTP traffic from the server on 192.1.1.1.
Console(config)# sntp server 192.1.1.1
sntp port
The sntp port Global Configuration mode command specifies a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port. Use the no form of this command to use the SNTP server default port.
Syntax
sntp port port-number
no sntp port
Parameters
port-number—Specifies the UDP port number used by an SNTP server. (Range 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The default port number is 123.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies that port 321 of the SNTP server is the UDP port.
Console(config)# sntp port 321
show clock
The show clock EXEC mode command displays the time and date from the system clock.
Syntax
show clock [detail]
Parameters
detail—Displays the TimeZone and SummerTime configuration.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the system time and date.
Console> show clock
15:29:03 PDT (UTC-7) Jun 17 2002
Time source is SNTP
Console> show clock detail
15:29:03 PDT (UTC-7) Jun 17 2002
Time source is SNTP
Time zone:
Acronym is PST
Offset is UTC-8
Summertime:
Acronym is PDT
Recurring every year.
Begins at first Sunday of April at 2:00.
Ends at last Sunday of October at 2:00.
Offset is 60 minutes.
DHCP timezone: Disabled
Device> show clock detail
15:29:03 PDT(UTC-7) Jun 17 2002
Time source is SNTP
Timezone (DHCP):
Acronym is PST
Offset is UTC-8
Timezone (static):
Acronym is PST
Offset is UTC-8
Summertime (Static):
Acronym is PDT
Recurring every year.
Begins at first Sunday of April at 2:00.
Ends at last Sunday of October at 2:00.
Offset is 60 minutes.
DHCP timezone: Enabled
show sntp configuration
The show sntp configuration Privileged EXEC mode command displays the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) configuration on the device.
Syntax
show sntp configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the device's current SNTP configuration.
console# show sntp configuration
SNTP port : 123 .
Polling interval: 1024 seconds.
No MD5 authentication keys.
Authentication is not required for synchronization.
No trusted keys.
Unicast Clients: Enabled
Unicast Clients Polling: Enabled
Server
Polling
Encryption Key
1.1.1.121
Disabled
Disabled
Broadcast Clients: disabled
Anycast Clients: disabled
No Broadcast Interfaces.
console#
show sntp status
The show sntp status Privileged EXEC mode command displays the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) servers status.
Syntax
show sntp status
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display the SNTP servers status.
Console# show sntp status
Clock is synchronized, stratum 4, reference is 176.1.1.8, unicast Reference time is AFE2525E.70597B34 (00:10:22.438 PDT Jul 5 1993)
Unicast servers:
| Server | Status | Last response | Offset [mSec] | Delay [mSec] |
| 176.1.1.8 | Up | 19:58:22.289PDT Feb 19 2005 | 7.33 | 117.79 |
| 176.1.8.17 Unknown | 12:17.17.987 | 8.98 189.19 |
| PDT Feb 19 2005 |
Anycast server:
| Server | Interface | Status | Last response | Offset [mSec] | Delay [mSec] |
| 176.1.11.8 | VLAN 118 | Up | 9:53:21.789PDT Feb 192005 | 7.19 | 119.89 |
Broadcast:
| Server | Interface | Last response |
| 176.9.1.1 | VLAN 119 | 19:17:59.792PDT Feb 19 2002 |
Configuration/Image File Commands
copy
The copy Privileged EXEC mode command copies files from a source to a destination.
Syntax
copy source-url destination-url [snmp]
Parameters
- source-url—Specifies the source file location URL or source file reserved keyword to be copied. (Length: 1–160 characters)
- destination-url—Specifies the destination file URL or destination file reserved keyword. (Length: 1–160 characters)
- snmp—Specifies that the destination/source file is in SNMP format. Used only when copying from/to startup-config.
The following table displays URL options.
| Keyword Source or Destination | |
| flash:// Source or destination URL for flash memory. This is the default URL If a URL is specified without a prefix. | |
| running-config Currently running configuration file. | |
| startup-config Startup configuration file. | |
| image Image file. If specified as the source file, it is the active image file. If specified as the destination file, it is the non-active image file. | |
| boot Boot file. | |
| tftp:// Source or destination URL for a TFTP network server. The syntax for this alias is tftp://host/[directory]/filename. The host can be either an IP address or a host name. | |
| usb:// Copy to a file on the USB device. The syntax is: usb://directory/filename | |
| xmodem: Source for the file from a serial connection that uses the Xmodem protocol. | |
| unit://member/image | Image file on one of the units. To copy from the master to all units, specify * in the member field. |
| unit://member/boot | Boot file on one of the units. To copy from the master to all units, specify * in the member field |
| unit://member/startup-config | Configuration file used during initialization (startup) on one of the units. |
| null: Null destination for copies or files. A remote file can be copied to null to determine its size. | |
| mirror-config Mirrored configuration file | |
| WORD<1-128> Specify URL prefixes. | |
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The location of a file system dictates the format of the source or destination URL.
The entire copying process may take several minutes and differs from protocol to protocol and from network to network.
If the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. The format of an IPv6Z address is: {ipv6-link-local-address} % {interface-name}. The subparameters are:
- ipv6-link-local-address—Specifies the IPv6 Link Local address.
- interface-name—Specifies the outgoing interface name. The interface name has the format: vlan{integer} | ch{integer} | isatap{integer} | {physical-port-name}. The subparameter integer has the format: {decimal-digit} | {integer} {decimal-digit}. decimal-digit has the range 0–9
If the egress interface is not specified, the default interface is selected. Specifying interface zone=0 is equal to not defining an egress interface.
Understanding Invalid Combinations of Source and Destination
Some invalid combinations of source and destination exist. Specifically, if one of the following conditions exists:
- The source file and destination file are the same file.
- xmodem: is the destination file. The source file can be copied to image, boot and null: only.
- tftp:// is the source file and destination file on the same copy.
• *.prv files cannot be copied. - The source or destination is a slave unit (except for image and boot files).
■ mirror-config cannot be used as a destination
The following table describes the copy characters:
| Character Description |
| ! For network transfers, indicates that the copy process is taking place.Each exclamation point indicates successful transfer of ten packets (512 bytes each). |
| . For network transfers, indicates that the copy process timed out.Generally, several periods in a row means that the copy process may fail.s |
Copying an Image File from a Server to Flash Memory
Use the copy source-urlimage command to copy an image file from a server to flash memory.
Copying a Boot File from a Server to Flash Memory
Use the copy source-url/boot command to copy a boot file from a server to flash memory.
Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Running Configuration File
Use the copy source-url running-config command to load a configuration file from a network server to the running device configuration file. The commands in the loaded configuration file are added to those in the running configuration file as if the commands were typed in the command-line interface (CLI). The resulting configuration file is a combination of the previous running configuration and the loaded configuration files, with the loaded configuration file taking precedence.
Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Startup Configuration
Use the copy source-url startup-config command to copy a configuration file from a network server to the device startup configuration file. The startup configuration file is replaced by the copied configuration file.
Storing the Running or Startup Configuration on a Server
Use the copy running-config destination-url command to copy the current configuration file to a network server using TFTP, .
Use the copy startup-config destination-url command to copy the startup configuration file to a network server.
Saving The Running Configuration To The Startup Configuration
Use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration file.
-Backing Up the Running Configuration or Startup Configuration to a Backup Configuration file
Use the copy running-config file command to back up the running configuration to a backup configuration file.
Use the copy startup-config file command to back up the startup configuration to a backup configuration file.
Examples
The following example copies system image file1 from the TFTP server 172.16.101.101 to a non-active image file.
Console# copy tftp://172.16.101.101/file1 image
Accessing file 'file1' on 172.16.101.101...
Loading file1 from 172.16.101.101:
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! [OK]
Copy took 0:01:11 [hh:mm:ss]
Copying an Image from a Server to Flash Memory
The following example copies a system image named file1 from the TFTP server with an IP address of 172.16.101.101 to a non-active image file.
Router# copy tftp://172.16.101.101/file1 image
Accessing file 'file1' on 172.16.101.101...
Loading file1 from 172.16.101.101:
!!!!!!!!!
write memory
Use the write memory Privileged EXEC mode command to save the running configuration to the startup configuration file.
Syntax
write memory
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Examples
The following example copies system image file1 from the TFTP server 172.16.101.101 to a non-active image file.
Console# write memory
Overwrite file [startup-config] ?[Yes/press any key for no].....15-Sep-2010 11:27
:48 %COPY-I-FILECPY: Files Copy - source URL running-config destination URL flas
h://startup-config
15-Sep-2010 11:27:50 %COPY-N-TRAP: The copy operation was completed successfully
Copy succeeded
delete
The delete Privileged EXEC mode command deletes a file from a flash memory device.
Syntax
delete url
Parameters
url—Specifies the location URL or reserved keyword of the file to be deleted. (Length: 1–160 characters)
The following table displays keywords and URL prefixes:
| Keyword Source or Destination |
| flash:// URL of the flash memory. This is the default URL if a URL is specified without a prefix. |
| usb:// URL of the USB memory. |
| startup-config Startup configuration file. |
| WORD Specify URL prefixes. |
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
*.sys, *.prv, image-1 and image-2 files cannot be deleted.
Example
The following example deletes the file called 'test' from the flash memory.
Console# delete flash:test
Delete flash:test? [confirm]
pwd
Use the pwd Privileged EXECmode command to display a full, clarified path to the current directory.
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
dir
The dir Privileged EXEC mode command displays the list of files on a flash file system.
Syntax
dir
dir [directory-path]
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the list of files on a flash file system
Total size of flash: 33292288 bytes
Free size of flash: 20708893 bytes
console# dir
Directory of flash:
| File Name | Permission Size Flash | Data Size | Modified | ||
| tmp | rw | 524288 | 104 | 01-Jan-2010 | 05:35:04 |
| image-1 | rw | 10485760 | 10485760 | 01-Jan-2010 | 06:10:23 |
| image-2 | rw | 10485760 | 10485760 | 01-Jan-2010 | 05:43:54 |
| dhcpsn.prv | -- | 262144 | -- | 01-Jan-2010 | 05:25:07 |
| sshkeys.prv | -- | 262144 | -- | 04-Jan-2010 | 06:05:00 |
| syslog1.sys | r- | 524288 | -- | 01-Jan-2010 | 05:57:00 |
| syslog2.sys | r- | 524288 | -- | 01-Jan-2010 | 05:57:00 |
| directry.prv | -- | 262144 | -- | 01-Jan-2010 | 05:25:07 |
| startup-config | rw | 786432 | 1081 | 01-Jan-2010 | 10:05:34 |
Total size of flash: 66322432 bytes
Free size of flash: 42205184 bytes
more
The more Privileged EXEC mode command displays a file.
Syntax
more url
Parameters
url—Specifies the location URL or reserved keyword of the source file to be displayed. (Length: 1–160 characters).
The following table displays options for the URL parameter:
| Keyword Source or Destination |
| flash:// Source or destination URL for flash memory. If aURL is specified without a prefix, this is the defaultURL. |
| running-config Current running configuration file. |
| startup-config Startup configuration file. |
| mirror-config Mirrored configuration file. |
| usb: Universal Serial Bus (USB) File System |
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Files are displayed in ASCII format, except for the images, which are displayed in a hexadecimal format.
*.prv files cannot be displayed.
Example
The following example displays the running configuration file contents.
console# more running-config
no spanning-tree
interface range gi1/0/1-48
speed 1000
exit
no lldp run
line console
exec-timeout 0
exit
cd
Use the cd Privileged EXEC mode command to change the current directory. cd new-directory
Parameters
new-directory—The new directory. The new directory path may be specified as either a Full Clarified Path or a Relative Path.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
When command cd changes the current file system, the current directory of the previous file system is saved and when the command specifying only the file system (for example, cd usb:) sets the file system as current, the current directory is restored.
Example
console cd usb://private/conf
console pwd
usb://private/conf
console cd ..
console pwd
usb://private
console# cd flash:
console pwd
flash://
console cd usb:
console pwd
usb://private
console# cd flash://
console pwd
flash:\
console cd usb://
console pwd
usb://
rename
The rename Privileged EXEC mode command renames a file.
Syntax
rename url new-url
Parameters
- url—Specifies the file location URL. (Length: 1–160 characters)
- new-url—Specifies the file's new URL. (Length: 1–160 characters)
The following table displays options for the URL parameter:
| Keyword Source or Destination |
| flash:// URL for flash memory. If a URL is specified without a prefix, this is the default URL. |
| usb: Universal Serial Bus (USB) File System |
| WORD Specify URL prefixes. |
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
*.sys and *.prv files cannot be renamed.
Example
The following example renames the configuration file.
Console# rename configuration.bak m-config.bak
boot system
The boot system Privileged EXEC mode command specifies the active system image file that is loaded by the device at startup.
Syntax
boot system { image-1 / image-2 } [switch number / all]
Parameters
- switch number—Specifies the unit number. If unspecified, defaults to the master unit number.
- image-1—Specifies that image-1 is loaded as the system image during the next device startup.
- image-2—Specifies that image-2 is loaded as the system image during the next device startup.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
The default unit number is the master unit number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use the show bootvar command to determine which image is the active image.
Example
The following example specifies that image-1 is the active system image file loaded by the device at startup.
Console# boot system image-1
show running-config
The show running-config Privileged EXEC mode command displays the current running configuration file contents.
Syntax
show running-config
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the running configuration file contents.
Console# show running-config
no spanning-tree
interface range gi1/0/1-48
speed 1000
exit
no lldp run
interface vlan 1
ip address 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
exit
line console
exec-timeout 0
exit
console#
show startup-config
The show startup-config Privileged EXEC mode command displays the startup configuration file contents.
Syntax
show startup-config
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the startup configuration file contents.
Console# show startup-config
no spanning-tree
interface range gi1/0/1-48
speed 1000
exit
no lldp run
interface vlan 1
ip address 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
exit
line console
exec-timeout 0
exit
console#
show bootvar
The show bootvar EXEC mode command displays the active system image file that is loaded by the device at startup.
Syntax
show bootvar [unit unit]
Parameters
unit unit—Specifies the unit number.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the active system image file that is loaded by the device at startup.
Console# show bootvar
| Unit | Image | Filename | Version | Date | Status |
| 1 | 1 | file1 | 3.1.31 | 23-Jul-200217:34:19 | Active |
| 1 | 2 | file2 3.2.19 | 22-Jan-200319:22:32 | Notactive* | |
| 2 1 file1 | 3.1.31 | 23-Jul-200217:34:19 | Not active | ||
| 2 2 file2 | 3.2.19 | 22-Jan-200319:22:32 | Active |
"*": Designates that the image was selected for the next boot.
Auto-Update and Auto-Configuration
boot host auto-config
Use the boot host auto-config Global Configuration mode command to enable the support of auto configuration via DHCP. Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP auto configuration.
Syntax
boot host auto-config
no boot host auto-config
Parameters
This command has no arguments or key words.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Default Configuration
Enabled by default.
boot host auto-update
Use the boot host auto-update Global Configuration mode command to enable the support of auto updated via DHCP. Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP auto configuration.
Syntax
boot host auto-update
no boot host auto-update
Parameters
This command has no arguments or key words.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Default Configuration
Enabled by default.
boot host dhcp
Use the boot host dhcp Global Configuration mode command to force the mechanism used to download a configuration file at the next system startup. Use the no form of this command to restore the host configuration file to the default.
Syntax
boot host dhcp
no boot host dhcp
Parameters
This command has no arguments or key words.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Configuring boot host dhcp does not take effect until the next reboot.
boot host auto-save
Use the boot host auto-save Global Configuration mode command to enable automatic saving Running in Startup after download. Use the no form of this command restore default behavior.
Syntax
boot host auto-save
no boot host auto-save
Parameters
This command has no arguments or key words.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Default Configuration
Disable
show boot
Use the show boot Privilege EXEC mode command to show the status of the IP DHCP Auto Config process.
Syntax
show boot
Parameters
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Mode
Privilege EXEC mode
Examples
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: force
Auto Config State: Finished
TFTP Server IP address: 1.2.20.2
Configuration filename: /config/configfile1.cfg
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
console# show boot
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: default
Auto Config State: Opening
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
Example 3.
console# show boot
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: default
Auto Config State: Downloading configuration file
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
console# show boot
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: default
Auto Config State: Searching hostname in indirect configuration file
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
console# show boot
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: default
Auto Config State: Quit - failed all steps of finding existing configuration file
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
console# show boot
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: default
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
Auto Update State: Downloaded indirect image file
console# show boot
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: default
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
Auto Update State: Downloading image file
console# show boot
Auto Config
Config Download via DHCP: enable
Next Boot Config Download via DHCP: default
Auto Config State: Finished
TFTP Server IP address: 1.2.20.2
Configuration filename: /config/configfile1.cfg
Auto Update
Image Download via DHCP: enabled
Auto Update State: Downloading image file
ip dhcp tftp-server ip addr
Use the ip dhcp tftp-server ip addr Global Configuration mode command to set the TFTP server's IP address, used by a switch when it has not been received from the DHCP server. Use the no form of this command to remove the address.
Syntax
ip dhcp tftp-server ip addr ip-addr
no ip dhcp tftp-server ip-addr
Parameters
ip-addr IP—Address of TFTP server
Default Configuration
No IP address
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
ip dhcp tftp-server file
Use the ip dhcp tftp-server file Global Configuration mode command to set the full file name on the TFTP server by a switch when it has not been received from the DHCP server. Use the no form of this command to remove the name.
Syntax
ip dhcp tftp-server file file-path
no ip dhcp tftp-server file
Parameters
file-path—full file name on TFTP server
Default Configuration
No file name
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
show ip dhcp tftp-server
Use the show ip dhcp tftp-server EXEC mode command to display information about the TFTP server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp tftp-server
Command Mode
EXEC
Example
console# show ip dhcp tftp server
tftp server address
active 1.1.1.1 from sname
manual 2.2.2.2
file path on tftp server
active conf/conf-file from option 67
Management ACL Commands
management access-list
The management access-list Global Configuration mode command configures a management access list and enters the Management Access-List Configuration command mode. Use the no form of this command to delete an access list.
Syntax
management access-list name
no management access-list name
Parameters
name—Specifies the access list name. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to configure a management access list. This command enters the Management Access-List Configuration mode, where the denied or permitted access conditions are defined with the deny and permit commands.
If no match criteria are defined, the default value is deny.
When re-entering the access-list context, the new rules are entered at the end of the access list.
Use the management access-class command to select the active access list.
The active management list cannot be updated or removed.
For IPv6 management traffic that is tunneled in IPv4 packets, the management ACL is applied first on the external IPv4 header (rules with service field are ignored), and then again on the inner IPv6 header.
Example
The following example creates a management access list called mlist, configures management gigabitethernet interfaces 1/0/1 and 1/0/9, and makes the new access list the active list.
Console(config)# management access-list mlist
Console(config-macl)# permit gi1/0/1
Console(config-macl)# permit gi1/0/9
Console(config-macl)# exit
Console(config)# management access-class mlist
The following example creates a management access list called 'mlist', configures all interfaces to be management interfaces except gigabitethernet interfaces 1/0/1 and 1/0/9, and makes the new access list the active list.
Console(config)# management access-list mlist
Console(config-macl)# deny gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-macl)# deny gigabitethernet 1/0/9
Console(config-macl)# permit
Console(config-macl)# exit
Console(config)# management access-class mlist
permit (Management)
The permit Management Access-List Configuration mode command sets conditions for the management access list.
Syntax
permit [interface-id] [service service]
permit ip-source { ipv4-address | ipv6-address/ipv6-prefix-length} [mask {mask / prefix-length}] [interface-id] [service service]
Parameters
- interface-id:—Specify an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN
- service service — Specifies the service type. Possible values are: Telnet, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS and SNMP.
- ipv4-address— Specifies the source IPv4 address.
- ipv6-address/ipv6-prefix-length— Specifies the source IPv6 address and source IPv6 address prefix length. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). The parameter is optional.
- mask mask— Specifies the source IPv4 address network mask. This parameter is relevant only to IPv4 addresses.
- mask prefix-length— Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IPv4 address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). This parameter is relevant only to IPv4 addresses. (Range: 0–32)
Command Mode
Management Access-List Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Rules with ethernet, VLAN, and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is defined on the appropriate interface.
Example
The following example permits all ports in the access list called mlist
Console(config)# management access-list mlist Console(config-macl)# permit
deny (Management)
The deny Management Access-List Configuration mode command sets conditions for the management access list.
Syntax
deny [interface-id] [service service]
deny ip-source {ipv4-address / ipv6-address/ipv6-prefix-length} [mask {mask / prefix-length}] [interface-id] [service service]
Parameters
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN
- service service—Specifies the service type. Possible values are: Telnet, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS and SNMP.
- ipv4-address—Specifies the source IPv4 address.
- ipv6-address/ipv6-prefix-length—Specifics the source IPv6 address and source IPv6 address prefix length. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). The parameter is optional.
- mask mask—Specifies the source IPv4 address network mask. The parameter is relevant only to IPv4 addresses.
- mask prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IPv4 address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). The parameter is relevant only to IPv4 addresses. (Range: 0–32)
Command Mode
Management Access-List Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Rules with ethernet, VLAN, and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is defined on the appropriate interface.
Example
The following example denies all ports in the access list called mlist.
Console(config)# management access-list mlist
Console(config-macl)# deny
management access-class
The management access-class Global Configuration mode command restricts management connections by defining the active management access list. To disable management connection restrictions, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
management access-class {console-only | name}
no management access-class
Parameters
- console-only—Specifies that the device can be managed only from the console.
- name—Specifies the access list name to be used. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Default Configuration
The default configuration is no management connection restrictions.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example defines an access list called mlist as the active management access list.
Console(config)# management access-class mlist
show management access-list
The show management access-list Privileged EXEC mode command displays management access lists.
Syntax
show management access-list [name]
Parameters
name—Specifies the name of a management access list to be displayed.
(Length: 1–32 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the mlist management access list.
Console# show management access-list mlist
console-only
----
deny
! (Note: all other access implicitly denied)
mlist
----
permit gi1/0/1
permit gi1/0/9
! (Note: all other access implicitly denied)
console#
show management access-class
The show management access-class Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about the active management access list.
Syntax
show management access-class
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the active management access list information.
Console# show management access-class
Management access-class is enabled, using access list mlist
SNMP Commands
snmp-server
Use the snmp-server server Global Configuration mode command to enable the device to be configured by SNMP. Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
snmp-server server
no snmp-server server
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
snmp-server server
console(config)# snmp-server server
snmp-server community
Use the snmp-server community Global Configuration mode command to set up the community access string to permit access to the Simple Network
Management Protocol command. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified community string.
Syntax
snmp-server community string [view view-name] [ro | rw | su] {ipv4-address| ipv6-address} [mask | prefix-length] [type router | oob]
snmp-server community-group string group-name [ipv4-address/ ipv6-address] [mask / prefix-length] [type router / oob]
no snmp-server community string [ipv4-address/ ipv6-address]
Parameters
- string—Community string that acts like a password and permits access to the SNMP protocol. (Range: 1–20 characters)
• ro—Specifies read-only access (default)
- rw—Specifies read-write access
• su—Specifies SNMP administrator access
- view view-name—Specifies the name of a view to be configured using the command snmp-server view (no specific order of the command configurations is imposed on the user). The view defines the objects available to the community. It is not relevant for su, which has access to the whole MIB. If unspecified, all the objects, except the community-table and SNMPv3 user and access tables, are available. (Range: 1–30 characters)
- ipv4-address—Management station IPv4 address. The default is all IP addresses.
- ipv6-address—Management station IPv4 address. The default is all IP addresses.
- mask—Specifies the mask of the IPv4 address. This is not a network mask, but rather a mask that defines which bits of the packet's source address are compared to the configured IP address. If unspecified, it defaults to 255.255.255.255. The command returns an error if the mask is specified without an IPv4 address.
- prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the IPv4 address prefix. If unspecified, it defaults to 32. The command returns an error if the prefix-length is specified without an IPv4 address.
- group-name—Specifies the name of a group that should be configured using the command snmp-server group with v1 or v2 parameter (no specific order of the two command configurations is imposed on the user). The group defines the objects available to the community. (Range: 1–30 characters)
- type router—Specifies that SNMP requests for duplicate tables configure the router tables. This is the default.
- type oob—Specifies that SNMP requests for duplicate tables configure the oob tables.
Default
No community is defined
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You can't specify view-name for su, which has access to the whole MIB.
You can use the view-name to restrict the access rights of a community string.
The logical key of the command is the pair (community, ip-address). If ip-address is omitted then the key is (community, All-Ips).
By specifying the view-name parameter, the software:
- Generates an internal security-name.
- Maps the internal security-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to an internal group-name.
- Maps the internal group-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to view-name (read-view and notify-view always, and for rw for write-view also),
You can use the group-name to restrict the access rights of a community string. By specifying the group-name parameter the software:
- Generates an internal security-name.
- Maps the internal security-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to the group-name.
The snmp-server community-group command and snmp-server user command for v1 and v2 are equivalent. You should use the snmp-server community-group command when you want to configure the ipv4-address | ipv6-address management addresses.
The Type keyword is used for a different purpose. Therefore, when defining an SNMP community, the administrator must indicate which tables are being configured. If Type is router, it means that the device's tables are being configured.
Example
snmp-server community
console(config)# snmp-server community abcd su 1.1.1.121 mask 255.0.0.0 console(config)# snmp-server community-group tom abcd 1.1.1.122 prefix 8
snmp-server view
The snmp-server view Global Configuration mode command creates or updates a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server view entry. Use the no form of this command to remove an SNMP server view entry.
Syntax
snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included / excluded}
no snmp-server view view-name [oid-tree]
Parameters
- view-name—Specifies the label for the view record that is being created or updated. The name is used to reference the record. (Length: 1–30 characters)
- oid-tree—Specifies the ASN.1 subtree object identifier to be included or excluded from the view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as 1.3.6.2.4, or a word, such as System. Replace a single sub-identifier with the asterisk (*) wildcard to specify a subtree family; for example 1.3.*.4.
• included—Specifies that the view type is included.
• excluded—Specifies that the view type is excluded.
Default Configuration
Default and DefaultSuper are the default view names.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command can be entered multiple times for the same view record.
The command logical key is the pair (view-name, oid-tree).
The number of views is limited to 64.
Default and DefaultSuper views are reserved for internal software use and cannot be deleted or modified.
Example
The following example creates a view that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group except for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interface group.
Console(config)# snmp-server view user-view system included
Console(config)# snmp-server view user-view system.7 excluded
Console(config)# snmp-server view user-view ifEntry.*.1 included
snmp-server group
The snmp-server group Global Configuration mode command configures a new Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views. Use the no form of this command, remove a specified SNMP group.
Syntax
snmp-server group groupname {v1 | v2 | v3 {noauth | auth | priv} [notify notifyview]} [read readview] [write writeview]
no snmp-server group groupname {v1 | v2 | v3 [noauth | auth | priv]} [context name]
Parameters
- groupname—Specifies the group name. (Length: 1–30 characters)
• v1—Specifies the SNMP Version 1 security model.
• v2—Specifies the SNMP Version 2 security model.
• v3—Specifies the SNMP Version 3 security model. - noauth—Specifies no packet authentication. Applicable only to the SNMP Version 3 security model.
- auth—Specifies packet authentication without encryption. Applicable only to the SNMP Version 3 security model.
- priv—Specifies packet authentication with encryption. Applicable only to the SNMP Version 3 security model.
- notify notifyview—Specifies the view name that enables specifying an inform or a trap. Applicable only to the SNMP Version 3 security model. (Length: 1–30 characters)
- read readview—Specifies the view name that enables viewing only the agent contents. (Length: 1–30 characters)
- write writeview—Specifies the view name that enables entering data and configuring the agent contents. (Length: 1–30 characters)
Default Configuration
No group entry exists.
If notifyview is not specified, nothing is defined for the notify view.
If readview is not specified, all objects except for the community-table and SNMPv3 user and access tables are available.
If writeview is not specified, nothing is defined for the write view.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The command logical key is (groupname, snmp-version, security-level). For snmp-version v1/v2 the security-level is always noauth.
The Router context is translated to "" context in the MIB.
Example
The following example attaches a group called user-group to SNMPv3 and assigns to the group the privacy security level and read access rights to a view called user-view.
Console(config)# snmp-server group user-group v3 priv read user-view
snmp-server user
Use the snmp-server user Global Configuration mode command to configure a new SNMP Version 3 user. Use the no form of the command to remove a user.
Syntax
snmp-server user username groupname {v1 | v2c | [remote host] v3 [encrypted] [auth {md5 | sha} auth-password]}
no snmp-server user username [remote host]
Parameters
- username—The name of the user on the host that connects to the agent. (Range: Up to 20 characters)
- groupname—The name of the group to which the user belongs. The group should be configured using the command snmp-server group with v3 parameters (no specific order of the 2 command configurations is imposed on the user). (Range: Up to 30 characters)
- remote host—IP address of the remote SNMP host.
• v1—Specifies that v1 is to be used.
• v2c—Specifies that v2c is to be used.
• v3—Specifies that v3 is to be used.
- encrypted—Specifies whether the password appears in encrypted format.
• auth—Specifies which authentication level is to be used.
• md5—Specifies the HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level.
• Sha—Specifies the HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level.
• auth-password—Specifies the authentication password.
Parameters Range engineid-string5 - 32 characters.
auth-passwordUp to 32 characters.
Default
No group entry exists.
Command Mode
Global configuration
User Guidelines
If auth md5 or auth sha is specified, both authentication and privacy are enabled for the user.
When you enter a show running-config command, you do not see a line for this user. To see if this user has been added to the configuration, type the show snmp user command.
An SNMP EngineID should be defined in order to add users to the device.
Changing or removing the value of snmpEngineID deletes the SNMPv3 users' database.
The logical key of the command is Username.
Configuring a remote host is required in order to send informs to that host. A configured remote host is also able to manage the device (besides getting the informs)
To configure a remote user, specify the IP address for the remote SNMP agent of the device where the user resides. Also, before you configure remote users for a particular agent, configure the SNMP engine ID, using the snmp-server engineID remote command. The remote agent's SNMP engine ID is needed when computing the authentication and privacy digests from the password. If
the remote engine ID is not configured first, the configuration command fails.
Example
snmp-server user
====================
console(config)# snmp-server user tom acbd v1
console(config)# snmp-server user tom acbd v2c
console(config)# snmp-server engineid local default
The engine-id must be unique within your administrative domain.
Do you wish to continue? [Y/N]
y
The SNMPv3 database will be erased. Do you wish to continue? [Y/N] y
console(config)# snmp-server user tom acbd v3
snmp-server filter
The snmp-server filter Global Configuration mode command creates or updates a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server filter entry. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified SNMP server filter entry.
Syntax
snmp-server filter filter-name oid-tree {included / excluded}
no snmp-server filter filter-name [oid-tree]
Parameters
- filter-name—Specifies the label for the filter record that is being updated or created. The name is used to reference the record. (Length: 1–30 characters)
- oid-tree—Specifies the ASN.1 subtree object identifier to be included or excluded from the view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as 1.3.6.2.4, or a word, such as System. Replace a single sub-identifier with the asterisk (*) wildcard to specify a subtree family; for example, 1.3.*.4.
• included—Specifies that the filter type is included.
• excluded—Specifies that the filter type is excluded.
Default Configuration
No view entry exists.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command can be entered multiple times for the same filter record. If an object identifier is included in two or more lines, later lines take precedence. The command's logical key is the pair (filter-name, oid-tree).
Example
The following example creates a filter that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group except for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interfaces group.
| Console (config) # | snmp-server filter filter-name system included |
| Console (config) # | snmp-server filter filter-name system.7 excluded |
| Console (config) # | snmp-server filter filter-name ifEntry.*.1 included |
snmp-server host
Use the snmp-server host Global Configuration mode command to specify the recipient of a Simple Network Management Protocol notification operation. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified host.
Syntax
snmp-server host {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | hostname} [traps | informs] [version {1 | 2c | 3 [auth | noauth | priv]}] community-string [udp-port port] [filter filtername] [timeout seconds] [retries retries]
no snmp-server host { ipv4-address | ipv6-address | hostname} [traps | informs] [version {1 | 2c | 3}]
Parameters
• pv4-address—IPv4 address of the host (the targeted recipient).
- ipv6-address—Pv6 address of the host (the targeted recipient). When the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. Refer to the User Guidelines for the interface name syntax.
- hostname—Hostname of the host. (Range: 1–158 characters. Maximum label size: 63)
- trap—Sends SNMP traps to this host (default).
- informs—Sends SNMP informs to this host. Not applicable to SNMPv1.
• 1—SNMPvl traps are used.
• 2c—SNMPv2 traps are used
• 3—SNMPv2 traps are used
- community-string—Password-like community string sent with the notification operation. (Range: 1–20 characters)
- noauth—Specifies no authentication of a packet.
- auth—Specifies authentication of a packet without encrypting it.
- priv—Specifies authentication of a packet with encryption.
- udp-port port—UDP port of the host to use. The default is 162. (Range: 1–65535)
- filter filtername—A string that is the name of the filter that defines the filter for this host. If unspecified, nothing is filtered. The filter should be defined using the command snmp-server filter (no specific order of the command configurations is imposed on the user). (Range: Up to 30 characters)
- timeout seconds—Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before resending informs. The default is 15 seconds. The parameter is relevant only for informs. (Range: 1–300)
- retries retries—Maximum number of times to resend an inform request, when a response is not received for a generated message. The default is 3. The parameter is relevant only for informs. (Range: 0–255)
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The logical key of the command is the pair (ip-address/hostname, traps/informs, version).
When configuring snmp v1 or v2 notifications recipient the software would automatically generate a notification view for that recipient for all the MIB. (.For SNMPv3 the software doesn't automatically create a user nor a notify view. Use the commands snmp-server user, snmp-server group and snmp-server view in Global Configuration mode to create a user, a group or a notify group respectively.
The format of an IPv6Z address is:
interface-name = vlan
integer =
decimal-number = 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9
physical-port-name = Designated port number, for example 1/0/16
If the egress interface is not specified, the default interface is selected.
Specifying interface zone=0 is equal to not defining an egress interface.
Example
The following defines a host at the IP address displayed.
snmp-server engineID local
The snmp-server engineID local Global Configuration mode command specifies the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engineID on the local device. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured engine ID.
Syntax
snmp-server engineID local {engineid-string | default}
no snmp-server engineID local
Parameters
- engineid-string—Specifies a concatenated hexadecimal character string identifying the engine ID. Each byte in a hexadecimal character string is two hexadecimal digits. Bytes are separated by a period or colon. If an odd number of hexadecimal digits are entered, the system automatically prefixes the digit 0 to the string. (Length: 5–32 characters, 9–64 hexadecimal digits)
- default—Specifies that the engine ID is created automatically based on the device MAC address.
Default Configuration
The engine ID is not configured.
If SNMPv3 is enabled using this command, and the default is specified, the default engine ID is defined per standard as:
- First 4 octets: First bit = 1, the rest is IANA Enterprise number = 674.
- Fifth octet: Set to 3 to indicate the MAC address that follows.
- Last 6 octets: The device MAC address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To use SNMPv3, specify an engine ID for the device. Any ID can be specified or use a default string, which is generated using the device MAC address.
As the EngineID should be unique within an administrative domain, the following guidelines are recommended:
- For standalone devices, use the default keyword to configure the Engine ID.
- For stackable systems, configure an EngineID, and verify that it is unique within the administrative domain.
Changing or removing the value of snmpEngineID deletes the SNMPv3 users database.
The SNMP EngineID cannot be all 0x0 or all 0xF or 0x000000001
Example
The following example enables SNMPv3 on the device and sets the device local engine ID to the default value.
Console(config)# snmp-server engineID local default
snmp-server engineID remote
To specify the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engine ID of a remote SNMP device, use the snmp-server engineID remote Global Configuration mode command. Use the no form of this command to remove the configured engine ID.
Syntax
snmp-server engineID remote {ipv4-ip-address / ipv6 address} engineid-string
no snmp-server engineID remote {ipv4-ip-address / ipv6 address}
Parameters
- ipv4-ip-address | ipv6 address—Pv4 or IPv6 address of the remote device
• engineid-string—The character string that identifies the engine ID. The engine ID is a concatenated hexadecimal string. Each byte in hexadecimal character strings is two hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by
a period or colon. If the user enters an odd number of hexadecimal digits, the system automatically prefixes the hexadecimal string with a zero.
(Range: engineid-string5–32 characters. 9–64 hexadecimal digits)
Default Configuration
The EngineID is not configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
A remote engine ID is required when an SNMP version 3 inform is configured. The remote engine ID is used to compute the security digest for authenticating and encrypting packets sent to a user on the remote host.
snmp-server enable traps
Use the snmp-server enable traps Global Configuration mode command to enable the device to send SNMP traps. Use the no form of the command to disable SNMP traps.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps
no snmp-server enable traps
Default Configuration
SNMP traps are enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables SNMP traps.
snmp-server trap authentication
Use the snmp-server trap authentication Global Configuration mode command to enable the device to send SNMP traps when authentication fails. Use the no form of this command to disable SNMP failed authentication traps.
Syntax
snmp-server trap authentication
no snmp-server trap authentication
Default Configuration
SNMP failed authentication traps are enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables SNMP failed authentication traps.
Console(config)# snmp-server trap authentication
snmp-server contact
Use the snmp-server contact Global Configuration mode command to configure the system contact (sysContact) string. Use the no form of the command to remove the system contact information.
Syntax
snmp-server contact text
no snmp-server contact
Parameters
text—Specifies the string describing system contact information. (Length: 1–160 characters)
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the system contact point called Technical_Support.
Console(config)# snmp-server contact Technical_Support
snmp-server location
Use the snmp-server location Global Configuration mode command to configure the system location string. Use the no form of this command to remove the location string.
Syntax
snmp-server location text
no snmp-server location
Parameters
text—Specifies a string describing system location information. (Length: 1–160 characters)
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example defines the device location as New_York.
Console(config)# snmp-server location New_York
snmp-server set
Use the snmp-server set Global Configuration mode command to define the SNMP MIB value.
Syntax
snmp-server set variable-name name value [name2 value2 ...]
Parameters
- variable-name—Specifies the SNMP MIB variable name, which must be a valid string.
- name value—Specifies a list of name and value pairs. Each name and value must be a valid string. In the case of scalar MIBs, there is only a single name-value pair. In the case of an entry in a table, there is at least one name-value pair, followed by one or more fields.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Although the CLI can set any required configuration, there might be a situation where an SNMP user sets a MIB variable that does not have an equivalent command. To generate configuration files that support those situations, use the snmp-server set command.
Example
The following example configures the scalar MIB sysName with the value TechSupp.
Console(config)# snmp-server set sysName sysname TechSupp
show snmp
Use the show snmp Privileged EXEC mode command to display the SNMP status.
Syntax
show snmp
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the SNMP communications status.
Console# show snmp
SNMP is enabled
| Community-String | Community-Access | View name | IP Address | Type |
| public | read only | user-view | All | Router |
| private | read write | Default | 172.16.1.1/1 | Router |
| private | su | DefaultSuper | 0 | Router |
| 172.16.1.1 | ||||
| Community-string | Group name | IP address | Type | |
| public | user-group | All | Router |
Traps are enabled.
Authentication trap is enabled.
Version 1,2 notifications
| Target Address | Type | Community | Version | UDP Port | Filter name | TO Sec | Retries |
| 192.122.173.42 | Trap | public | 2 | 162 | 15 | 3 | |
| 192.122.173.42 | Info | public | 2 | 162 | 15 | 3 |
Version 3 notifications
| Target Address | Type | Username | Security Level | UDP Port | Filter name | TO Sec | Retries |
| 192.122.173.42 | Info rm | Bob | Priv | 162 | 15 | 3 |
System Contact: Robert
System Location: Marketing
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
| Field | Description |
| Community-string | The community access string permitting access to the SNMP protocol. |
| Community-access | The access type —read-only, read-write, super access. |
| IP Address | The management station IP Address. |
| Trap-Rec-Address | The targeted recipient. |
| Trap-Rec-Community | The statistics sent with the notification operation. |
| Version | The SNMP version (1 or 2) for the sent trap. |
show snmp engineID
Use the show snmp engineID Privileged EXEC mode command to display the local Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engine ID.
Syntax
show snmp engineID
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the SNMP engine ID.
Console # show snmp engineID
Local SNMP engineID: 08009009020C0B099C075878
#Editor: If snmp-server engineID remote command is supported add the following line
IP address Remote SNMP engineID
172.16.1.1 08009009020C0B099C075879
show snmp views
Use the show snmp views Privileged EXEC mode command to display the configured SNMP views.
Syntax
show snmp views [viewname]
Parameters
viewname—Specifies the view name. (Length: 1–30 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the configured SNMP views.
Console# show snmp views
Name OID Tree Type
Default
Default
iso
snmpNotificationMIB
Included
Excluded
show snmp groups
Use the show snmp groups Privileged EXEC mode command to display the configured SNMP groups.
Syntax
show snmp groups [groupname]
Parameters
groupname—Specifies the group name. (Length: 1–30 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the configured SNMP groups.
Console# show snmp groups
Name Security Views
| Model | Level | Read | Write | Notify | |
| user-group | V3 | priv | Default | "" | "" |
| managers-group | V3 | priv | Default | Default | "" |
The following table describes significant fields shown above.
| Field Description |
| Name Group name. |
| Security Model SNMP model in use (v1, v2 or v3). |
| Security Level Packet authentication with encryption. Applicable to SNMP v3 security only. |
| Views Read View name enabling viewing the agent contents. If unspecified, all objects except the community-table and SNMPv3 user and access tables are available. |
| Write View name enabling data entry and managing the agent contents. |
| Notify View name enabling specifying an inform or a trap. |
show snmp filters
Use the show snmp filters Privileged EXEC mode command to display the configured SNMP filters.
Syntax
show snmp filters [filtername]
Parameters
filtername—Specifies the filter name. (Length: 1–30 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the configured SNMP filters.
Console# show snmp filters
Name OID Tree Type
| user-filter | 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 | Included |
| user-filter | 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 | Excluded |
| user-filter | 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.*.1 | Included |
show snmp users
Use the show snmp users Privileged EXEC mode command to display the configured SNMP users.
Syntax
show snmp users [username]
Parameters
username—Specifies the user name. (Length: 1–30 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the configured SNMP users.
| Console# show snmp users | |||
| Name | Group name | Auth Method | Remote |
| John | user-group | md5 | 08009009020C0B099C075879 |
| John | user-group | md5 | |
RSA and Certificate Commands
crypto key generate dsa
The crypto key generate dsa Global Configuration mode command generates DSA key pairs.
Syntax
crypto key generate dsa
Default Configuration
DSA key pairs do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DSA keys are generated in pairs - one public DSA key and one private DSA key.
If the device already has DSA keys, a warning is displayed with a prompt to replace the existing keys with new keys.
This command is not saved in the router configuration. However, the keys generated by this command are saved in the private configuration (which is never displayed to the user or backed up to another device).
Example
The following example generates DSA key pairs.
crypto key generate rsa
The crypto key generate rsa Global Configuration mode command generates RSA key pairs.
Syntax
crypto key generate rsa
Default Configuration
RSA key paris do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
RSA keys are generated in pairs - one public RSA key and one private RSA key.
If the device already has RSA keys, a warning is displayed with a prompt to replace the existing keys with new keys.
This command is not saved in the router configuration; however, the keys generated by this command are saved in the private configuration (which is never displayed to the user or backed up to another device).
Example
The following example generates RSA key pairs.
Console(config)# crypto key generate rsa
show crypto key mypubkey
The show crypto key mypubkey Privileged EXEC mode command displays the device SSH public keys.
Syntax
show crypto key mypubkey [rsa / dsa]
Parameters
• rsa—Displays the RSA key.
• dsa—Displays the DSA key.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the SSH public RSA keys on the device.
Console# show crypto key mypubkey rsa
RSA key data:
005C300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010105 00034B00 30480241 00C5E23B 55D6AB22
04AEF1BA A54028A6 9ACC01C5 129D99E4 64CAB820 847EDAD9 DF0B4E4C 73A05DD2
BD62A8A9 FA603DD2 E2A8A6F8 98F76E28 D58AD221 B583D7A4 71020301 87685768
Fingerprint (Hex): 77:C7:19:85:98:19:27:96:C9:CC:83:C5:78:89:F8:86
Fingerprint(Bubble Babble): yteriuwt jgkljhglk yewiury hdskjfryt gfhkjglk
crypto certificate generate
The crypto certificate generate Global Configuration mode command generates a self-signed certificate for IITTPS.
Syntax
crypto certificate number generate [key-generate [length]] [passphrase string] [cn common-name] [ou organization-unit] [or organization] [loc location] [st state] [cu country] [duration days]
Parameters
• number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1–2)
• key-generate—Regenerates SSL RSA key.
• length—Specifies the SSL's RSA key length. (Range: 512–2048)
• passphrase string—Specifies the passphrase used for exporting the certificate in PKCS12 file format. (Length: 8–96 characters)
- cn common-name—Specifies the fully qualified device URL or IP address. (Length: 1–64 characters)
- ou organization-unit—Specifies the organization-unit or department name. (Length: 1–64 characters)
• or organization—Specifies the organization name. (Length: 1–64 characters) - loc location—Specifies the location or city name. (Length: 1–64 characters)
• st state—Specifies the state or province name. (Length: 1–64 characters)
• cu country—Specifies the country name. (Length: 2 characters) - duration days—Specifies the number of days a certification is valid. (Range: 30–3650)
Default Configuration
The default certificate number is 1.
The default SSL's RSA key length is 1024.
If passphrase string is not specified, the certificate is not exportable.
If cn common-name is not specified, it defaults to the device's lowest static IPv6 address (when the certificate is generated), or to the device's lowest static IPv4 address if there is no static IPv6 address, or to 0.0.0.0 if there is no static IP address.
If duration days is not specified, it defaults to 365 days.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command is not saved in the router configuration. However, the certificate and keys generated by this command are saved in the private configuration (which is never displayed to the user or backed up to another device).
When exporting a RSA key pair to a PKCS#12 file, the RSA key pair is as secure as the passphrase. Keep the passphrase secure.
If the RSA key does not exist, you must use the parameter key-generate.
Example
The following example generates a self-signed certificate for HTTPS.
Console# crypto certificate generate key-generate
crypto certificate request
The crypto certificate request Privileged EXEC mode command generates and displays a certificate request for HTTPS.
Syntax
crypto certificate number request common-name [ou organization-unit] [or organization] [loc location] [st state] [cu country]
Parameters
• number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1–2)
- common-name—Specifies the device's fully qualified URL or IP address. (Length: 1–64 characters)
- ou organization-unit—Specifies the organization-unit or department name. (Length: 1–64 characters)
- or organization—Specifies the organization name. (Length: 1–64 characters)
- loc location—Specifies the location or city name. (Length: 1–64 characters)
- st state—Specifies the state or province name. (Length: 1–64 characters)
• cu country—Specifies the country name. (Length: 2 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to export a certificate request to a Certification Authority. The certificate request is generated in Base64-encoded X.509 format.
Before generating a certificate request, first generate a self-signed certificate using the crypto certificate generate Global Configuration mode command to generate the keys. The certificate fields must be re-entered.
After receiving the certificate from the Certification Authority, use the crypto certificate import Global Configuration mode command to import the certificate into the device. This certificate replaces the self-signed certificate.
Example
The following example displays the certificate request for HTTPS.
Console# crypto certificate 1 request
----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST----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----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----
CN= router.gm.com
0= General Motors
C= US
crypto certificate import
The crypto certificate import Global Configuration mode command imports a certificate signed by a Certification Authority for IITTPS.
Syntax
crypto certificate number import
Parameters
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1–2)
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To end the session, use a blank line.
The imported certificate must be based on a certificate request created by the crypto certificate request privileged EXEC command.
If the public key found in the certificate does not match the device's SSL RSA key, the command fails.
This command is not saved in the router configuration. However, the certificate imported by this command is saved in the private configuration (which is never displayed to the user or backed up to another device).
Example
The following example imports a certificate signed by Certification Authority for HTTPS.
Console(config)# crypto certificate 1 import
----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----
dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS
nnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr
yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw
CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47
ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v
L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXN1cnZl
----END CERTIFICATE----
Certificate imported successfully.
Issued to: router.gm.com
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
crypto certificate export pkcs12
The crypto certificate export pkcs12 Privileged EXEC mode command exports the certificate and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file.
Syntax
crypto certificate number export pkcs12
Parameters
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1–2)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The crypto certificate export pkcs12 command creates a PKCS 12 file that contains the certificate and an RSA key pair.
The passphrase for the export is determined when the key is generated.
The certificate and key pair are exported in a standard PEM-format PKCS12 file. This format can be converted to and from the binary PFX file used by Windows and Linux by using the openssl command-line tool. See an open source OpenSSL user manual (man pkcs12) for more information.
Example
The following example exports the certificate and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file.
Console# crypto certificate 1 export pkcs12
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
subject=/C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
issuer= /C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----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----END CERTIFICATE----
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
Key Attributes: <No Attributes>
----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY----
Proc-Type: 4,ENCRYPTED
DEK-Info: DES-EDE3-CBC,085DCBF3A41D2669
dac0m9jqEp1DM50sIDb8Jq1jxW/1P0kqSxuMhc25Odbe/1fPBg9VSvV1ARaYt16W
bX67UyJ8t7HHF3AowjcWzElQ5GJgSQ0VemsqsRQzjpCTb090rx+cNwVfIvjoedgQ
Mt15+fKIAcqsfEgEGJNXQ4jEzsXAkwfQLFfgt47O3IpkUn0AxrQzutJDOcC28Uxp
raMVTVS1SkJIvaPuXJxdZ279tDMwZffILBfKCJGACT5V5/4WEqDkrF+uuF9/oxm2
5SVL8TvUmXB/3hX4UoaXtxAhuyOdhh1kyyZSpw9BPPR/8bc/wUYERh7+7JXLKHpd
ueeu3znfIX4dDeti8B3xYvvE8kGZjxFN1cC3zc3JsD0IVu1LkyiAa93P4LPEvAwG
Fw1LqmGiiqw9JM/tzc6kYkZXylFzCrSVf2exP+/tEvM=
----END RSA PRIVATE KEY----
crypto certificate import pkcs12
The crypto certificate import pkcs12 Privileged EXEC mode command imports the certificate and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file.
Syntax
crypto certificate number import pkcs12 passphrase
Parameters
• number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1–2)
- passphrase—Specifies the passphrase used to encrypt the PKCS12 file for export. (Length: 8–96 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use the passphrase that was exported by the crypto certificate export pkcs12 command.
NOTE: This passphrase is saved for later exports.
Example
The following example imports the certificate and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file.
Console# crypto certificate 1 import pkcs12 passphrase
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
subject=/C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
issuer= /C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----
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
----END CERTIFICATE----
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
Key Attributes: <No Attributes>
----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY----
Proc-Type: 4,ENCRYPTED
DEK-Info: DES-EDE3-CBC,085DCBF3A41D2669
dac0m9jqEp1DM50sIDb8Jq1jxW/1P0kqSxuMhc25OdBE/1fPBg9VSvV1ARaYt16WbX67UyJ8t7HHF3AowjcWzElQ5GJgSQ0VemsqsRQzjpCTb090rx+cNwVfIvjoedgQMtl5+fKIAcqsfEgEGJNXQ4jEzsXAkwfQLFfgt47O3IpkUn0AxrQzutJDOcC28Uxp
raMVTVS1SkJIvaPuXJxdZ279tDMwZffILBfKCJGACT5V5/4WEqDkrF+uuF9/oxm25SVL8TvUmXB/3hX4UoaTxxAhuyOdhh1kyyZSpw9BPPR/8bc/wUYERh7+7JXLKHpdueeu3znfIX4dDeti8B3xYvvE8kGZjxFN1cC3zc3JsD0IVu1LkyiAa93P4LPEvAwGFw1LqmGiiqw9JM/tzc6kYkZXylFzCrSVf2exP+/tEvM=----END RSA PRIVATE KEY----
show crypto certificate mycertificate
The show crypto certificate mycertificate Privileged EXEC mode command displays the device SSL certificates.
Syntax
show crypto certificate mycertificate [number]
Parameters
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1–2)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays SSL certificate # 1 present on the device.
Console# show crypto certificate mycertificate 1
----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----
dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS
nnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr
yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw
CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47
ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v
L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXN1cnZ1
----END CERTIFICATE----
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
Web Server Commands
ip http server
The ip http server Global Configuration mode command enables configuring and monitoring the device from a web browser. Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
ip http server
no ip http server
Default Configuration
HTTP server is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables configuring the device from a web browser.
Console(config)# ip http server
ip http port
The ip http port Global Configuration mode command specifies the TCP port used by the web browser interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip http port port-number
no ip http port
Parameters
port-numberPort number—For use by the HTTP server. (Range: 0–65534)
Default Configuration
The default port number is 80.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the http port number as 100.
Console(config)# ip http port 100
ip http timeout-policy
Use the ip http timeout-policy Global Configuration mode command to set the interval for the system to wait for user input in http sessions before automatic logoff. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Syntax
ip http timeout-policy idle seconds
no ip http timeout-policy
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the maximum number of seconds that a connection is kept open if no data is received or response data cannot be sent out. (Range: 0–86400)
Default
600 seconds
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command also configures the timeout-policy for IITTPS.
To specify no timeout, enter the ip http timeout-policy 0 command.
Example
The following example configures the http port number as 100.
Console(config)# ip http timeout-policy 0
ip http secure-server
Use the ip http secure-server Global Configuration mode command to enable the device to be configured securely from a browser, and to also enable the device to be monitored or have its configuration modified securely from a browser. Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
ip http secure-server
no ip http secure-server
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the crypto certificate generate command to generate an HTTPS certificate.
Example
console(config)# ip http secure-server
ip http secure-port
To specify the TCP port to be used by the secure web browser interface, use the ip http secure-port Global Configuration mode command. To use the default port, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip http secure-port port-number
no ip http secure-port
Parameters
port-number—Port number for use by the HTTPS server (Range: 0–65534)
Default
The default port number is 443.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
console(config)# ip http secure-port 1234
ip https certificate
The ip https certificate Global Configuration mode command configures the active certificate for HTTPS. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip https certificate number
no ip https certificate
Parameters
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1–2)
Default Configuration
The default certificate number is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the crypto certificate generate command to generate a HTTPS certificate.
Example
The following example configures the active certificate for HTTPS.
Console(config)# ip https certificate 2
show ip http
The show ip http EXEC mode command displays the HTTP server configuration.
Syntax
show ip http
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the HTTP server configuration.
Console# show ip http
HTTP server enabled
Port: 80
Interactive timeout: 10 minutes
show ip https
The show ip https Privileged EXEC mode command displays the HTTPS server configuration.
Syntax
show ip https
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the HTTPS server configuration.
Console# show ip https
HTTPS server enabled
Port: 443
Interactive timeout: Follows the HTTP interactive timeout (10 minutes)
Certificate 1 is active
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
Certificate 2 is inactive
Issued by: self-signed
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: 1873B936 88DC3411 BC8932EF 782134BA
Telnet, SSH and Slogin Commands
ip telnet server
The ip telnet server Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured from a Telnet server. Use the no form of this command to disable the device configuration from a Telnet server.
Syntax
ip telnet server
no ip telnet server
Default Configuration
Device configuration from a Telnet server is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To control the device configuration by SSH, use the ip ssh server Global Configuration mode command.
Example
The following example enables the device to be configured from a Telnet server.
Console(config)# ip telnet server
ip ssh port
The ip ssh port Global Configuration mode command specifies the port used by the SSII server. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip ssh port port-number
no ip ssh port
Parameters
port-number—Specifies the port number to be used by the SSH server.
(Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The default port number is 22.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies that port number 8080 is used by the SSII server.
Console(config)# ip ssh port 8080
ip ssh server
The ip ssh server Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured from an SSH server. Use the no form of this command to disable the device configuration from a SSH server,.
Syntax
ip ssh server
no ip ssh server
Default Configuration
Device configuration from an SSH server is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If encryption keys are not generated, the SSH server is in standby until the keys are generated. To generate SSH server keys, use the crypto key generate dsa and crypto key generate rsa Global Configuration mode commands.
Example
The following example enables configuring the device from a SSH server.
Console(config)# ip ssh server
ip ssh pubkey-auth
The ip ssh pubkey-auth Global Configuration mode command enables public key authentication of incoming SSII sessions. Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
ip ssh pubkey-auth
no ip ssh pubkey-auth
Default Configuration
Public Key authentication of incoming SSII sessions is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
AAA authentication is independent.
Example
The following example enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions.
Console(config)# ip ssh pubkey-auth
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
The crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Global Configuration mode command enters the SSH Public Key-chain Configuration mode. This mode is used to manually specify other device public keys such as SSH client public keys.
Syntax
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Default Configuration
Keys do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command when you want to manually specify SSII client's public keys.
Example
The following example enters the SSII Public Key-chain Configuration mode and manually configures the RSA key pair for SSH public key-chain to 'bob'.
Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob
Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl
Al4kpqIw9GBRonZQZxjHKcqKL6rMlQ+
ZNXfZSkvHG+QusIZ/76ILmFT34v7u7ChFAE+
Vu4GRfpSwoQUvV35LqJJk67IOU/zfwOllg
kTwml75QR9gHujS6KwGN2QWXgh3ub8gDjTSq
muSn/Wd05iDX2IExQWu08licglk02LYciz
+Z4TrEU/9FJxwPiVQOjc+KBXuR0juNg5nFYsY
0ZCk0N/W9a/tnkm1shRE7Di71+w3fNiOA
6w9o44t6+AINEICBCCA4YcF6zMzaT1wefWwX6f+
Rmt5nhhqdAtN/4oJfce166DqVX1gWmN
zNR4DYDvSzg0lDnwCAC8Qh
Fingerprint: a4:16:46:23:5a:8d:1d:b5:37:59:eb:44:13:b9:33:e9
user-key
The user-key SSH Public Key-string Configuration mode command specifies which SSH public key is manually configured. Use the no form of this command to remove an SSH public key.
Syntax
user-key username {rsa / dsa}
no user-key username
Parameters
- username—Specifies the remote SSH client username. (Length: 1–48 characters)
• rsa—Specifies that the RSA key pair is manually configured.
• dsa—Specifies that the DSA key pair is manually configured.
Default Configuration
No SSH public keys exist.
Command Mode
SSH Public Key-string Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Follow this command with the key-string SSH Public Key-String Configuration mode command to specify the key.
Please note that after entering this command, the existing key is deleted even if no new key is defined by the key-string command
Exampe
The following example enables manually configuring an SSH public key for SSH public key-chain bob.
Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob rsa
Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string row
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl
key-string
The key-string SSH Public Key-string Configuration mode command manually specifies an SSH public key.
Syntax
key-string [row key-string]
Parameters
• row—Specifies the SSH public key row by row.
- key-string—Specifies the key in UU-encoded DER format. UU-encoded DER format is the same format as in the authorized_keys file used by OpenSSH. (Length:0–160)
Default Configuration
Keys do not exist.
Command Mode
SSH Public Key-string Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the key-string SSH Public Key-string Configuration mode command without the row parameter to specify which SSH public key is to be
interactively configured next. Enter a row with no characters to complete the command.
Use the key-string row SSH Public Key-string Configuration mode command to specify the SSH public key, row by row. Each row must begin with a key-string row command.
The UU-encoded DER format is the same format as in the authorized_keys file used by OpenSSH.
Example
The following example enters public key strings for SSH public key client 'bob'.
Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob rsa
Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl
Al4kpqIw9GBRonZQZxjHKcqKL6rMlQ+
ZNXfZSkvHG+QusIZ/76ILmFT34v7u7ChFAE+
Vu4GRfpSwoQUvV35LqJJk67IOU/zfw0llg
kTwml75QR9gHujS6KwGN2QWXgh3ub8gDjTSq
muSn/Wd05iDX2IExQWu08licglk02LYciz
+Z4TrEU/9FJxwPiVQOjc+KBXuR0juNg5nFYsY
0ZCkON/W9a/tnkm1shRE7Di71+w3fNiOA
6w9o44t6+AINEICBCCA4YcF6zMzaT1wefWwX6f+
Rmt5nhhqdAtN/4oJfce166DqVX1gWmN
zNR4DYDvSzg0lDnwCAC8Qh
Fingerprint: a4:16:46:23:5a:8d:1d:b5:37:59:eb:44:13:b9:33:e9
Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob rsa
Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string row AAAAB3Nza
Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string row Clyc2
show ip ssh
The show ip ssh Privileged EXEC mode command displays the SSH server configuration.
Syntax
show ip ssh
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the SSH server configuration.
| Console# show ip ssh | ||||
| SSH server enabled. Port: 22RSA key was generated.DSA (DSS) key was generated. | ||||
| SSH Public Key Authentication is enabled. | ||||
| Active incoming sessions: | ||||
| IP address | SSH | Version | Cipher | Auth code |
| ______ | username | ______ | ______ | ______ |
| 172.16.0.1 | -------- | 1.5 | 3DES | HMAC-SHA1 |
| John Brown | ||||
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
| Field Description |
| IP address The client address |
| SSH username The user name |
| Version The SSH version number |
| Cipher The encryption type (3DES, Blowfish, RC4) |
| Auth Code The authentication Code (HMAC-MD5, HMAC-SHA1) |
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
The show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Privileged EXEC mode command displays SSH public keys stored on the device.
Syntax
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh [username username] [fingerprint {bubble-babble / hex}]
Parameters
- username username—Specifies the remote SSII client username. (Length: 1–48 characters)
- fingerprint {bubble-babble | hex}—Specifies the fingerprint display format. The possible values are:
- bubble-babble—Specifies that the fingerprint is displayed in Bubble Babble format.
- hex—Specifies that the fingerprint is displayed in hexadecimal format.
Default Configuration
The default fingerprint format is hexadecimal.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display SSH public keys stored on the device.
Console# show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Username
bob
john
Fingerprint
9A:CC:01:C5:78:39:27:86:79:CC:23:C5:98:59:F1:86
98:F7:6E:28:F2:79:87:C8:18:F8:88:CC:F8:89:87:C8
Console# show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh username bob
Username: bob
Key: 005C300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010105 00034B00 30480241
00C5E23B 55D6AB22 04AEF1BA A54028A6 9ACC01C5 129D99E4
Fingerprint:
9A:CC:01:C5:78:39:27:86:79:CC:23:C5:98:59:F1:86
Line Commands
line
The line Global Configuration mode command identifies a specific line for configuration and enters the Line Configuration command mode.
Syntax
line {console / telnet / ssh}
Parameters
• console—Enters the console terminal line mode.
- telnet—Configures the device as a virtual terminal for remote console access (Telnet).
- ssh—Configures the device as a virtual terminal for secured remote console access (SSH).
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the device as a virtual terminal for remote (Telnet) console access.
Console(config)# line telnet
Console(config-line)#
speed
The speed Line Configuration mode command sets the line baud rate. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
speed bps
no speed
Parameters
bps—Specifies the baud rate in bits per second (bps). Possible values are 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200.
Default Configuration
The default speed is 9600 bps.
Command Mode
Line Configuration (console) mode
User Guidelines
The configured speed is applied when Autobaud is disabled. This configuration applies to the current session only.
Example
The following example configures the line baud rate as 9600 bits per second.
Console(config-line)# speed 9600
autobaud
The autobaud Line Configuration mode command sets the line for automatic baud rate detection (autobaud). Use the no form of this command to disable automatic baud rate detection.
Syntax
autobaud
no autobaud
Default Configuration
Automatic baud rate detection is disabled.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To start communication using Autobaud, press the Enter key twice.
Example
The following example enables autobaud.
Console(config)# line console
Console(config-line)# autobaud
exec-timeout
The exec-timeout Line Configuration mode command sets the session idle time interval, during which the system waits for user input before automatic logoff. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
exec-timeout minutes [seconds]
no exec-timeout
Parameters
• minutes—Specifies the number of minutes. (Range: 0-65535)
- seconds—Specifies the number of seconds. (Range: 0-59)
Default Configuration
The default idle time interval is 10 minutes.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To specify no timeout, enter the exec-timeout 0 0 command.
Example
The following example sets the HTTP session idle time interval before automatic logoff to 20 minutes.
Console(config)# line console
Console(config-line)# exec-timeout 20
show line
The show line EXEC mode command displays line parameters.
Syntax
show line [console / telnet / ssh]
Parameters
• console—Displays the console configuration.
• telnet—Displays the Telnet configuration.
• ssh—Displays the SSH configuration.
Default Configuration
If the line is not specified, all line configuration parameters are displayed.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the line configuration.
Console> show line
Console configuration:
Interactive timeout: Disabled
History: 10
Baudrate: 9600
Databits: 8
Parity: none
Stopbits: 1
Telnet configuration:
Telnet is enabled.
Interactive timeout: 10 minutes 10 seconds
History: 10
SSH configuration:
SSH is enabled.
Interactive timeout: 10 minutes 10 seconds
History: 10
AAA Commands
aaa authentication login
The aaa authentication login Global Configuration mode command sets an authentication method applied during login. Use the no form of this command to restore the default authentication method.
Syntax
aaa authentication login {dcfault / list-name} method [method2 ...]
no aaa authentication login {default / list-name}
Parameters
- default—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default method list when a user logs in.
- list-name—Specifies a name for a list of authentication methods activated when a user logs in. (Length: 1–12 characters)
- method [method2 ...]—Specifies a list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence. The additional authentication methods are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method in the command line. Select one or more methods from the following list:
| Keyword Description |
| enable Uses the enable password for authentication. |
| line Uses the line password for authentication. |
| local Uses the local username database for authentication. |
| none Uses no authentication. |
| radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. |
| tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication. |
Default Configuration
The local user database is the default authentication method. This is the same as entering the command aaa authentication login local.
NOTE: If an authentication method is not defined, console users can log in without any authentication verification.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The default and additional list names created with the aaa authentication login command are used with the login authentication command.
Create a list by entering the aaa authentication login list-name method command for a particular protocol, where list-name is any character string used to name) this list. The method argument identifies the list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence.
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. Specify none as the final method in the command line to ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error.
Example
The following example sets the authentication login methods.
Console (config)# aaa authentication login default radius local enable none
aaa authentication enable
The aaa authentication enable Global Configuration mode command sets an authentication method for accessing higher privilege levels. To restore the default authentication method, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
aaa authentication enable {default / list-name} method [method2 ...]
no aaa authentication enable {default / list-name}
Parameters
- default—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default method list, when accessing higher privilege levels.
- list-name —Specifies a name for the list of authentication methods activated when a user accesses higher privilege levels. (Length: 1–12 characters)
- method [method2 ...]—Specifies a list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence. The additional authentication methods are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. Specify none as the final method in the command line to ensure that the authentication succeeds, even if all methods return an error. Select one or more methods from the following list:
| Keyword Description |
| enable Uses the enable password for authentication. |
| line Uses the line password for authentication. |
| none Uses no authentication. |
| radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. Uses username "enabx." where x is the privilege level. |
| tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS servers for authentication. Uses username "enabx." where x is the privilege level. |
Default Configuration
The enable password command is the default authentication login method. This is the same as entering the command aaa authentication enable default enable.
On a console, the enable password is used if a password exists. If no password is set, authentication still succeeds. This is the same as entering the command aaa authentication enable default enable none.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The default and additional list names created with the aaa authentication enable command are used with the enable authentication command.
All aaa authentication enable default requests sent by the device to a RADIUS or TACACS+ server include the username \enabx\, where x is the requested privilege level.
Create a list by entering the aaa authentication enable list-name method command where list-name is any character string used to name this list. The method argument identifies the list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence.
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. Specify none as the final method in the command line to ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error.
Example
The following example sets the enable password for authentication for accessing higher privilege levels.
Console(config)# aaa authentication enable default enable
login authentication
The login authentication Line Configuration mode command specifies the login authentication method list for a remote Telnet or console session. Use the no form of this command to restore the default authentication method.
Syntax
login authentication {default / list-name}
no login authentication
Parameters
- default—Uses the default list created with the aaa authentication login command.
- list-name—Uses the specified list created with the aaa authentication login command. (Length: 1–12 characters).
Default Configuration
The default is the aaa authentication login command default.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies the login authentication method for a console session.
Console(config)# line console
Console(config-line)# login authentication default
enable authentication
The enable authentication Line Configuration mode command specifies the authentication method for accessing a higher privilege level from a remote Telnet or console. Use the no form of this command to restore the default authentication method.
Syntax
enable authentication {default / list-name}
no enable authentication
Parameters
- default—Uses the default list created with the aaa authentication enable command.
- list-name—Uses the specified list created with the aaa authentication enable command. (Length: 1–12 characters).
Default Configuration
The default is the aaa authentication enable command default.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies the authentication method when accessing a higher privilege level from a console.
Console(config)# line console
Console(config-line)# enable authentication default
ip http authentication
The ip http authentication Global Configuration mode command specifies authentication methods for HTTP server access. Use the no form of this command to restore the default authentication method.
Syntax
ip http authentication aaa login-authentication method1 [method2...]
no ip http authentication aaa login-authentication
Parameters
method [method2 ...]—Specifies a list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence. The additional authentication
methods are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. Specify none as the final method in the command line to ensure that the authentication succeeds, even if all methods return an error. Select one or more methods from the following list:
| Keyword Description |
| local Uses the local username database for authentication. |
| none Uses no authentication. |
| radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. |
| tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication. |
Default Configuration
The local user database is the default authentication login method. This is the same as entering the ip http authentication local command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The command is relevant for HTTP and HTTPS server users.
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. Specify none as the final method in the command line to ensure that the authentication succeeds, even if all methods return an error.
Example
The following example specifies the HTTP access authentication methods.
Console(config)# ip http authentication aaa login-authentication radius local
show authentication methods
The show authentication methods Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about the authentication methods.
Syntax
show authentication methods
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the authentication configuration.
Console# show authentication methods
Login Authentication Method Lists
Default: Radius, Local, Line
Console_Login: Line, None
Enable Authentication Method Lists
Default: Radius, Enable
Console_Enable: Enable, None
Line Login Method List Enable Method List
Console Console_Login Console_Enable
Telnet Default Default
SSH Default Default
HTTP: Radius, local
HTTPS: Radius, local
Dot1x: Radius
password
The password Line Configuration mode command specifies a password on a line, also known as access method, such as a console or Telnet. Use the no form of this command to return to the default password.
Syntax
password password [encrypted]
no password
Parameters
- password—Specifies the password for this line. (Length: 0–159 characters)
- encrypted—Specifies that the password is encrypted and copied from another device configuration.
Default Configuration
No password is defined.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies the password 'secret' on a console.
Console(config)# line console
Console(config-line)# password secret
service password-recovery
Use the service password-recovery global configuration mode command to enable full functionality of the password-recovery mechanism. Use the no service password-recovery command to allow password-recovery mechanism without keeping the configuration and user files.
Syntax
service password-recovery
no service password-recovery
Parameters
N/A
Default Configuration
The full service password recovery is enabled by default.
Command Mode
Gobal Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This mechanism allows an end user, with physical access to the console port of the device, to enter the boot menu and trigger the password recovery process. The following functionality occurs:
- If password recovery is enabled, the user can access the boot menu and trigger the password recovery in the boot menu. All configuration files and user files are kept.
- If password recovery is disabled, the user still can access the boot menu and trigger the password recovery in the boot menu. However, the configuration files and user files are removed, and the following log message is generated to the terminal: “All the configuration and user files were removed”
Example
The following command disables password recovery:
console# no service password recovery
Note that choosing to use Password recovery option in the Boot Menu during the boot process will remove the configuration files and the user files. Would you like to continue ? Y/N.
enable password
Use the enable password Global Configuration mode command to set a local password to control access to normal and privilege levels. Use the no form of this command to return to the default password.
Syntax
enable password [level privilege-level] {password | encrypted encrypted-password}
no enable password [level level]
Parameters
- level privilege-level—Level for which the password applies. If not specified the level is 15. (Range: 1–15)
• password—Password for this level. (Range: 0–159 chars) - encrypted-password—Encrypted password you enter, copied from another device configuration.
Default
Default for level is 15.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# enable password level 15 let-me-in
username
Use the username Global Configuration mode command to establish a username-based authentication system. Use the no form to remove a user name.
Syntax
username name { nopassword | password password | privilege privilege-level | password encrypted encrypted-password }
username name
no username name
Parameters
• name—The name of the user. (Range: 1–20 characters)
- nopassword—No password is required for this user to log in.
- password—The authentication password for the user. (Range: 1–159)
- password-encrypted—Encrypted password you enter, copied from another device configuration.
- privilege privilege-level — Privilege level for which the password applies. If not specified the level is 15. (Range: 1–15)
Default
No user is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# username tom privilege 15 password 1234
show user accounts
The show user accounts Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about the users local database.
Syntax
show user accounts
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information about the users local database.
Console# show user accounts
| Username | Privilege |
| Bob | 15 |
| Robert | 15 |
| Smith | 15 |
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Username The user name. |
| Privilege The user's privilege level. |
aaa accounting login
Use the aaa accounting login command in Global Configuration mode to enable accounting of device management sessions. Use the no form of this command to disable accounting.
Syntax
aaa accounting login start-stop group radius
no aaa accounting login start-stop group radius
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command enables the recording of device management sessions (Telnet, serial and WEB but not SNMP).
It records only users that were identified with a username (e.g. a user that was logged in with a line password is not recorded).
If accounting is activated, the device sends a “start”/“stop” messages to a Radius server when a user logs in / logs out respectively.
The device uses the configured priorities of the available Radius servers in order to select the Radius server.
The following table describes the supported Radius accounting Attributes Values, and when they are sent by the switch.
| Name Start Stop Description | |||
| User-Name (1) Yes Yes User's identity. | |||
| NAS-IP-Address (4) Yes Yes The switch IP address that is used for the session with the Radius server. | |||
| Class (25) Yes Yes Arbitrary value is included in all accounting packets for a specific session. | |||
| Called-Station-ID (30) Yes Yes The switch IP address that is used for the management session. | |||
| Calling-Station-ID (31) Yes Yes The user IP address. | |||
| Acct-Session-ID (44) Yes Yes A unique accounting identifier. | |||
| Acct-Authentic (45) | Yes | Yes | Indicates how the supplicant was authenticated. |
| Acct-Session-Time (46) | No | Yes | Indicates how long the user was logged in. |
| Acct-Terminate-Cause (49) | No | Yes | Reports why the session was terminated. |
Example
console(config)# aaa accounting login start-stop group radius
aaa accounting dot1x
To enable accounting of 802.1x sessions, use the aaa accounting dot1x Global Configuration mode command. Use the no form of this command to disable accounting.
Syntax
aaa accounting dot1x start-stop group radius
no aaa accounting dot1x start-stop group radius
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command enables the recording of 802.1x sessions.
If accounting is activated, the device sends a “start”/“stop” messages to a Radius server when a user logs in / logs out to the network, respectively.
The device uses the configured priorities of the available Radius servers in order to select the Radius server.
If a new replaces an old supplicant (even if the port state remains authorized), the software sends a “stop” message for the old supplicant and a “start” message for the new supplicant.
In multiple sessions mode (dot1x multiple-hosts authentication), the software sends “start”/“stop” messages for each authenticated supplicant.
In multiple hosts mode (dot1x multiple-hosts), the software sends “start”/“stop” messages only for the supplicant that has been authenticated.
The software does not send “start”/“stop” messages if the port is force-authorized.
The software does not send “start”/“stop” messages for hosts that are sending traffic on the guest VLAN or on the unauthenticated VLANs.
The following table describes the supported Radius accounting Attributes Values and when they are sent by the switch.
| Name Start Stop Description | |||
| User-Name (1) Yes Yes Supplicant's identity. | |||
| NAS-IP-Address (4) Yes Yes The switch IP address that is used for the session with the Radius server. | |||
| NAS-Port (5) Yes Yes The switch port from where the supplicant has logged in. | |||
| Class (25) Yes Yes Arbitrary value is included in all accounting packets for a specific session. | |||
| Called-Station-ID (30) Yes Yes The switch MAC address. | |||
| Calling-Station-ID (31) | Yes | Yes | The supplicant MAC address. |
| Acct-Session-ID (44) | Yes | Yes A unique accounting identifier. | |
| Acct-Authentic (45) | Yes | Yes | Indicates how the supplicant was authenticated. |
| Acct-Session-Time (46) | No | Yes | Indicated how long the supplicant was logged in. |
| Acct-Terminate-Cause (49) | No | Yes | Reports why the session was terminated. |
| Nas-Port-Type (61) | Yes | Yes | Indicates the supplicant physical port type. |
Example
show accounting
The show accounting EXEC mode command displays information about the accounting status.
Syntax
show accounting
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information about the accounting status.
Console# show accounting
Login: Radius
802.1x: Disabled
passwords min-length
The passwords min-length Global Configuration mode command configures the minimal password length in the local database. Use the no form of this command to remove the restriction.
Syntax
passwords min-length length
no passwords min-length
Parameters
length—Specifies the minimal length required for passwords. (Range: 8-64)
Default Configuration
There is no minimal length requirement until this command is executed.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The setting is relevant to local user passwords, line passwords, and enable passwords.
The software checks the minimum length requirement when defining a password in an unencrypted format, or when a user tries to log in.
Note that if a password is inserted in encrypted format, the minimum length requirement is checked during user login only.
Passwords that were defined before defining the minimum length requirement are only checked during user login.
Example
The following example configures the minimal required password length to 8 characters.
Console (config)# passwords min-length 8
passwords strength-check enable
Use the passwords strength-check enable Global Configuration mode command to enforce minimum password strength. The no form of this command disables enforcing password strength.
Syntax
passwords strength-check enable
no passwords strength-check enable
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If password strength is enabled, the user is forced to enter passwords that:
- Contain characters from user-defined several character classes (uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, and special characters available on a standard keyboard).
- Contain no character that is repeated more than user-defined times consecutively.
The user can control the above attributes of password strength with specific commands.
Example
The following example enables password strength and configures the character classes to 3.
Console (config)# passwords strength-check enable
Console (config)# passwords strength minimum character-classes 3
passwords strength minimum character-classes
Use the passwords strength minimum character-classes Global Configuration mode command to configure the minimal classes required for passwords in the local database. Use the no form to remove the requirement.
Syntax
passwords strength minimum character-classes number
no passwords strength minimum character-classes
Parameters
number—The minimal length required for passwords.(Range: 0–4)
Default
0
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The setting is relevant to local users' passwords, line passwords and enable passwords.
The software checks the minimum length requirement when you define a password in an unencrypted format.
The classes are: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers and special characters.
passwords strength max-limit repeated-characters
Use the passwords strength max-limit repeated-characters Global Configuration mode command to configure the maximum number of characters in the new password that can be repeated consecutively. Use the no form to remove the requirement.
Syntax
passwords strength max-limit repeated-characters number
no passwords strength max-limit repeated-characters
Parameters
number—The maximum number of characters in the new password that can be repeated consecutively. (Range: 1–16)
Default
1
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The setting is relevant to local users' passwords, line passwords and enable passwords. The software checks the maximum number of characters in the new password that can be repeated consecutively.
passwords aging
Use the passwords aging Global Configuration mode command to enforce password aging. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
passwords aging days
no passwords aging
Parameters
days—Specifies the number of days before a password change is forced. You can use 0 to disable aging. (Range: 0–365)
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Aging is relevant only to users of the local database with privilege level 15 and to “enable” a password of privilege level 15.
Example
The following example configures the aging time to be 24.
passwords history
The passwords history Global Configuration mode command configures the number of password changes required before a password can be reused. Use the no form of this command to remove the requirement.
Syntax
passwords history number
no passwords history
Parameters
number—Specifies the number of password changes required before a password can be reused. (Range: 1–8)
Default Configuration
Password history is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The setting is relevant to local users' passwords, line passwords and enable passwords.
Password history is not checked during a configuration download.
The password history is kept even if the password history check is disabled.
The password history for a user is kept as long as the user is defined.
Example
The following example sets the number of password changes required before a password can be reused to 10.
passwords history hold-time
The passwords history hold-time Global Configuration mode command configures the duration that a password is relevant for tracking passwords history. Use the no form of this command to return to the default configuration.
Syntax
passwords history hold-time days
no passwords history hold-time
Parameters
days—Specifies the number of days a password is relevant for tracking passwords history. (Range: 1–365)
Default Configuration
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The setting is relevant to local users' passwords, line passwords and enable passwords.
The passwords are not deleted from the history database when they are not relevant for the password history tracking. Increasing the hold time might "return back" passwords.
Example
The following example configures the duration that a password is relevant for tracking passwords history.
Console(config)# passwords history hold-time 10
passwords lockout
The passwords lockout Global Configuration mode command enables user account lockout after a series of authentication failures. Use the no form of this command to disable the lockout feature.
Syntax
passwords lockout number
no passwords lockout
Parameters
number—Specifies the number of authentication failures before the user account is locked-out. (Range: 1–5)
Default Configuration
Lockout is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The setting is relevant to local users' passwords, line passwords and enable passwords.
The account is not locked out for access from the local console.
A user with privilege level 15 can release accounts that are locked out by using the set username active, set enable-password active and set line active Privileged EXEC mode commands.
Disabling lockout unlocks all users.
Re-enabling lockout resets the authentication failures counters.
Changing the authentication failures threshold does not reset the counters.
Example
The following example enables user account lockout after 3 successive authentication failures.
Console(config)# passwords lockout 3
aaa login-history file
The aaa login-history file Global Configuration mode command enables writing to the login history file. Use the no form of this command to disable writing to the login history file.
Syntax
aaa login-history file
no aaa login-history file
Default Configuration
Writing to the login history file is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The login history is stored in the device internal buffer.
Example
The following example enables writing to the login history file.
Console(config)# aaa login-history file
set username active
The set username active Privileged EXEC mode command reactivates a locked out user account.
Syntax
set username name active
Parameters
name—Specifies the user name: (Length: 1–20 characters)
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example reactivates user 'Bob'.
Console(config)# set username Bob active
set line active
The set line active Privileged EXEC mode command reactivates a locked out line.
Syntax
set line {console / telnet / ssh} active
Parameters
• console—Reactivates the console terminal line.
- telnet—Reactivates the virtual terminal for remote (Telnet) console access.
- ssh—Reactivates the virtual terminal for secured remote (SSH) console access.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example reactivates the virtual terminal for remote (Telnet) console access.
Console(config)# set line telnet active
set enable-password active
The set enable-password active Privileged EXEC mode command reactivates a locked out local password.
Syntax
set enable-password levelactive
Parameters
level—Specifies the privilege level to which the password applies. (Range 1–15)
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example reactivates a local password that applies to privilege level 1.
Console(config)# set enable-password 1 active
show passwords configuration
The show passwords configuration Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about the password management configuration.
Syntax
show passwords configuration
Parameters
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
Console# show passwords configuration
Passwords aging is enabled with aging time 180 days.
Minimal length: 8
Minimum character classes: 4
Maximal number of repeated characters: 2
History: 10
History hold time: 365 days
Lockout control: Disabled
Enable Passwords
Level Lockout
1 1
15 0
Line Passwords
Line Lockout
Console-
Telnet LOCKOUT
SSH 0
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description | |
| Minimal length The minimal length required for passwords in the local database. | |
| Minimal character classes | The minimal number of different types of characters (special characters, integers and so on) required to be part of the password. |
| Maximum number of repeated characters | The maximum number of times a single character can be repeated in the password. |
| History The number of password changes required before a password in the local database can be reused. | |
| History hold time The duration that a password is relevant for tracking password history. | |
| Lockout control The user account lockout control status after a series of authentication failures. | |
| Level The applied password privilege level. | |
| Aging The password aging time in days. | |
| Expiry date The password expiration date. | |
| Lockout If lockout control is enabled, the specific number of times a user failed to enter the correct password since the last successful login is displayed. If the user is locked out, "LOCKOUT" is displayed. | |
| Line The applied password line type. | |
show users login-history
The show users login-history Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about the user's login history.
Syntax
show users login-history [username name]
Parameters
name—Name of the user. (Range: 1–20 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information about the users' login history.
Console# show users login-history
File save: Enabled.
| Login Time | Username | Protocol | Location | ||
| Jan 18 2004 23:58:17 | Robert | HTTP | 172.16.1.8 | ||
| Jan 19 2004 07:59:23 | Robert | HTTP | 172.16.0.8 | ||
| Jan 19 2004 08:23:48 | Bob | Serial | |||
| Jan 19 2004 08:29:29 | Robert | HTTP | 172.16.0.8 | ||
| Jan 19 2004 08:42:31 | John | SSH | 172.16.0.1 | ||
| Jan 19 2004 08:49:52 | Betty | Telnet | 172.16.1.7 | ||
RADIUS Commands
radius-server host
Use the radius-server host Global Configuration mode command to specify a RADIUS server host. Use the no form of the command to delete the specified RADIUS server host.
Syntax
radius-server host {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | ipv6z-address | hostname} [auth-port auth-port-number] [timeout timeout] [retransmit retries] [deadtime deadtime] [key key-string] [source {ipv4-address | ipv6-address}] [priority priority] [usage {login | 802.1x | all}]
no radius-server host {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | hostname}
Parameters
- ipv4-address—Specifies the RADIUS server host IPv4 address.
- ipv6-address—Specifies the RADIUS server host IPv6 address.
- ipv6z-address—Specifies the RADIUS server host IPv6Z address. The IPv6Z address format is: {ipv6-link-local-address} % {interface-name}. The subparameters are:
- ipv6-link-local-address—Specifies the IPv6 Link Local address.
- interface-name—Specifies the outgoing interface name. The interface name has the format: vlan{integer} | ch{integer} | isatap{integer} | {physical-port-name}.
-
The subparameter integer has the format: {decimal-digit} | {integer} {decimal-digit}. decimal-digit has the range 0–9.
-
hostname—Specifies the RADIUS server host name. Translation to IPv4 addresses only is supported. (Length: 1–158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
- auth-port auth-port-number—Specifies the port number for authentication requests. If the port number is set to 0, the host is not used for authentication. (Range: 0–65535)
- timeout timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1–30)
- retransmit retries—Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1–10)
- deadtime deadtime—Specifies the length of time in minutes during which a RADIUS server is skipped over by transaction requests. (Range: 0–2000)
- key key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS server. This key must match the encryption used on the RADIUS daemon. To specify an empty string, enter """. (Length: 0–128 characters)
- source {ipv4-address | ipv6-address}—Specifies the source IPv4 or IPv6 address to use for communication. 0.0.0.0 is interpreted as a request to use the IP address of the outgoing IP interface.
- priority priority—Specifies the order in which servers are used, where 0 has the highest priority. (Range: 0–65535)
- usage {login | 802.1x | all}—Specifies the RADIUS server usage type. The possible values are:
- login—Specifies that the RADIUS server is used for user login parameters authentication.
- 802.1x—Specifies that the RADIUS server is used for 802.1x port authentication.
- all—Specifies that the RADIUS server is used for user login parameters authentication and 802.1x port authentication.
Default Configuration
No RADIUS host is specified; the global radius-server command values are the default values.
The default authentication port number is 1812.
If timeout is not specified, the global value is used.
If retransmit is not specified, the global value is used.
If key-string is not specified, the global value is used.
If the source value is not specified, the global value is used.
The default usage type is all.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To specify multiple hosts, multiple radius-server host commands can be used.
If no host-specific timeout, retries, deadtime or key-string values are specified, the global values apply to each RADIUS server host.
The source parameter address type must be the same as that of the host parameter.
Example
The following example specifies a RADIUS server host with IP address 192.168.10.1, authentication request port number 20, and a 20-second timeout period.
Console(config)# radius-server host 192.168.10.1 auth-port 20 timeout 20
radius-server key
Use the radius-server key Global Configuration mode command to set the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS daemon. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
radius-server key [key-string]
no radius-server key
Parameters
key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS server. This key must match the encryption used on the RADIUS daemon. (Range: 0–128 characters)
Default Configuration
The key-string is an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example defines the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS daemon.
Console(config)# radius-server key enterprise-server
radius-server retransmit
Use the radius-server retransmit Global Configuration mode command to specify the number of times the software searches the list of RADIUS server hosts. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
radius-server retransmit retries
no radius-server retransmit
Parameters
retries—Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1–10)
Default Configuration
The software searches the list of RADIUS server hosts 3 times.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the number of times the software searches all RADIUS server hosts as 5.
console(config)# radius-server retransmit 5
radius-server source-ip
Use the radius-server source-ip Global Configuration mode command to specify the source IP address used for communication with RADIUS servers. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
radius-server source-ip {source}
no radius-server source-ip {source}
Parameters
source—Specifies the source IP address.
Default Configuration
The source IP address is the IP address of the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If there is no available IP interface of the configured IP source address, an error message is issued when attempting to communicate with the IP address.
Example
The following example configures the source IP address used for communication with all RADIUS servers to 10.1.1.1.
console(config)# radius-server source-ip 10.1.1.1
radius-server source-ipv6
Use the radius-server source-ipv6 Global Configuration mode command to specify the source IPv6 address used for communication with RADIUS servers. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
radius-server source-ipv6 { source }
no radius-server source-ipv6 {source}
Parameters
source—Specifies the source IPv6 address.
Default Configuration
The source IP address is the IP address of the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If there is no available IP interface of the configured IP source address, an error message is issued when attempting to communicate with the IP address.
Example
The following example configures the source IP address used for communication with all RADIUS servers to 3ffe:1900:4545:3:200:f8ff:fe21:67cf.
console(config)# radius-server source-ipv6
3ffe:1900:4545:3:200:f8ff:fe21:67cf
radius-server timeout
Use the radius-server timeout Global Configuration mode command to set the time interval during which the device waits for a server host to reply. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
radius-server timeout timeout
no radius-server timeout
Parameters
timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1–30)
Default Configuration
The default timeout value is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the timeout interval on all RADIUS servers to 5 seconds.
Console(config)# radius-server timeout 5
radius-server deadtime
Use the radius-server deadtime Global Configuration mode command to configure the time interval during which unavailable RADIUS servers are skipped over by transaction requests. This improves RADIUS response time when servers are unavailable. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
radius-server deadtime deadtime
no radius-server deadtime
Parameters
deadtime—Specifies the time interval in minutes during which a RADIUS server is skipped over by transaction requests. (Range: 0–2000)
Default Configuration
The default deadtime interval is 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets all RADIUS server deadtimes to 10 minutes.
Console(config)# radius-server deadtime 10
show radius-servers
Use the show radius-servers Privileged EXEC mode command to display the RADIUS server settings.
Syntax
show radius-servers
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays RADIUS server settings.
Console# show radius-servers
| Port | Port | |||||||
| IP address | Auth | Acct | Time | Retrans | Dead | Source | Priority | Usage |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | Out | mit | time | IP | ---- | ---- |
| 172.16.1.1 | 1812 | 1813 | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | 1 | All |
| 172.16.1.2 | 1812 | 1813 | Global | Global | Global | Global | 2 | All |
| 11 | 8 | Global | Global |
Global values
TimeOut: 3
Retransmit: 3
Deadtime: 0
Source IP: 172.16.8.1
TACACS+ Commands
tacacs-server host
Use the tacacs-server host Global Configuration mode command to specify a TACACS+ host. Use the no form of this command to delete the specified TACACS+ host.
Syntax
tacacs-server host {ip-address | hostname} [single-connection] [port port-number] [timeout timeout] [key key-string] [source {source}] [priority priority]
no tacacs-server host {ip-address | hostname}
Parameters
- ip-address—Specifies the TACACS+ server host IP address.
- hostname—Specifies the TACACS+ server host name. (Length: 1?158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
- single-connection—Specifies that a single open connection is maintained between the device and the daemon, instead of the device opening and closing a TCP connection to the daemon each time it communicates.
- port port-number—Specifies the server port number. If the port number is 0, the host is not used for authentication. (Range: 0–65535)
- timeout timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1–30)
-
key key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ server. This key must match the encryption used on the TACACS+ daemon. To specify an empty string, enter """. (Length: 0?128 characters)
-
source {source}—Specifies the source IP to use for the communication. 0.0.0.0 indicates a request to use the outgoing IP interface IP address.
- priority priority—Specifies the order in which the TACACS+ servers are used, where 0 is the highest priority. (Range: 0–65535)
Default Configuration
No TACACS+ host is specified.
The default port-number is 49.
If timeout is not specified, the global value is used.
If key-string is not specified, the global value is used.
If source is not specified, the global value is used.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Multiple tacacs-server host commands can be used to specify multiple hosts.
If no host-specific timeout, key, or source values are specified, the global values apply to each host. Example
The following example specifies a TACACS+ host.
Console(config)# tacacs-server host 172.16.1.1
tacacs-server key
Use the tacacs-server key Global Configuration mode command to ses the authentication encryption key used for all TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ daemon. Use the no form of this command to disable the key.
Syntax
tacacs-server key key-string
no tacacs-server key
Parameters
key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ server. This key must match the encryption used on the TACACS+ daemon. (Length: 0–128 characters)
Default Configuration
The default key is an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets Enterprise as the authentication encryption key for all TACACS+ servers.
Console(config)# tacacs-server key enterprise
tacacs-server timeout
Use the tacacs-server timeout Global Configuration mode command to set the interval during which the device waits for a TACACS+ server to reply. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
tacacs-server timeout timeout
no tacacs-server timeout
Parameters
timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1–30)
Default Configuration
The default timeout value is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the timeout value to 30 for all TACACS+ servers.
Console(config)# tacacs-server timeout 30
tacacs-server source-ip
Use the tacacs-server source-ip Global Configuration mode command to configure the source IP address to be used for communication with TACACS+ servers. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
tacacs-server source-ip { source}
no tacacs-server source-ip {source}
Parameters
source—Specifies the source IP address. (Range: Valid IP address)
Default Configuration
The default source IP address is the outgoing IP interface address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If the configured IP source address has no available IP interface, an error message is issued when attempting to communicate with the IP address.
Example
The following example specifies the source IP address for all TACACS+ servers.
Console(config)# tacacs-server source-ip 172.16.8.1
show tacacs
Use the show tacacs Privileged EXEC mode command to display configuration and statistical information for a TACACS+ server.
Syntax
show tacacs [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the TACACS+ server name or IP address.
Default Configuration
If ip-address is not specified, information for all TACACS+ servers is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays configuration and statistical information for all TACACS+ servers.
Console# show tacacs
| IP address | Status | Port | Single Connection | Time Out | Source IP | Priority |
| ---- | ---- | --- | ---- | ---- | ||
| 172.16.1.1 | Connected | 49 | No | ----Global | ----Global | 1 |
Global values
TimeOut: 3
Source IP: 172.16.8.1
Syslog Commands
logging on
Use the logging on Global Configuration mode command to control error message logging. This command sends debug or error messages to a logging process, which logs messages asynchronously to designated locations for the process that generated the messages. Use the no form of this command to disable the logging process.
Syntax
logging on
no logging on
Default Configuration
Message logging is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The logging process controls the logging messages distribution at various destinations, such as the logging buffer, logging file or syslog server. Logging on and off at these destinations can be individually configured using the logging buffered, logging file, and logging Global Configuration mode commands. However, if the logging on command is disabled, no messages are sent to these destinations. Only the console receives messages.
Example
The following example enables logging error messages.
Console(config)# logging on
Logging host
Use the logging host global configuration command to log messages to a syslog server. Use the no form of this command to delete the syslog server with the specified address from the list of syslogs.
Syntax
logging host {ipv4-address / ipv6-address / hostname} [port port] [severity level] [facility facility] [description text]
no logging host {ipv4-address / ipv6-address / hostname}
Parameters
- ipv4-address—IPv4 address of the host to be used as a syslog server.
- ipv6-address—Pv6 address of the host to be used as a syslog server. When the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. Refer to the User Guidelines for the interface name syntax.
- hostname—Hostname of the host to be used as a syslog server. Only translation to IPv4 addresses is supported. (Range: 1–158 characters. Maximum label size: 63)
- port—Port number for syslog messages. If unspecified, the port number defaults to 514. (Range: 1–65535)
- level—Limits the logging of messages to the syslog servers to a specified level: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, debugging.
- facility—The facility that is indicated in the message. It can be one of the following values: local0, local1, local2, local3, local4, local5, local6, local7. If unspecified, the port number defaults to local7.
- text—Description of the syslog server. (Range: Up to 64 characters)
Default
No messages are logged to a syslog server host.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You can use multiple syslog servers.
The format of an IPv6Z address is:
interface-name = vlan<integer> / ch<integer> / isatap<integer> /
<physical-port-name> / 0
integer =
decimal-number = 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9
physical-port-name = Designated port number, for example 1/0/16.
If the egress interface is not specified, the default interface is selected. Specifying interface zone=0 is equal to not defining an egress interface.
Examples
console(config)# logging host 1.1.1.121
console(config)# logging host 3000::100
logging console
Use the logging console Global Configuration mode command to limit messages logged to the console to messages with a specific severity level. Use the no form of this command to disable logging limiting to the console.
Syntax
logging console level
no logging console
Parameters
level—Specifies the severity level of logged messages displayed on the console. The possible values are: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational and debugging.
Default Configuration
The default severity level is informational.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example limits logging messages displayed on the console to messages with severity level errors.
Console(config)# logging console errors
logging buffered
Use the logging buffered Global Configuration mode command to limit the syslog message display from an internal buffer to messages with a specific severity leve, and to define the buffer size. Use the no form of this command to cancel using the buffer and returning the buffer size to default
Syntax
logging buffered [buffer-size] [severity-level]
no logging buffered
Parameters
buffer-size—Specifies the maximum number of messages stored in the history table. (Range: 20–400)
severity-level—Specifies the severity level of messages logged in the buffer. The possible values are: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational and debugging.
Default Configuration
The default severity level is informational.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
All the syslog messages are logged to the internal buffer. This command limits the messages displayed to the user.
Example
The following example limits the syslog message display from an internal buffer to messages with severity level debugging.
Console(config)# logging buffered debugging
clear logging
Use the clear logging Privileged EXEC mode command to clear messages from the internal logging buffer.
Syntax
clear logging
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example clears messages from the internal logging buffer.
Console# clear logging
Clear logging buffer [confirm]
logging file
Use the logging file Global Configuration mode command to limit syslog messages sent to the logging file to messages with a specific severity level. Use the no form of this command to cancel using the buffer.
Syntax
logging file level
no logging file
Parameters
level—Specifies the severity level of syslog messages sent to the logging file. The possible values are: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational and debugging.
Default Configuration
The default severity level is errors.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example limits syslog messages sent to the logging file to messages with severity level alerts.
Console(config)# logging file alerts
clear logging file
Use the clear logging file Privileged EXEC mode command to clear messages from the logging file.
Syntax
clear logging file
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example clears messages from the logging file.
Console# clear logging file
Clear Logging File [y/n]
aaa logging
Use the aaa logging Global Configuration mode command to enable logging AAA login events. Use the no form of this command to disable logging AAA login events.
Syntax
aaa logging {login}
no aaa logging {login}
Parameters
login—Enables logging messages related to successful AAA login events, unsuccessful AAA login events and other AAA login-related events.
Default Configuration
Logging of AAA login events is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command enables logging messages related to successful login events, unsuccessful login events and other login-related events. Other types of AAA events are not subject to this command.
Example
The following example enables logging messages related to AAA login events.
Console(config)# aaa logging login
file-system logging
Use the file-system logging Global Configuration mode command to enable the logging of file system events. Use the no form of this command to disable logging file system events.
Syntax
file-system logging {copy / delete-rename}
no file-system logging {copy / delete-rename}
Parameters
• copy—Specifies logging messages related to file copy operations.
- delete-rename—Specifies logging messages related to file deletion and renaming operations.
Default Configuration
Logging file system events is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables logging messages related to file copy operations.
Console (config) # file-system logging copy
management logging
Use the management logging Global Configuration mode command to enable logging Management Access List (ACL) deny events. Use the no form of this command to disable logging management access list events.
Syntax
management logging {deny}
no management logging {deny}
Parameters
deny—Enables logging messages related to management ACL deny actions.
Default Configuration
Logging management ACL deny events is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Other management ACL events are not subject to this command.
Example
The following example enables logging messages related to management ACL deny actions.
Console(config)# management logging deny
show logging
Use the show logging Privileged EXEC mode command to display the logging status and the syslog messages stored in the internal buffer.
Syntax
show logging
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the logging status and the syslog messages stored in the internal buffer.
console# show logging
Logging is enabled.
Console Logging: Level info. Console Messages: 0 Dropped.
Buffer Logging: Level info. Buffer Messages: 61 Logged, 61 Displayed, 200 Max.
File Logging: Level error. File Messages: 898 Logged, 64 Dropped. 4 messages were not logged
Application filtering control
Application Event Status
AAA Login Enabled
File system Copy Enabled
File system Delete-Rename Enabled
Management ACL Deny Enabled
Aggregation: Disabled.
Aggregation aging time: 300 Sec
01-Jan-2010 05:29:46 :%INIT-I-Startup: Warm Startup
01-Jan-2010 05:29:02 :%LINK-I-Up: Vlan 1
01-Jan-2010 05:29:02 :%LINK-I-Up: gi1/0/48
01-Jan-2010 05:29:02 :%LINK-I-Up: gi1/0/47
01-Jan-2010 05:29:00 :%LINK-W-Down: gi1/0/48
show logging file
Use the show logging file Privileged EXEC mode command to display the logging status and the syslog messages stored in the logging file.
Syntax
show logging file
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the logging status and the syslog messages stored in the logging file.
Logging is enabled.
Console Logging: Level info. Console Messages: 0 Dropped.
Buffer Logging: Level info. Buffer Messages: 61 Logged, 61 Displayed, 200 Max.
File Logging: Level error. File Messages: 898 Logged, 64 Dropped.
4 messages were not logged
Application filtering control
| Application | Event | Status |
| AAA | Login | Enabled |
| File system | Copy | Enabled |
| File system | Delete-Rename | Enabled |
| Management ACL | Deny | Enabled |
Aggregation: Disabled.
Aggregation aging time: 300 Sec
01-Jan-2010 05:57:00 :%SSHD-E-ERROR: SSH error: key_read: type mismatch: encoding error
01-Jan-2010 05:56:36 :%SSHD-E-ERROR: SSH error: key_read: type mismatch: encoding error
01-Jan-2010 05:55:37 :%SSHD-E-ERROR: SSH error: key_read: type mismatch: encoding error
01-Jan-2010 05:55:03 :%SSHD-E-ERROR: SSH error: key_read: key_from_blob
bgEgGnt9
z6NHgZwKI5xKqF7cBtdll1xmFgSEWuDhho5UedydAjVkKS5XR2... failed
01-Jan-2010 05:55:03 :%SSHD-E-ERROR: SSH error: key_from_blob: invalid key type.
01-Jan-2010 05:56:34 :%SSHD-E-ERROR: SSH error: bad sigbloblen 58 != SIGBLOB_LEN
console#
show syslog-servers
Use the show syslog-servers Privileged EXEC mode command to display the syslog server settings.
Syntax
show syslog-servers
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the syslog server settings.
console# show syslog-servers
Device Configuration
| IP address | Port | Severity | Facility | Description |
| 1.1.1.121 | 514 | info | local7 | |
| 3000::100 | 514 | info | local7 |
console#
RMON Commands
show rmon statistics
Use the show rmon statistics EXEC mode command to display RMON Ethernet statistics.
Syntax
show rmon statistics {interface-id}
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays RMON Ethernet statistics for gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
console# show rmon statistics gi1/0/1
Port gi1/0/1
Dropped: 0
Octets: 0
Packets: 0
Broadcast: 0
Multicast: 0
CRC Align Errors: 0
Collisions: 0
Undersize Pkts: 0
Oversize Pkts: 0
Fragments: 0
Jabbers: 0
64 Octets: 0
65 to 127 Octets: 1
128 to 255 Octets: 1
256 to 511 Octets: 1
512 to 1023 Octets: 0
1024 to max Octets: 0
The following table describes the significant fields displayed.
| Field Description |
| Dropped The total number of events in which packets were dropped by the probe due to lack of resources. Note that this number is not necessarily the number of packets dropped. It is the number of times this condition was detected. |
| Octets The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). |
| Packets The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received. |
| Broadcast The total number of good packets received and directed to the broadcast address. This does not include multicast packets. |
| Multicast The total number of good packets received and directed to a multicast address. This number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address. |
| CRC Align Errors The total number of packets received with a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but with either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). |
| Collisions The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment. |
| Undersize Pkts The total number of packets received, less than 64 octets long (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed. |
| Oversize Pkts The total number of packets received, longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed. |
| Fragments The total number of packets received, less than 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). |
| Jabbers The total number of packets received, longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets), and either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). |
| 64 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). |
| 65 to 127 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). |
| 128 to 255 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). |
| 256 to 511 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). |
| 512 to 1023 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). |
| 1024 to max The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 1024 octets and the maximum frame size in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). |
rmon collection stats
Use the rmon collection stats Interface Configuration mode command to enable Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history group of statistics on an
interface. Use the no form of this command to remove a specified RMON history group of statistics.
Syntax
rmon collection stats index [owner ownername] [buckets bucket-number] [interval seconds]
no rmon collection stats index
Parameters
- index—The requested group of statistics index.(Range: 1–65535)
- owner ownername—Records the name of the owner of the RMON group of statistics. If unspecified, the name is an empty string. (Range: Valid string)
- buckets bucket-number—A value associated with the number of buckets specified for the RMON collection history group of statistics. If unspecified, defaults to 50.(Range: 1–50)
- interval seconds—The number of seconds in each polling cycle. If unspecified, defaults to 1800 (Range: 1–3600).
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode. Cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
show rmon collection stats
Use the show rmon collection stats EXEC mode command to display the requested RMON history group statistics.
Syntax
show rmon collection stats [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays all RMON history group statistics.
| Console# show rmon collection stats | |||||
| Index | Interface | Interval | Requested Samples | Granted Samples | Owner |
| 1 | gi1/0/1 | 30 | 50 | 50 | CLI |
| 2 | gi1/0/1 | 1800 | 50 | 50 | Manager |
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
| Field Description |
| Index An index that uniquely identifies the entry. |
| Interface The sampled Ethernet interface. |
| Interval The interval in seconds between samples. |
| Requested Samples The requested number of samples to be saved. |
| Granted Samples The granted number of samples to be saved. |
| Owner The entity that configured this entry. |
show rmon history
Use the show rmon history EXEC mode command to display RMON Ethernet history statistics.
Syntax
show rmon history index {throughput / errors / other} [period seconds]
Parameters
-
index—Specifies the set of samples to display. (Range: 1–65535)
• throughput—Displays throughput counters. -
errors—Displays error counters.
• other—Displays drop and collision counters.
• period seconds—Specifies the period of time in seconds to display. (Range: 1–2147483647)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display RMON Ethernet history statistics for index 1
Console# show rmon history 1 throughput
| Sample Set: 1 | Owner: CLI |
| Interface: gil/0/1 | Interval: 1800 |
| Requested samples: 50 | Granted samples: 50 |
Maximum table size: 500
| Time | Octets | Packets | Broadcast | Multicast | Util |
| Jan 18 2005 | 303595962 | 357568 | 3289 | 7287 | 19% |
| 21:57:00 | 287696304 | 275686 | 2789 | 5878 | 20% |
| Jan 18 2005 | |||||
| 21:57:30 |
Console# show rmon history 1 errors
| Sample Set: 1 | Owner: Me |
| Interface:gi1/0/1 | Interval: 1800 |
| Requested samples: 50 | Granted samples: 50 |
Maximum table size: 500 (800 after reset)
| Time | CRC Align | Under size | Oversize | Fragments | Jabbers |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| Jan 18 200521:57:00 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 49 | 0 |
| Jan 18 200521:57:30 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 2 | 7 |
Console# show rmon history 1 other
| Sample Set: 1 | Owner: Me |
| Interface: gi1/0/1 | Interval: 1800 |
| Requested samples: 50 | Granted samples: 50 |
Maximum table size: 500
| Time | Dropped | Collisions |
| Jan 18 2005 21:57:00 | 3 | 0 |
| Jan 18 2005 21:57:30 | 3 | 0 |
The following table describes significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Time Date and Time the entry is recorded. |
| Octets The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets and excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) received on the network. |
| Packets The number of packets (including bad packets) received during this sampling interval. |
| Broadcast The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed to the broadcast address. |
| Multicast The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed to a multicast address. This number does not include packets addressed to the broadcast address. |
| Utilization The best estimate of the mean physical layer network utilization on this interface during this sampling interval, in hundredths of a percent. |
| CRC Align The number of packets received during this sampling interval that had a length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). |
| Undersize The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than 64 octets long (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed. |
| Oversize The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed. |
| Fragments The total number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error), or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). It is normal for etherHistoryFragments to increment because it counts both runts (which are normal occurrences due to collisions) and noise hits. |
| Jabbers The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets), and had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). |
| Dropped The total number of events in which packets were dropped by the probe due to lack of resources during this sampling interval. This number is not necessarily the number of packets dropped, it is the number of times this condition has been detected. |
| Collisions The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment during this sampling interval. |
rmon alarm
Use the rmon alarm Global Configuration mode command to configure alarm conditions. Use the no form of this command to remove an alarm.
Syntax
rmon alarm index mib-object-id interval rthreshold fthreshold revent fevent [type {absolute / delta}]
[startup {rising | rising-falling | falling}] [owner name]
no rmon alarm index
Parameters
• index—Specifies the alarm index. (Range: 1–65535)
- mib-object-id—Specifies the object identifier of the variable to be sampled. (Valid OID)
- interval—Specifies the interval in seconds during which the data is sampled and compared with rising and falling thresholds. (Range: 1–4294967295)
- rthreshold—Specifies the rising threshold value. (Range: 0–4294967295)
- fthreshold—Specifies the falling threshold value. (Range: 0–4294967295)
- revent—Specifies the index of the event triggered when a rising threshold is crossed. (Range: 0–65535)
- fevent—Specifies the index of the event triggered when a falling threshold is crossed. (Range: 0–65535)
- type {absolute | delta}—Specifies the method used for sampling the selected variable and calculating the value to be compared against the thresholds. The possible values are:
- absolute—Specifies that the selected variable value is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval.
- delta—Specifies that the selected variable value of the last sample is subtracted from the current value, and the difference is compared with the thresholds.
- startup {rising | rising-falling | falling}—Specifies the alarm that may be sent when this entry becomes valid. The possible values are:
- rising—Specifies that if the first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is greater than or equal to rthreshold, a single rising alarm is generated.
- rising-falling—Specifies that if the first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is greater than or equal to rthreshold, a single rising alarm is generated. If the first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is less than or equal to fthreshold, a single falling alarm is generated.
- fallin —Specifies that if the first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is less than or equal to fthreshold, a single falling alarm is generated.
- owner name—Specifies the name of the person who configured this alarm. (Valid string)
Default Configuration
The default method type is absolute.
The default startup direction is rising-falling.
If the owner name is not specified, it defaults to an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures an alarm with index 1000, MIB object ID D-Link, sampling interval 360000 seconds (100 hours), rising threshold value 1000000, falling threshold value 1000000, rising threshold event index 10, falling threshold event index 10, absolute method type and rising-falling alarm.
console(config)# rmon alarm 1000 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1 360000 1000000 1000000 10 20
show rmon alarm-table
Use the show rmon alarm-table EXEC mode command to display a summary of the alarms table.
Syntax
show rmon alarm-table
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the alarms table.
Console# show rmon alarm-table
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Index An index that uniquely identifies the entry. |
| OID Monitored variable OID. |
| Owner The entity that configured this entry. |
show rmon alarm
Use the show rmon alarm EXEC mode command to display alarm configuration.
Syntax
show rmon alarm number
Parameters
number—Specifies the alarm index. (Range: 1–65535)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays RMON 1 alarms.
Console# show rmon alarm 1
Alarm 1
Last sample Value: 878128
Interval: 30
Sample Type: delta
Startup Alarm: rising
Rising Threshold: 8700000
Falling Threshold: 78
Rising Event: 1
Falling Event: 1
Owner: CLI
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Alarm Alarm index. |
| OID Monitored variable OID. |
| Last Sample Value The value of the statistic during the last sampling period. For example, if the sample type is delta, this value is the difference between the samples at the beginning and end of the period. If the sample type is absolute, this value is the sampled value at the end of the period. |
| Interval The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling thresholds. |
| Sample Type The method of sampling the variable and calculating the value compared against the thresholds. If the value is absolute, the variable value is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If the value is delta, the variable value at the last sample is subtracted from the current value, and the difference is compared with the thresholds. |
| Startup Alarm The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set. If the first sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, and startup alarm is equal to rising or rising-falling, then a single rising alarm is generated. If the first sample is less than or equal to the falling threshold, and startup alarm is equal falling or rising-falling, then a single falling alarm is generated. |
| Rising Threshold The sampled statistic rising threshold. When the current sampled value is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is less than this threshold, a single event is generated. |
| Falling Threshold The sampled statistic falling threshold. When the current sampled value is less than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is greater than this threshold, a single event is generated. |
| Rising Event The event index used when a rising threshold is crossed. |
| Falling Event The event index used when a falling threshold is crossed. |
| Owner The entity that configured this entry. |
rmon event
Use the rmon event Global Configuration mode command to configure an event. Use the no form of this command to remove an event.
Syntax
rmon event index {none | log | trap | log-trap} [community text] [description text] [owner name]
no rmon event index
Parameters
• index—Specifies the event index. (Range: 1–65535)
- none—pecifies that no notification is generated by the device for this event.
- log—Specifies that a notification entry is generated in the log table by the device for this event.
- trap—Specifies that an SNMP trap is sent to one or more management stations by the device for this event.
- log-trap—Specifies that an entry is generated in the log table and an SNMP trap is sent to one or more management stations by the device for this event.
- community text—Specifies the SNMP community to which an SNMP trap is sent. (Octet string; length: 0–127 characters)
- description text—Specifies a comment describing this event. (Length: 0–127 characters)
- owner name—Specifies the name of the person who configured this event. (Valid string)
Default Configuration
If the owner name is not specified, it defaults to an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures an event identified as index 10, for which the device generates a notification in the log table.
Console(config)# rmon event 10 log
show rmon events
Use the show rmon events EXEC mode command to display the RMON event table.
Syntax
show rmon events
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the RMON event table.
Console# show rmon events
| Index | Description | Type | Community | Owner | Last time sent |
| 1 | Errors | Log | CLI | Jan18 200623:58:17 | |
| 2 High | Broadcast | Log-Trap | Router Manager Jan18 | 200623:59:48 | |
The following table describes significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Index A unique index that identifies this event. |
| Description A comment describing this event. |
| Type The type of notification that the device generates about this event. Can have the following values: none, log, trap, log-trap. In the case of log, an entry is made in the log table for each event. In the case of trap, an SNMP trap is sent to one or more management stations. |
| Community If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it is sent to the SNMP community specified by this octet string. |
| Owner The entity that configured this event. |
| Last time sent The time this entry last generated an event. If this entry has not generated any events, this value is zero. |
show rmon log
Use the show rmon log EXEC mode command to display the RMON log table.
Syntax
show rmon log [event]
Parameters
event—Specifies the event index. (Range: 0–65535)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display the RMON log table.
| Console# show rmon log | ||
| Maximum table size: 500 (800 after reset) | ||
| Event | Description | Time |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 1 | MIB Var.:1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.53, Delta, Rising, ActualVal: 800, Thres.Set:100, Interval (sec):1 | Jan 18 2006 23:48:19 |
rmon table-size
Use the rmon table-size Global Configuration mode command to configure the maximum size of RMON tables. Use the no form of this command to return to the default configuration.
Syntax
rmon table-size {history entries / log entries}
no rmon table-size {history / log}
Parameters
- history entries—Specifies the maximum number of history table entries. (Range: 20–270)
- log entries—Specifies the maximum number of log table entries. (Range: 20–100)
Default Configuration
The default history table size is 270 entries.
The default log table size is 200 entries.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The configured table size takes effect after the device is rebooted.
Example
The following example configures the maximum size of RMON history tables to 100 entries.
Console(config)# rmon table-size history 100
802.1x Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
Use the aaa authentication dot1x Global Configuration mode command to specify one or more authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) methods for use on interfaces running IEEE 802.1x. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
aaa authentication dot1x default method [method2 ...]
no aaa authentication dot1x default
Parameters
method [method2 ...]—Specify at least one method from the following list:
| Keyword | Description |
| radius | Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication |
| none | Uses no authentication |
Default Configuration
The default method is Radius.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error and not if the request for authentication is denied. Specify
none as the final method in the command line to ensure that authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error.
Example
The following example uses the aaa authentication dot1x default command with no authentication.
Console(config)# aaa authentication dot1x default none
dot1x system-auth-control
Use the dot1x system-auth-control Global Configuration mode command to enable 802.1x globally. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dot1x system-auth-control
no dot1x system-auth-control
Default Configuration
All the ports are in FORCE AUTHORIZED state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables 802.1x globally.
Console(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
dot1x port-control
Use the dot1x port-control Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable manual control of the port authorization state. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dot1x port-control {auto / force-authorized / force-unauthorized}
no dotlx port-control
Parameters
- auto—Enables 802.1x authentication on the interface and causes the port to transition to the authorized or unauthorized state based on the 802.1x authentication exchange between the device and the client.
- force-authorized—Disables 802.1x authentication on the interface and causes the port to transition to the authorized state without any authentication exchange required. The port resends and receives normal traffic without 802.1x-based client authentication.
- force-unauthorized—Denies all access through this interface by forcing the port to transition to the unauthorized state and ignoring all attempts by the client to authenticate. The device cannot provide authentication services to the client through the interface.
Default Configuration
The port is in the force-authorized state.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
It is recommended to disable spanning tree or to enable spanning-tree PortFast mode on 802.1x edge ports (ports in auto state that are connected to end stations), in order to proceed to the forwarding state immediately after successful authentication.
Example
The following example enables 802.1x authentication on gigabitethernet port 1/0/15.
dot1x re-authentication
Use the dot1x reauthentication Interface Configuration mode command to enable periodic re-authentication of the client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x reauthentication
no dot1x reauthentication
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Periodic re-authentication is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet)
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
dot1x timeout reauth-period
Use the dot1x timeout reauth-period Interface Configuration mode command to set the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x timeout reauth-period seconds
no dot1x timeout reauth-period
Parameters
seconds—Number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. (Range: 30–4294967295)
Default
3600
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 5000
dot1x re-authenticate
The dot1x re-authenticate Privileged EXEC mode command manually initiates re-authentication of all 802.1x-enabled ports or the specified 802.1x-enabled port.
Syntax
dot1x re-authenticate [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following command manually initiates re-authentication of 802.1x-enabled gigabitethernet port 1/0/15.
Console# dot1x re-authenticate gigabitethernet 1/0/15
dot1x timeout quiet-period
Use the dot1x timeout quiet-period Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to set the time interval that the device remains in a quiet state following a failed authentication exchange (for example, the client provided an invalid password). Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dot1x timeout quiet-period seconds
no dot1x timeout quiet-period
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the time interval in seconds that the device remains in a quiet state following a failed authentication exchange with the client. (Range: 0–65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default quiet period is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
During the quiet period, the device does not accept or initiate authentication requests.
The default value of this command should only be changed to adjust to unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
To provide faster response time to the user, a smaller number than the default value should be entered.
Example
The following example sets the time interval that the device remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange to 3600 seconds.
dot1x timeout tx-period
Use the dot1x timeout tx-period Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to set the time interval during which the device waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) request/identity frame from the client before resending the request. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dot1x timeout tx-period seconds
no dot1x timeout tx-period
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the time interval in seconds during which the device waits for a response to an EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the request. (Range: 1–65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default timeout period is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The default value of this command should be changed only to adjust to unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Example
The following command sets the time interval during which the device waits for a response to an EAP request/identity frame to 3600 seconds.
dot1x max-req
Use the dot1x max-req Interface Configuration mode command to set the maximum number of times that the device sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) request/identity frame (assuming that no response is received) to the client before restarting the authentication process. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dotlx max-req count
no dotlx max-req
Parameters
count—Specifies the maximum number of times that the device sends an EAP request/identity frame before restarting the authentication process. (Range: 1–10)
Default Configuration
The default maximum number of attempts is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The default value of this command should be changed only to adjust to unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Example
The following example sets the maximum number of times that the device sends an EAP request/identity frame to 6
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/15
Console(config-if)# dot1x max-req 6
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
Use the dot1x timeout supp-timeout Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to set the time interval during which the device waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) request frame from the client before resending the request. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dot1x timeout supp-timeout seconds
no dot1x timeout supp-timeout
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the time interval in seconds during which the device waits for a response to an EAP request frame from the client before resending the request. (Range: 1–65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default timeout period is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The default value of this command should be changed only to adjust to unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Example
The following example sets the time interval during which the device waits for a response to an EAP request frame from the client before resending the request to 3600 seconds.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/15
Console(config-if)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 3600
dot1x timeout server-timeout
Use the dot1x timeout server-timeout Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to set the time interval during which the device waits for a response from the authentication server. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dot1x timeout server-timeout seconds
no dot1x timeout server-timeout
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the time interval in seconds during which the device waits for a response from the authentication server. (Range: 1–65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default timeout period is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The actual timeout period can be determined by comparing the value specified by the dot1x timeout server-timeout command to the result of multiplying the number of retries specified by the radius-server retransmit command by the timeout period specified by the radius-server timeout command, and selecting the lower of the two values.
Example
The following example sets the time interval between retransmission of packets to the authentication server to 3600 seconds.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/15
Console(config-if)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 3600
show dot1x
Use the show dot1x Privileged EXEC mode command to display the 802.1x device or specified interface status.
Syntax
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specify an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display the status of 802.1x-enabled Ethernet ports.
Console# show dot1x
802.1x is enabled
| Port | Admin Mode | Oper Mode | Reauth Control | Reauth Period | Username |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | Auto | Authorized | Ena | 3600 | Bob |
| gi1/0/2 | Auto | Authorized | Ena | 3600 | John |
| gi1/0/3 | Auto | Unauthorized | Ena | 3600 | Clark |
| gi1/0/4 | Force-auth | Authorized | Dis | 3600 | n/a |
| gi1/0/5 | Force-auth | Unauthorized | Dis | 3600 | n/a |
* Port is down or not present.
Console# show dot1x interface gi1/0/3
802.1x is enabled.
| Port | Admin Mode | Oper Mode | Reauth Control | Reauth Period | Username |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/3 | Auto | Unauthorized | Enable | 3600 | Clark |
| Quiet period: | 60 Seconds | ||||
| Tx period: | 30 Seconds | ||||
| Max req: | 2 | ||||
| Supplicant timeout: | 30 Seconds | ||||
| Server timeout: | 30 Seconds | ||||
| Session Time (HH:MM:SS): | 08:19:17 | ||||
| MAC Address: | 00:08:78:32:98:78 | ||||
| Authentication Method: | Remote | ||||
| Termination Cause: | Supplicant logoff | ||||
| Authenticator State Machine | |||||
| State: HELD | |||||
| Backend State Machine | |||||
| State: | IDLE | ||||
| Authentication success: | 9 | ||||
| Authentication fails: | 1 | ||||
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
| Field Description |
| Port The port number. |
| Admin mode The port admin mode. Possible values: Force-auth,Force-unauth, Auto. |
| Oper mode The port oper mode. Possible values: Authorized,Unauthorized or Down. |
| Reauth Control Reauthentication control. |
| Reauth Period Reauthentication period. |
| Field | Description |
| Username The username representing the supplicant identity.This field shows the username if the port control is auto. If the port is Authorized, it displays the username of the current user. If the port is Unauthorized, it displays the last user authenticated successfully. | |
| Quiet period The number of seconds that the device remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange (for example, the client provided an invalid password). | |
| Tx period The number of seconds that the device waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) request/identity frame from the client before resending the request. | |
| Max req The maximum number of times that the device sends an EAP request frame (assuming that no response is received) to the client before restarting the authentication process. | |
| Supplicant timeout The number of seconds that the device waits for a response to an EAP-request frame from the client before resending the request. | |
| Server timeout The number of seconds that the device waits for a response from the authentication server before resending the request. | |
| Session Time The amount of time (HH:MM:SS) that the user is logged in. | |
| MAC address The supplicant MAC address. | |
| Authentication Method The authentication method used to establish the session. | |
| Termination Cause The reason for the session termination. | |
| State The current value of the Authenticator PAE state machine and of the Backend state machine. | |
| Authentication success The number of times the state machine received a Success message from the Authentication Server. | |
| Authentication fails The number of times the state machine received a Failure message from the Authentication Server. | |
show dot1x users
Use the show dot1x users Privileged EXEC mode command to display active 802.1x authenticated users for the device.
Syntax
show dot1x users [username username]
Parameters
username—Specifies the supplicant username (Length: 1–160 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays 802.1x users.
| Switch# show dot1x users | ||||||
| Port | Username | Session | Auth | MAC | VLAN | |
| Filter | ||||||
| Time | Method | Address | ||||
| gi1/0/1 | Bob 1d 03:08:58 | Remote 0008.3b79.8787 | 3 | |||
| gi1/0/2 | John 08:19:17 | None 0008.3b89.3127 | 2 | |||
| OK | ||||||
| Port | Username | Session | Auth | MAC | VLAN | |
| Filter | ||||||
| Time | Method Address | |||||
| gi1/0/1 | Bob | 1d 09:07:38 | Remote | 0008.3b79.8787 | 3 | OK |
| gi1/0/1 | Bernie | 03:08:58 | Remote | 0008.3b79.3232 | 9 | OK |
| gi1/0/2 | John | 08:19:17 | Remote | 0008.3b89.3127 | 2 | |
| gi1/0/3 | Paul | 02:12:48 | Remote | 0008.3b89.8237 | 8 | |
| Warning | ||||||
| Switch# show dot1x users username Bob | ||||||
| Port | Username | Session | Auth | MAC | VLAN | |
| Filter | ||||||
| Time | Method Address | |||||
| gi1/0/1 | Bob 1d 09:07:38 | Remote | 0008.3b79.8787 | 3 | OK | |
| Filter ID #1: Supplicant-IPv4 | ||||||
| Filter ID #2: Supplicant-IPv6 | ||||||
| Switch# show dot1x users username Bernie | ||||||
| Port | Username | Session | Auth | MAC | VLAN | |
| Filter | ||||||
| Time | Method Address | |||||
| gi1/0/1 | Bernard | 03:08:58 | Remote | 0008.3b79.3232 | 9 | OK |
| Filter ID #1: Supplicant-IPv4 | ||||||
show dot1x statistics
Use the show dot1x statistics Privileged EXEC mode command to display 802.1x statistics for the specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x statistics interface interface-id
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays 802.1x statistics for gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
Console# show dot1x statistics interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
EapolFramesRx: 11
EapolFramesTx: 12
EapolStartFramesRx: 1
EapolLogoffFramesRx: 1
EapolRespIdFramesRx: 3
EapolRespFramesRx: 6
EapolReqIdFramesTx: 3
EapolReqFramesTx: 6
InvalidEapolFramesRx: 0
EapLengthErrorFramesRx: 0
LastEapolFrameVersion: 1
LastEapolFrameSource: 00:08:78:32:98:78
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| EapolFramesRx The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received by this Authenticator. |
| EapolFramesTx The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been transmitted by this Authenticator. |
| EapolStartFramesRx The number of EAPOL Start frames that have been received by this Authenticator. |
| EapolLogoffFramesRx The number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have been received by this Authenticator. |
| EapolRespIdFramesRx The number of EAP Resp/Id frames that have been received by this Authenticator. |
| EapolRespFramesRx The number of valid EAP Response frames (other than Resp/Id frames) that have been received by this Authenticator. |
| EapolReqIdFramesTx The number of EAP Req/Id frames that have been transmitted by this Authenticator. |
| EapolReqFramesTx The number of EAP Request frames (other than Req/Id frames) that have been transmitted by this Authenticator. |
| InvalidEapolFramesRx The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this Authenticator for which the frame type is not recognized. |
| EapLengthErrorFramesRx The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this Authenticator in which the Packet Body Length field is invalid. |
| LastEapolFrameVersion The protocol version number carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. |
| LastEapolFrameSource The source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. |
clear dot1x statistics
Use the clear dot1x statistics Privileged EXEC mode command to clear 802.1x statistics.
Syntax
clear dot1x statistics [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specify an Ethernet port ID..
Default Configuration
Statistics on all ports are cleared.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays how to clear 802.1x statistics on all ports
Console# clear dot1x statistics
dot1x auth-not-req
Use the dot1x auth-not-req Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode command to enable unauthorized devices access to the VLAN. Use the no form of this command to disable access to the VLAN.
Syntax
dot1x auth-not-req
no dot1x auth-not-req
Default Configuration
Access is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
An access port cannot be a member in an unauthenticated VLAN.
The native VLAN of a trunk port cannot be an unauthenticated VLAN.
For a general port, the PVID can be an unauthenticated VLAN (although only tagged packets are accepted in the unauthorized state).
Example
The following example enables unauthorized devices access to VLAN 5.
Console(config)# interface vlan 5
Console(config-if)# dot1x auth-not-req
dot1x host-mode
Use the dot1x host-mode Interface Configuration mode command to allow a single host (client) or multiple hosts on an IEEE 802.1x-authorized port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x host-mode {multi-host / single-host / multi-sessions}
Parameters
- multi-host—Enable multiple-hosts mode.
- single-host—Enable single-hosts mode.
- multi-sessions—Enable multiple-sessions mode.
Default
Default mode is multi-host.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
In multiple hosts mode only one of the attached hosts must be successfully authorized for all hosts to be granted network access. If the port becomes unauthorized, all attached clients are denied access to the network.
In multiple sessions mode each host must be successfully authorized in order to grant network access. Please note that packets are NOT encrypted, and
after success full authentication filtering is based on the source MAC address only.
Port security on a port can't be enabled in single-host mode and in multiple-sessions mode.
It is recommended to enable reauthentication when working in multiple-sessions mode in order to detect User Logout for users that hadn't sent Logoff.
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# dot1x host-mode multi-host
console(config-if)# dot1x host-mode single-host
console(config-if)# dot1x host-mode multi-sessions
dot1x violation-mode
Use the dot1x violation-mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to configure the action to be taken, when a station whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address, attempts to access the interface. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
dot1x violation-mode {restrict / protect / shutdown}
no dot1x violation-mode
Parameters
- restrict—Generates a trap when a station whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address, attempts to access the interface. The minimum time between the traps is 1 second. Those frames are forwarded but their source address are not learned.
- protect—Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address.
- shutdown—Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address and shutdown the port
Default Configuration
Protect
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The command is relevant for single-host mode.
The command is not relevant for multiple-hosts mode.
The command is relevant for multiple-sessions mode, but you should note that since PCs are sending traffic prior to successful 802.1X authentication, this command might not be useful in this mode.
BPDU message whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address wouldn't be discarded in the protect mode.
BPDU message whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address would cause a shutdown in the shutdown mode.
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet gi1/0/1
console(config-if)# dot1x violation-mode protect
dot1x guest-vlan
Use the dot1x guest-vlan Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode command to define a guest VLAN. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dotlx guest-vlan
no dot1x guest-vlan
Default Configuration
No VLAN is defined as a guest VLAN.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Use the dot1x guest-vlan enable Interface Configuration mode command to enable unauthorized users on an interface to access the guest VLAN.
If the guest VLAN is defined and enabled, the port automatically joins the guest VLAN when the port is unauthorized and leaves it when the port becomes authorized. To be able to join or leave the guest VLAN, the port should not be a static member of the guest VLAN.
Example
The following example defines VLAN 2 as a guest VLAN.
Console# configure
Console(config)# interface vlan 2
Console(config-if)# dot1x guest-vlan
dot1x guest-vlan timeout
Use the dot1x guest-vlan timeout Global Configuration mode command to set the time delay between enabling 802.1x (or port up) and adding a port to the guest VLAN. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan timeout timeout
no dot1x guest-vlan timeout
Parameters
timeout—Specifies the time delay in seconds between enabling 802.1x (or port up) and adding the port to the guest VLAN. (Range: 30–180)
Default Configuration
The guest VLAN is applied immediately.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command is relevant if the guest VLAN is enabled on the port.
Configuring the timeout adds delay from enabling 802.1X (or port up) to the time the device adds the port to the guest VLAN.
Example
The following example sets the delay between enabling 802.1x and adding a port to a guest VLAN to 60 seconds.
Console(config)# dot1x guest-vlan timeout 60
dot1x guest-vlan enable
Use the dot1x guest-vlan enable Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable unauthorized users on the interface access to the guest VLAN. Use the no form of this command to disable access.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan enable
no dot1x guest-vlan enable
Default Configuration
The default configuration is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
A device can have only one global guest VLAN. The guest VLAN is defined using the dot1x guest-vlan Interface Configuration mode command.
Example
The following example enables unauthorized users on gigabitethernet port 1/0/1 to access the guest VLAN.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/15
Console(config-if)# dot1x guest-vlan enable
dot1x mac-authentication
Use the dot1x mac-authentication Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable authentication based on the station's MAC address. Use the no form of this command to disable access.
Syntax
dot1x mac-authentication {mac-only | mac-and-802.1x}
no dotlx mac-authentication
Parameters
- mac-only—Enables authentication based on the station's MAC address only. 802.1X frames are ignored.
- mac-and-802.1x—Enables 802.1X authentication and MAC address authentication on the interface.
Default Configuration
Authentication based on the station's MAC address is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The guest VLAN must be enabled when MAC authentication is enabled.
Static MAC addresses cannot be authorized. Do not change an authenticated MAC address to a static address.
It is not recommended to delete authenticated MAC addresses.
Reauthentication must be enabled when working in this mode.
Example
The following example enables authentication based on the station's MAC address on gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
Console(config)# interface gi1/0/1
Console(config-if)# dot1x mac-authentication mac-only
dot1x traps mac-authentication success
Use the dot1x traps mac-authentication success Global Configuration mode command to enable sending traps when a MAC address is successfully authenticated by the 802.1X mac-authentication access control. Use the no form of this command to disable the traps.
Syntax
dot1x traps mac-authentication success
no dot1x traps mac-authentication success
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Default is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
dot1x traps mac-authentication failure
Use the dot1x traps mac-authentication failure Global Configuration mode command to enable sending traps when MAC address was failed in authentication of the 802.1X MAC authentication access control. Use the no form of this command to disable the traps.
Syntax
dot1x traps mac-authentication failure
no dot1x traps mac-authentication failure
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Default is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
dot1x radius-attributes vlan
Use the dot1x radius-attributes vlan Interface Configuration mode command, to enable user-based VLAN assignment. Use the no form of this command to disable user-based VLAN assignment.
Syntax
dot1x radius-attributes vlan
no dot1x radius-attributes vlan
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The configuration of this command is allowed only when the port is Forced Authorized.
Radius attributes are supported only in the multiple sessions mode (multiple hosts with authentication)
When Radius attributes are enabled and the Radius Accept message does not contain the supplicant's VLAN as an attribute, then the supplicant is rejected.
Packets to the supplicant are sent untagged.
After successful authentication the port remains member in the unauthenticated VLANs and in the Guest VLAN. Other static VLAN configuration is not applied on the port. If the supplicant VLAN does not exist on the switch, the supplicant is rejected.
Example
console(config)# interface gi1/0/1 console(config-if)# dot1x radius-attributes vlan
dot1x radius-attributes filter-id
Use the dot1x radius-attributes filter-id Interface Configuration mode command to enable user-based ACL/Qos-Policy assignment. Use the no form of this command to disable user-based ACL/Qos-Policy assignment.
Syntax
dot1x radius-attributes filter-id
no dot1x radius-attributes filter-id
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
User based ACL/Qos-Policy assignment is supported only in 802.1x multiple sessions.
The configuration of the parameter is allowed only when the port is Forced Authorized or Forced Unauthorized.
dot1x radius-attributes errors
Use the dot1x radius-attributes errors Global Configuration mode command to specify error handling for the Radius attributes feature. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
dot1x radius-attributes errors filter-id resources {accept / reject}
no dot1x radius-attributes errors filter-id resources
Parameters
accept—If the Filter-ID cannot be allocated for resource allocation reasons, the user is accepted. If the Filter-ID cannot be allocated for other reasons, the user is rejected.
reject—If the Filter-ID cannot be assigned, the user is rejected.
Default
Reject
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
dot1x legacy-supp-mode
Use the dot1x legacy-supp-mode Interface Configuration mode command in multiple session mode to enable 802.1x switch to send a periodic EAPOL request identity frame according to tx timeout period in order to verify authentication in multiple session mode of clients that do not follow 802.1x standard behavior. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x legacy-supp-mode
no dot1x legacy-supp-mode
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Legacy support is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The command causes 802.1x switch to send an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frame from the authenticator (switch) each tx-period automatically, when in multiple session mode. The command should be activated only when all devices connected to that port do not follow 802.1x standard behavior to send EAPOL start packets when the client link goes up (for example, some Windows OS with pre Service Pack 3).
show dot1x advanced
Use the show dot1x advanced Privileged EXEC mode command to display 802.1x advanced features for the device or specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x advanced [interface-id]
Parameters
nterface-id—Specify an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays 802.1x advanced features for the device.
console# show dot1x advanced
Guest VLAN: 3978
Unauthenticated VLANs: 91, 92
Interface Multiple Guest MAC VLAN Legacy- Policy
Hosts VLAN Authentication Assignment supp
Mode Assignment
gil/0/1 Disabled Enabled MAC-and-802.1X Enabled Enable Disabled
gil/0/2 Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enable Disabled
Switch# show dot1x advanced gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Interface Multiple Guest MAC VLAN Legacy- Policy
Hosts VLAN Authentication Assignment sup Mode Assignment
gil/0/1 Disabled Enabled MAC-and-802.1X Enabled Enable
Legacy-Supp mode is disabled
Policy assignment resource err handling: Accept
Single host parameters
Violation action: Discard
Trap: Enabledx
Status: Single-host locked
Violations since last trap: 9
dot1x system-auth-control monitor
Use the dot1x system-auth-control monitor Global Configuration command to enable 802.1x globally the 802.1x Monitoring mode and define the Monitor VLAN. Use the no format of the command to return to default.
Syntax
dot1x system-auth-control monitor [vlan vlan-id]
no dot1x system-auth-control monitor
Parameters
vlan vlan-id—Specifies the 802.1x Monitoring VLAN. If the parameter is omitted, the Default VLAN is used as the 802.1x Monitoring VLAN.(Range: Any manually created VLAN or the Default VLAN)
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The 802.1x Monitoring VLAN cannot be deleted manually.
show dot1x monitoring result
Use the show dot1x monitoring result Privileged EXEC mode command to display the captured information of each interface/host on the switch/stack.
Syntax
show dot1x monitoring result [username username]
Parameters
username username—Specifies supplicant username (Range: 1–80 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Usernamr Supplicant Username |
| VLAN VLAN assigned to Supplicant |
| MAC address Supplicant MAC address |
| Port Ethernet port or port-channel |
| Reject reason Reason in the case of failure. The following table describes the reasons. |
| Time Supplicant Session time |
Table 1: Reject Reason Description
| Abbreviation Description | |
| ACL-DEL ACL was deleted by a user | |
| ACL-NOTEXST ACL sent by radius Server does not exist on the device | |
| ACL-OVRFL ACL sent by radius server can not be applied because of TCAM overflow | |
| AUTH-ERR | Rejected by Radius due wrong user name or password in Radius server |
| FLTR-ERR Radius accept message contains more than 2 filter-id | |
| FRS-MTH-DENY First method is "deny" | |
| IPv6WithMAC Radius accept message contains filter with IPv6 DIP and MAC addresses | |
| IPv6WithNotIP | Radius accept message contains IPv6 and not IP simultaneously |
| POL-BasicMode | Policy Map is not supported in the QoS basic mode |
| POL-DEL Policy Map was deleted by a user | |
| POL-OVRFL | Policy Map sent by radius server can not be applied because of TCAM overflow |
| RAD-APIERR | RADIUS API returned error (e.g. No RADIUS server is configured). |
| RAD_INVLRES | RADIUS server returned invalid packet (e.g. EAP Attribute is missing) |
| RAD-NORESP | RADIUS server is not responding |
| VLAN-DFLT | VLAN sent by radius server can not be applied because it is the Default VLAN |
Table 1: Reject Reason Description
| VLAN-DYNAM VLAN sent by radius server can not be applied because it is a Dynamic VLAN |
| VLAN-GUEST VLAN sent by radius server can not be applied because it is the Guest VLAN |
Examples
| Example 1Switch# show dotlx monitoring resultsMonitoring VLAN: 100 | |||
| Port VLAN | UsernameMAC | Reject Time | |
| Address | Reason | ||
| gi1/0/1 | 100 Bob 0008.3b79.8787 | VLAN-NOTEX08:19:17 | |
| gi1/0/2 | 15 John 0008.3b89.3128 | SERV-ERR 09:20:11 | |
| gi1/0/2 | 5 John 0008.3b89.3129 | SERV-ERR 09:20:11 | |
| Example 2Switch# show dotlx monitoring BobUsername: BobPort gi1/0/1Quiet period: 60 SecondsTx period: 30 SecondsMax req: 2Supplicant timeout: 30 SecondsServer timeout: 30 SecondsSession Time (HH:MM:SS): 08:19:17MAC Address: 00:08:78:32:98:78Authentication Method: RemoteAssigned VLAN: 207Reason for Failure: Radius server rejected authentication because username/password mismatch | |||
Example 3
Switch# show dot1x monitoring Tom
Username: Tom
Port gi1/0/1
Quiet period: 60 Seconds
Tx period: 30 Seconds
Max req: 2
Supplicant timeout: 30 Seconds
Server timeout: 30 Seconds
Session Time (HH:MM:SS): 08:19:17
MAC Address: 00:08:78:32:98:78
Authentication Method: Remote
Assigned VLAN: 207
Reason for Failure: VLAN was not defined on Switch
Ethernet Configuration Commands
interface
Use the interface Global Configuration mode command to configure an interface and enter interface configuration mode.
Syntax
interface interface-id
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
interface range
Use the interface range command to execute a command on multiple ports at the same time.
Syntax
interface range interface-id-list
Parameters
interface-id-list—Specify list of interface IDs. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel
User Guidelines
Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each interface in the range: If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, it does not stop the execution of the command on other interfaces.
console(config)# interface range gi1/0/1-20
description
Use the description Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to add a description to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
Syntax
description string
no description
Parameters
string—Specifies a comment or a description of the port to assist the user. (Length: 1–64 characters)
Default Configuration
The interface does not have a description.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example adds the description ‘SW#3’ to gigabitethernet port 1/0/5.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# description SW#3
speed
Use the speed Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the speed of a given Ethernet interface when not
using auto-negotiation. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
speed {10 / 100 / 1000 / 10000}
no speed
Parameters
• 10—Forces10 Mbps operation.
• 100—Forces 100 Mbps operation.
• 1000—Forces 1000 Mbps operation.
• 10000—Forces 10000 Mbps operation.
Default Configuration
The port operates at its maximum speed capability.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The no speed command in a Port-channel context returns each port in the Port-channel to its maximum capability.
Example
The following example configures the speed of gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 to 100 Mbps operation.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# speed 100
duplex
Use the duplex Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the full/half duplex operation of a given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
duplex {half / full}
no duplex
Parameters
• half—Forces half-duplex operation.
• full—Forces full-duplex operation.
Default Configuration
The interface operates in full duplex mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example configures gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 to operate in full duplex mode.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# duplex full
Console(config-if)#
negotiation
Use the negotiation Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable auto-negotiation operation for the speed and duplex parameters and master-slave mode of a given interface, where the preferred default mode is master mode. Use the no form of this command to disable auto-negotiation.
Syntax
negotiation [capability [capability2 ... capability5]] [preferred {master | slave}]
no negotiation
Parameters
- capability—Specifies the capabilities to advertise. (Possible values: 10h, 10f, 100h, 100f, 1000f). If unspecified, defaults to list of all the capabilities of the port.
• Preferred—Specifies the master-slave preference: - Master—Advertise master preference
- Slave—Advertise slave preference
Default Configuration
Auto-negotiation is enabled and preferred default mode is master mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example enables auto-negotiation on gigabitethernet port 1/0/5.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# negotiation
Console(config-if)#
flowcontrol
Use the flowcontrol Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the Flow Control on a given interface. Use the no form of this command to disable Flow Control.
Syntax
flowcontrol {auto / on / off}
no flowcontrol
Parameters
• aut—Specifies auto-negotiation.
• on—Enables Flow Control.
• off—Disables Flow Control.
Default Configuration
Flow control is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Use the negotiation command to enable flow control auto.
Example
The following example enables Flow Control on port gi1/0/1
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# flowcontrol on
flowcontrol (Global)
Use the flowcontrol Global Configuration mode command to configure the Flow Control global mode.
Syntax
flowcontrol { receive-only | send-receive}
Parameters
- receive-only—The interfaces with enabled Flow Control will receive pause frames, but will not send Flow Control pause frames.
- send-receive—The interfaces with enabled Flow Control will receive and send pause frames.
Default Configuration
receive-only.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command only determines the global mode and does not enable/disable Flow Control on any interface. Flowcontrol must also be enabled on the specific interfaces required (they are enabled by default).
Example
The following example enables Flow Control in the mode of only receiving pause frames and not sending them.
Console(config)# flowcontrol receive-only
show flowcontrol
Use the show flowcontrol Exec mode command to display the Flow Control global mode.
Syntax
show flowcontrol
Parameters
N/A
Default Configuration
N/A
Command Mode
Exec mode
Example
The following example displays the global Flow Control mode when it is receive-only.
Console# show flowcontrol
Global Flow Control mode is receive-only.
mdix
Use the mdix Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable cable crossover on a given interface. Use the no form of this command to disable cable crossover.
Syntax
mdix {on / auto}
no mdix
Parameters
• on—Enables manual MDIX.
• auto—Enables automatic MDI/MDIX.
Default Configuration
The default setting is On.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example enables automatic crossover on port 1/5.
Console(config)# interface gi1/0/1/5 Console(config-if)# mdix auto.
The following example enables automatic crossover on port gigabitethernet 1/0/l.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# mdix auto
back-pressure
Use the back-pressure Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable back pressure on a specific interface. Use the no form of this command to disable back pressure.
Syntax
back-pressure
no back-pressure
Default Configuration
Back pressure is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example enables back pressure on port gi1/0/5.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# back-pressure
port jumbo-frame
Use the port jumbo-frame Global Configuration mode command to enable jumbo frames on the device. Use the no form of this command to disable jumbo frames.
Syntax
port jumbo-frame
no port jumbo-frame
Default Configuration
Jumbo frames are disabled on the device.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command takes effect only after resetting the device.
Example
The following example enables jumbo frames on the device.
Console(config)# port jumbo-frame
clear counters
Use the show interfaces counters EXEC mode command to display traffic seen by all the physical interfaces or by a specific interface.
Syntax
show interfaces counters [interface-id] [detailed]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
detailed—Displays information for non-present ports in addition to present ports.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example clears the statistics counters for gigabitethernet port 1/0/5.
Console# clear counters gigabitethernet 1/0/5.
set interface active
Use the set interface active EXEC mode command to reactivate an interface that was shut down.
Syntax
set interface active {interface-id}
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command is used to activate interfaces that were configured to be active, but were shut down by the system.
Example
The following example reactivates gigabitethernet port 1/0/l.
Console# set interface active gigabitethernet 1/0/1
show interfaces configuration
Use the show interfaces configuration EXEC mode command to display the configuration for all configured interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show interfaces configuration [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the configuration of all configured interfaces:
console# show interfaces configuration
| Port | Type | Duplex | Speed | Neg | Flow control | Admin State | Back Pressure | Mdix Mode |
| gi1/0/1 | 1G-Copper Full | 10000 | Disabled Off | Up | Disabled Off | |||
| gi1/0/2 | 1G-Copper Full | 1000 | Disabled Off | Up | Disabled Off | |||
| Flow | Admin | |||||||
| Ch | Type | Speed | Neg | Control | State | |||
| Pol | Disabled Off | Up | ||||||
show interfaces status
Use the show interfaces status EXEC mode command to display the status of all configured interfaces or of a specific interface.
Syntax
show interfaces status [interface-id][detailed]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
detailed—Displays information for non-present ports in addition to present ports.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the status of all configured interfaces.
| console# show interfaces status | ||||||||
| Flow | Link | Back | Mdix | |||||
| Port | Type | Duplex | Speed | Neg | ctrl | State | Pressure | Mode |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | -- |
| gi1/0/1 | 1G-Copper | Full | 1000 | Disabled | Off | Up | Disabled | Off |
| gi1/0/2 | 1G-Copper | -- | -- | -- | -- | Down | -- | -- |
| Flow | Link | |||||||
| Ch | Type | Duplex | Speed | Neg | ctrl | State | ||
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ||
| Pol | 1G | Full | 10000 | Disabled | Off | Up | ||
show interfaces advertise
Use the show interfaces advertise EXEC mode command to display auto-negotiation advertisement information for all configured interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show interfaces advertise [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Examples
The following examples display auto-negotiation information.
Console# show interfaces advertise
| Port | Type | Neg | Operational Link Advertisement |
| gi1/0/1 | 1G-Copper | Enable | 1000f, 100f, 10f, 10h |
| gi1/0/2 | 1G-Copper | Enable | 1000f |
Console# show interfaces advertise gigabitethernet 1/0/1
| Port:gi1/0/1 |
| Type: 1G-Copper |
| Link state: Up |
| Auto Negotiation: enabled |
| 10h | 10f | 100 | 100f | 1000f | |
| --- | --- | h | ---- | ---- | |
| Admin Local link Advertisement | yes | yes | --- | yes | yes |
| Oper Local link Advertisement | yes | yes | - | yes | yes |
| Remote Local link | no | no | yes | yes | yes |
| Advertisement | - | - | yes | - | yes |
| Priority Resolution | yes |
Console# show interfaces advertise gigabitethernet 1/0/1
| Port: gi1/0/1 |
| Type: 1G-Copper |
| Link state: Up |
| Auto negotiation: disabled. |
show interfaces description
Use the show interfaces description EXEC mode command to display the description for all configured interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show interfaces description [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the description of all configured interfaces.
| Console# show interfaces description | |
| Port | Descriptions |
| gi1/0/1 | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | Port that should be used for management only |
| gi1/0/2 | |
| gi1/0/1 | |
| gi1/0/1 | |
| gi1/0/2 | |
| Ch | Description |
| ---- | ---- |
| Pol | Output |
show interfaces counters
Use the show interfaces counters EXEC mode command to display traffic seen by all the physical interfaces or by a specific interface.
Syntax
show interfaces counters [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays traffic seen by all the physical interfaces.
| console# show interfaces counters gigabitethernet 1/0/ | ||||
| Port | InUcastPkts | InMcastPkts | InBcastPkts | InOctets |
| gi1/0/1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Port | OutUcastPkts | OutMcastPkts | OutBcastPkts | OutOctets |
| gi1/0/1 | 0 | 1 | 35 | 7051 |
| Alignment Errors: 0 | ||||
| FCS Errors: 0 | ||||
| Single Collision Frames: 0 | ||||
| Multiple Collision Frames: 0 | ||||
| SQE Test Errors: 0 | ||||
| Deferred Transmissions: 0 | ||||
| Late Collisions: 0 | ||||
| Excessive Collisions: 0 | ||||
| Carrier Sense Errors: 0 | ||||
| Oversize Packets: 0 | ||||
| Internal MAC Rx Errors: 0 | ||||
| Symbol Errors: 0 | ||||
| Received Pause Frames: 0 | ||||
| Transmitted Pause Frames: 0 | ||||
The following table describes the fields shown in the display.
| Field Description | |
| InOctets The number of received octets. | |
| InUcastPkts The number of received unicast packets. | |
| InMcastPkts The number of received multicast packets. | |
| InBcastPkts The number of received broadcast packets. | |
| OutOctets The number of transmitted octets. | |
| OutUcastPkts The number of transmitted unicast packets. | |
| OutMcastPkts The number of transmitted multicast packets. | |
| OutBcastPkts The number of transmitted broadcast packets. | |
| FCS Errors The number of frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. | |
| Single Collision Frames The number of frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully. | |
| Multiple Collision Frames The number of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully. | |
| SQE Test Errors The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received. The SQE TEST ERROR is set in accordance with the rules for verification of the SQE detection mechanism in the PLS Carrier Sense Function as described in IEEE Std. 802.3, 2000 Edition, section 7.2.4.6. | |
| Deferred Transmissions | The number of frames for which the first transmission attempt is delayed because the medium is busy. |
| Late Collisions | The number of times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet. |
| Excessive Collisions | The number of frames for which transmission fails due to excessive collisions. |
| Oversize Packets | The number of frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. |
| Field Description |
| Internal MAC Rx Errors The number of frames for which reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error. |
| Received Pause Frames The number of MAC Control frames received with an opcode indicating the PAUSE operation. |
| Transmitted Pause Frames The number of MAC Control frames transmitted on this interface with an opcode indicating the PAUSE operation. |
show port jumbo-frame
Use the show port jumbo-frame EXEC mode command to display the configuration of jumbo frames.
Syntax
show port jumbo-frame
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the configuration of jumbo frames on the device.
Console# show port jumbo-frame
Jumbo frames are disabled
Jumbo frames will be enabled after reset
show errdisable interfaces
Use the show errdisable interfaces EXEC mode command to display the ErrDisable state of all interfaces or of a specific interface.
Syntax
show errdisable interfaces
Parameters
- Interface - Interface number
- port-channel-number - Port channel index.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the Err-Disable state of all interfaces.
Console# show errdisable interfaces
Interface Reason
gi1/1/50 stp-bpdu-guard
storm-control broadcast enable
Use the storm-control broadcast enable Interface Configuration mode command to enable storm control. Use the no form of this command to disable storm control.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast enable
no storm-control broadcast enable
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode(Ethernet)
User Guidelines
- U's storm-control broadcast level Interface Configuration command to set the maximum rate.
- U's storm-control include-multicast Interface Configuration command to also count multicast packets and optionally unknown unicast packets in the storm control calculation.
•
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 console(config-if)# storm-control broadcast enable
storm-control broadcast level kbps
Use the storm-control broadcast levelInterface Configuration mode command to configure the maximum rate of broadcast. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast level kbps kbps
no storm-control broadcast level
Parameters
kbps—Maximum of kilo bits per second of broadcast traffic on a port.
Use the storm-control broadcast enable Interface Configuration command to enable storm control.
The calculated rate includes the 20 bytes of Ethernet framing overhead (preamble+SFD+IPG).
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# storm-control broadcast level kbps 12345
storm-control include-multicast
Use the storm-control include-multicast Interface Configuration mode command to count multicast packets in the broadcast storm control. Use the no form of this command to disable counting of multicast packets in the broadcast storm control.
Syntax
storm-control include-multicast
no storm-control include-multicast
Parameters
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# storm-control include-multicast
show storm-control
Use the show storm-control EXEC mode command to display the configuration of storm control.
Syntax
show storm-control [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies the interface.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
console# show storm-control
Port State Rate [Kbits/Sec] Included
gi1/0/1 Enabled 12345
Broadcast, Multicast,
Unknown unicast
gi1/0/2 Disabled 100000
Broadcast
User Guidelines
Use the storm-control broadcast enable Interface Configuration command to enable storm control.
The calculated rate includes the 20 bytes of Ethernet framing overhead (preamble+SFD+IPG).
If the suppression level in percentage is translated (for the current port's speed) to a rate that is lower then the minimum rate, the minimum rate would be set.
Example
console(config)# interface gi1/0/1
console(config-if)# storm-control broadcast level kbps 12345
PHY Diagnostics Commands
test cable-diagnostics tdr
Use the test cable-diagnostics tdr Privileged EXEC mode command to use Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology to diagnose the quality and characteristics of a copper cable attached to a port.
Syntax
test cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The port to be tested should be shut down during the test, unless it is a combination port with fiber port active.
The maximum length of cable for the TDR test is 120 meters.
Example
The following examples test the copper cables attached to ports 7 and 8.
Console# test cable-diagnostics tdr interface gi1/0/7
Cable is open at 64 meters
Console# test cable-diagnostics tdr interface gi1/0/8
show cable-diagnostics tdr
Use the show cable-diagnostics tdr EXEC mode command to display information on the last Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) test performed on all copper ports or on a specific copper port.
Syntax
show cable-diagnostics tdr [interface interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The maximum length of cable for the TDR test is 120 meters.
Example
The following example displays information on the last TDR test performed on all copper ports.
Console> show cable-diagnostics tdr
Port Result Length [meters] Date
---- ---- ---- ----
gi1/0/1 OK
gi1/0/2 Short 50 13:32:00 23 July 2010
gi1/0/3 Test has not been performed
gi1/0/4 Open 64 13:32:00 23 July 2010
gi1/0/5 Fiber --
show cable-diagnostics cable-length
Use the show cable-diagnostics cable-length EXEC mode command to display the estimated copper cable length attached to all ports or to a specific port.
Syntax
show cable-diagnostics cable-length [interface interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specify an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The port must be active and working at 100 M or 1000 M.
Example
The following example displays the estimated copper cable length attached to all ports.
Console> show cable-diagnostics cable-length
Port Length [meters]
---- ----
gi1/0/1 < 50
gi1/0/2 Copper not active
gi1/0/3 110-140
gi1/0/4 Fiber
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
Use the show fiber-ports optical-transceiver EXEC mode command to display the optical transceiver diagnostics.
Syntax
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver [interface interface-id] [detailed]
Parameters
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
• detailed—Displays detailed diagnostics.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display the optical transceiver diagnostics results.
console# show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
Port Temp Voltage Current Output Input LOS
Power Power
gil/0/1 W OK OK OK OK OK
gil/0/2 OK OK OK E OK OK
Temp - Internally measured transceiver temperature
Voltage - Internally measured supply voltage
Current - Measured TX bias current
Output Power - Measured TX output power in milliWatts
Input Power - Measured RX received power in milliWatts
LOS - Loss of signal
N/A - Not Available, N/S - Not Supported,
W - Warning, E - Error
console# show fiber-ports optical-transceiver detailed
Port Temp Voltage Current Output Input LOS
[C] [Volt] [mA] Power Power
[mWatt] [mWatt]
gi0/1 Copper
gi0/26 Copper
gi0/27 28 3.32 7.26 3.53 3.68 No
gi0/28 29 3.33 6.50 3.53 3.71 No
Temp - Internally measured transceiver temperature
Voltage - Internally measured supply voltage
Current - Measured TX bias current
Output Power - Measured TX output power in milliWatts
Input Power - Measured RX received power in milliWatts
LOS - Loss of signal
N/A - Not Available, N/S - Not Supported, W - Warning, E - Error
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
power inline
Use the power inline Interface Configuration mode command to configure the inline power administrative mode on an interface.
Syntax
power inline {auto / never}
Parameters
- auto—Turns on the device discovery protocol and applies power to the device.
- never—Turns off the device discovery protocol and stops supplying power to the device.
Default Configuration
The default configuration is set to auto.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example turns on the device discovery protocol on port 4.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/4
Console(config-if)# power inline auto
power inline powered-device
Use the power inline powered-device Interface Configuration mode command to add a description of the powered device type. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
Syntax
power inline powered-device pd-type
no power inline powered-device
Parameters
pd-type—Enters a comment or a description to assist in recognizing the type of the powered device attached to this interface. (Length: 1–24 characters)
Default Configuration
There is no description.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example adds the description ‘ip phone’ of the device connected to port 4.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/4
Console(config-if)# power inline powered-device ip phone
power inline priority
Use the power inline priority Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to configure the interface inline power management priority. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
power inline priority {critical / high / low}
no power inline priority
Parameters
• critical—Specifies that the powered device operation is critical.
- high—Specifies that the powered device operation is high priority.
- low—Specifies that the powered device operation is low priority.
Default Configuration
The default configuration is set to low priority.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example sets the inline power management priority of gigabitethernet port 4 to High.
Console(config)# interfacegigabitethernet 1/0/4
Console(config-if)# power inline priority high
power inline usage-threshold
Use the power inline usage-threshold Global Configuration mode command to configure the threshold for initiating inline power usage alarms. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
power inline usage-threshold percent
no power inline usage-threshold
Parameters
percent—Specifies the threshold in percent to compare to the measured power. (Range: 1–99)
Default Configuration
The default threshold is 95 percent.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the threshold for initiating inline power usage alarms to 90 percent.
Console(config)# power inline usage-threshold 90
power inline traps enable
Use the power inline traps enable Global Configuration mode command to enable inline power traps. Use the no form of this command to disable traps.
Syntax
power inline traps enable
no power inline traps enable
Default Configuration
Inline power traps are disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables inline power traps.
Console(config)# power inline traps enable
power inline limit
Use the power inline limit Interface Configuration mode command to configure the power limit per port on an interface. Use the no form of the command to return to default.
Syntax
power inline limit power
no power inline limit
Parameters
power—States the port power consumption limit in Milliwatts (Range: 0-15400
Default Configuration
The default value is the maximum power allowed in the specific working mode:
• 1 5 . 4 W
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example sets inline power on a port.
console(config)# interface gi1/0/1
console(config-if)# power inline limit 2222
show power inline
Use the show power inline EXEC mode command to display information about the inline power for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show power inline [interface-id | module stack-member-number]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
stack-member-number—Specifies the switch member in a stack.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example 1:
The following example displays information about the inline power.
console(config)# show power inline
Port based power-limit mode
| Unit | Power | Nominal | Consumed | Usage | Traps |
| Power | Power | Threshold |
| 1 | On | 500 Watts | 100 Watts (20%) | 95 | Disable |
| 2 | Off | 1 Watts | 0 Watts (0%) | 95 | Disable |
| 3 | Off | 1 Watts | 0 Watts (0%) | 95 | Disable |
| 4 | Off | 1 Watts | 0 Watts (0%) | 95 | Disable |
| 5 | Off | 1 Watts | 0 Watts (0%) | 95 | Disable |
| 6 | Off | 1 Watts | 0 Watts (0%) | 95 | Disable |
| 7 | Off | 1 Watts | 0 Watts (0%) | 95 | Disable |
| 8 | Off | 1 Watts | 0 Watts (0%) | 95 | Disable |
| Port | Powered Device | State | Status | Priority | Class | |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | |
| gi1/0/1 | IP Phone Model A | Auto | On | High | Class0 | |
| gi1/0/2 | Wireless AP Model A | Auto | On | Low | Class1 | |
| gi1/0/3 | Auto | Off | Low | N/A | ||
Example 2:
The following example displays information about the inline power for a specific port.
console(config)# show power inline gi1/1/1
| Port | Powered Device | State | Status | Priority | Class |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/1/1 | IP Phone Model A | Auto | On | High | Class0 |
Power limit (for port power-limit mode): 15.4W
Overload Counter: 0
Short Counter: 0
Denied Counter: 0
Absent Counter: 0
Invalid Signature Counter: 0
The following table describes the fields shown in the display:
| Field Description | |
| Power The inline power sourcing equipment operational status. | |
| Nominal Power The inline power sourcing equipment nominal power in Watts. | |
| Consumed Power The measured usage power in Watts. | |
| Usage Threshold The usage threshold expressed in percent for comparing the measured power and initiating an alarm if threshold is exceeded. | |
| Traps Indicates if inline power traps are enabled. | |
| Port The Ethernet port number. | |
| Powered device A description of the powered device type. | |
| Admin State Indicates if the port is enabled to provide power. The possible values are Auto or Never. | |
| Priority The port inline power management priority. The possible values are Critical, High or Low. | |
| Oper State Describes the port inline power operational state. The possible values are On, Off, Test-Fail, Testing, Searching or Fault. | |
| Classification The power consumption classification of the powered device. | |
| Overload Counter Counts the number of overload conditions detected. | |
| Short Counter Counts the number of short conditions detected. | |
| Denied Counter Counts the number of times power was denied. | |
| Absent Counter Counts the number of times power was removed because powered device dropout was detected. | |
| Invalid Signature Counter Counts the number of times an invalid signature of a powered device was detected. |
The following table describes the fields shown in the display:
Following is a list of port status values:
Port is on - valid capacitor detected
Port is on - valid resistor detected
Port is off - main supply voltage is high
Port is off - main supply voltage is low
Port is off - 'disable all ports' pin is active
Port is off - non-existing port number Fewer ports are available than the max.
Port is off - Port is yet undefined
Port is off - internal hardware fault
Port is off - user setting
Port is off - detection is in process
Port is off - non-802.3af powered device
Port is off - Overload & Underload states
Port is off - Underload state
Port is off - Overload state
Port is off - power budget exceeded
Port is off - internal hardware fault
Port is off - voltage injection into the port
Port is off - improper Capacitor Detection results
Port is off - discharged load Port fails Capacitor
Port is on - detection regardless (Force On)
Undefined error during Force On
Supply voltage higher than settings
Supply voltage lower than settings
Disable_PDU flag raised during Force On
Port is forced on, then disabled
Port is off - forced power error due to Overload
Port is off - "out of power budget" during Force On
Communication error with PoE devices after Force On
Port is off - short condition
Port is off - over temperature at the port
Port is off - device is too hot
Unknown device port status
Force Power Error Short Circuit
Force Power Error Channel Over Temperature
Force Power Error Chip Over Temperature
Power Management-Static
Power Management-Static -ovl
Force Power Error Management Static
Force Power Error Management Static -ovl
High power port is ON
Chip Over Power
Force Power Error Chip Over Power
show power inline consumption
Use the show power inline consumption EXEC mode command to display information about the inline power consumption for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show power inline consumption [interface-id / module stack-member-number]
Parameters
Interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
stack-member-number—Specifies the switch member in a stack.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information about the inline power consumption.
| Console# show power inline consumption | ||||
| Port | Power | Power (W) | Voltage (V) | Current |
| ---- | Limit (W) | ---- | ---- | (mA) |
| gi1/0/1 | ---- | 4.115 | 50.8 | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | 15.4 | 4.157 | 50.7 | 81 |
| gi1/0/1 | 15.4 | 4.021 | 50.9 | 82 |
| 15.4 | 79 | |||
show power inline version
Use the show power inline version EXEC mode command to display the power inline microcontroller's software version for all the stacking units or for a specific unit.
Syntax
show power inline version [unit unit]
Parameters
unit unit — Specifies the stacking unit number.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information about the inline power consumption.
Console# show power inline version
| Unit | Software version |
| 1 | 1.12 |
| 2 | 1.12 |
EEE Commands
eee enable (global)
Use the eee enable Global Configuration command to enable the EEE mode globally. Use the no format of the command to disable the mode.
Syntax
eee enable
no eee enable
Default Configuration
EEE is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mide
User Guidelines
Since EEE uses the Auto-Negotiation to negotiate the EEE support on both sides of the link, if Auto-Negotiation is not enabled on the port, the EEE Operational status is disabled.
eee enable (interface)
Use the eee enable Interface Configuration command to enable the EEE mode on an Ethernet port. Use the no format of the command to disable the mode.
Syntax
eee enable
no eee enable
Default Configuration
EEE is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
Since EEE uses the Auto-Negotiation to negotiate the EEE support on both sides of the link, if Auto-Negotiation is not enabled on the port, the EEE Operational status is disabled.
eee lldp enable
Use the eee lldp enable Interface Configuration command to enable EEE support by LLDP on an Ethernet port. Use the no format of the command to disable the support.
Syntax
eee lldp enable
no eee lldp enable
Default Configuration
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
Enabling EEE LLDP advertisement allows devices to choose and change system wake-up times in order to get the optimal energy saving mode.
show eee
Use the show eee EXEC command to display EEE information.
Syntax
show eee [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specify an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC
Examples
Example 1. Brief Information about all ports
Switch>show eee
EEE globally enabled
EEE Administrate status is enabled on ports: gi1/0/1-6, gi1/0/12
EEE Operational status is enabled on ports: gi1/0/1, gi1/0/3-6, gi1/0/12, gi1/0/15
EEE LLDP Administrate status is enabled on ports: gi1/0/1-10
EEE LLDP Operational status is enabled on ports: gi1/0/3-5
Example 2. Port in state notPresent, no information if port supports EEE
Switch> show eee gi1/0/10
Port Status: notPresent
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
Example 3. Port in status DOWN
Switch>show eee gi1/0/10
Port Status: DOWN
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
Example 4. Port in status UP and does not support EEE
Switch>show eee gi1/0/20
Port Status: UP
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
Current port speed: 1Gbps
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
Example 5. Neighbor does not support EEE
Switch>show eee gi1/0/15
Port Status: UP
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
Current port speed: 1Gbps
EEE Remote status: disabled
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE Operational status: disabled (neighbor does not support)
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
Example 6. EEE is disabled on the port
Switch>show eee gi1/0/10
Port Status: UP
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
Current port speed: 1Gbps
EEE Administrate status: disabled
EEE Operational status: disabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Operational status: disabled
Example 7. EEE is running on the port, EEE LLDP is disabled
Switch>show eee gi1/0/12
Port Status: UP
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
Current port speed: 1Gbps
EEE Remote status: enabled
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE Operational status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: disabled
EEE LLDP Operational status: disabled
Resolved Tx Timer: 10usec
Local Tx Timer: 10 usec
Resolved Timer: 25 usec
Local Rx Timer: 20 usec
Example 8. EEE and EEE LLDP are running on the port
Switch>show eee gi1/0/3
Port Status: UP
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
Current port speed: 1Gbps
EEE Remote status: enabled
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE Operational status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Operational status: enabled
Resolved Tx Timer: 10usec
Local Tx Timer: 10 usec
Remote Rx Timer: 5 usec
Resolved Timer: 25 usec
Local Rx Timer: 20 usec
Remote Tx Timer: 25 usec
Example 9. EEE is running on the port, EEE LLDP enabled but not synchronized with remote link partner
Switch>show eee gi1/0/9
Port Status: up
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
Current port speed: 1Gbps
EEE Remote status: enabled
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE Operational status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Operational status: disabled
Resolved Tx Timer: 64
Local Tx Timer: 64
Resolved Rx Timer: 16
Local Rx Timer: 16
Example 10. EEE and EEE LLDP are running on the port
Switch>show eee gi1/0/3
Port Status: UP
EEE capabilities:
Speed 10M: EEE not supported
Speed 100M: EEE supported
Speed 1G: EEE supported
Speed 10G: EEE not supported
Current port speed: 1Gbps
EEE Remote status: enabled
EEE Administrate status: enabled
EEE Operational status: enabled
EEE LLDP Administrate status: enabled
EEE LLDP Operational status: enabled
Resolved Tx Timer: 10usec
Local Tx Timer: 10 usec
Remote Rx Timer: 5 usec
Resolved Timer: 25 usec
Local Rx Timer: 20 usec
Remote Tx Timer: 25 usec
Green Ethernet
show green-ethernet
Use the show green-ethernet Privileged EXEC mode command to show green-ethernet configuration and information.
Syntax
show green-ethernet [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Parameters Range
Default. When no interface is specified, this command shows information for all interfaces.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following describes all possible reasons the show command displays, and their descriptions.
If there are a several reasons for non-operation, then only the highest priority reason is displayed.
| Energy-detect Non-operational Reasons |
| priority Reason Description |
| 1 NP Port is not present |
| 2 LT Link Type is not supported (fiber, auto media select) |
| 3 LU Port Link is up – NA |
| Short-Reach Non-operational Reasons |
| Priority Reason Description |
| 1 NP Port is not present |
| 2 LT Link Type is not supported (fiber) |
| 3 LS Link Speed Is not Supported (100M,10M,10G) |
| 4 LL Link Length received from VCT Test exceed threshold |
| 6 LD Port Link is Down – NA |
Example
console# show green-ethernet Energy-Detect mode: Enabled Short-Reach mode: Disabled Power Consumption: 76% (3.31W out of maximum 4.33W) Cumulative Energy Saved: 33 [Watt*Hour] Short-Reach cable length threshold: 50m
| Port | Energy-Detect | Short-Reach | VCT Cable | ||||
| Admin | Oper | Reason | Admin | Force | Oper Reason | Length | |
| gi1/0/1 | on | on | off | off | off | ||
| gi1/0/2 | on | off | LU | on | off | off | < 50 |
| gi1/0/3 | on | off | LU | off | off | off | |
green-ethernet short-reach (global)
Use the green-ethernet short-reach Global Configuration mode command to enable green-ethernet short-reach mode globally. Use the no form of this command to disabled it.
Syntax
green-ethernet short-reach
no green-ethernet short-reach
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
EEE is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# green-ethernet short-reach
green-ethernet short-reach (interface)
Use the green-ethernet short-reach Interface Configuration mode command to enable green-ethernet short-reach mode on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable it on an interface.
Syntax
green-ethernet short-reach
no green-ethernet short-reach
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
EEE is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
When short-reach Mode is enabled and is not forced, the VCT (Virtual Cable Tester) length check must be performed. The VCT length check can be performed only on a copper port operating at a speed of 1000 Mbps. If the media is not copper or the link speed is not 1000 Mbps and short-reach mode is not forced (by green-ethernet short-reach force), short-reach mode is not applied.
When the interface is set to enhanced mode, after the VCT length check has completed and set the power to low, an active monitoring for errors is done continuously. In the case of errors crossing a certain threshold, the PHY will be reverted to long reach.
Example
console(config)# interface gi1/0/1
console(config-if)# green-ethernet short-reach
green-ethernet short-reach force
Use the green-ethernet short-reach force Interface Configuration mode command to force short-reach mode on an interface. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
green-ethernet short-reach force
no green-ethernet short-reach force
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Short-reach mode is not forced.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode(Ethernet)
Example
console(config)# interface gi1/0/1
console(config-if)# green-ethernet short-reach force
green-ethernet short-reach threshold
Use the green-ethernet short-reach threshold Global Configuration mode command to set the maximum cable length for applying short-reach. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
green-ethernet short-reach threshold cable-length
no green-ethernet short-reach threshold
Parameters
cable-length—Specifies the maximum cable length (in meters) measured by VCT that allows applying short-reach mode (cable-length 0–70 meters)
Default Configuration
The default length is 40 meters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Note that the automatic cable length measurement accuracy is +-10 meters. i.e. a cable with a real length of 30 m may be evaluated in the range of 20m–40m. Length performance depends on the link partner signal quality, cable quality and whether link partner also operates in short-reach mode.
The recommended default is 50m, as recommended by Marvell PIHY team for any cable type. see appendix
However, Marvell tests show that link partner can operate error free with an up to 80 m cable (cat 5e).
The user may choose to change the threshold parameter under certain circumstances.
Setting the threshold to 0 meters basically results in the short reach feature always being disabled, because the threshold will always be exceeded.
green-ethernet power-meter reset
Use the green-ethernet power meter reset Privileged EXEC mode command to reset the power save meter.
Syntax
green-ethernet power-meter reset
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Port Channel Commands
Use the channel-group Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to associate a port with a port-channel. Use the no form of this command to remove a port from a port-channel.
Syntax
channel-group port-channel mode {on / auto}
no channel-group
Parameters
- port-channel—Specifies the port channel number for the current port to join.
- mode {on | auto}—Specifies the mode of joining the port channel. The possible values are:
- on—Forces the port to join a channel without an LACP operation.
- auto—Forces the port to join a channel as a result of an LACP operation.
Default Configuration
The port is not assigned to a port-channel.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example forces port gi1/0/1 to join port-channel 1 without an LACP operation.
port-channel load-balance
Use the port-channel load-balance Global Configuration mode command to configure the load balancing policy of the port channeling. Use the no form of this command to reset to default.
Syntax
port-channel load-balance {src-dst-mac / src-dst-ip / src-dst-mac-ip / }
no port-channel load-balance
Parameters
- src-dst-mac—Port channel load balancing is based on the source and destination MAC address.
- src-dst-ip—Port channel load balancing is based on the source and destination IP address.
- src-dst-mac-ip—Port channel load balancing is based on the source and destination of MAC and IP addresses.
Default Configuration
src-dst-mac is the default option.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
In src-dst-mac-ip-port load balancing policy, fragmented packets might be reordered.
Example
console#
console# configure
console(config)# port-channel load-balance src-dst-mac
console(config)# port-channel load-balance src-dst-ip
console(config)# port-channel load-balance src-dst-mac-ip
console(config)# port-channel load-balance src-dst-mac-ip-port
console(config)#
show interfaces port-channel
Use the show interfaces port-channel EXEC mode command to display port-channel information for all port channels or for a specific port channel.
Syntax
show interfaces port-channel [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specify an interface ID. The interface ID must be a Port Channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information on all port-channels.
console#
console# show interfaces port-channel
Load balancing: src-dst-mac.
Gathering information...
Channel Ports
Pol Active: gi1/0/1, Inactive: gi1/0/2-3
Po2 Active: gi1/0/25 Inactive: gi1/0/24
Po3
console# show interfaces switchport gi1/0/10
Gathering information...
Name: gi1/0/10
Switchport: enable
Administrative Mode: access
Operational Mode: down
Access Mode VLAN: 1
Access Multicast TV VLAN: none
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1
Trunking VLANs Enabled: 1
2-4094 (Inactive)
General PVID: 1
General VLANs Enabled: none
General Egress Tagged VLANs Enabled: none
General Forbidden VLANs: none
General Ingress Filtering: enabled
General Acceptable Frame Type: all
General GVRP status: disabled
Customer Mode VLAN: none
Private-vlan promiscuous-association primary VLAN: none
Private-vlan promiscuous-association Secondary VLANs Enabled: none
Private-vlan host-association primary VLAN: none
Private-vlan host-association Secondary VLAN Enabled: none
DVA: disable
Address Table Commands
bridge multicast filtering
Use the bridge multicast filtering Global Configuration mode command to enable the filtering of multicast addresses. Use the no form of this command to disable multicast address filtering.
Syntax
bridge multicast filtering
no bridge multicast filtering
Default Configuration
Multicast address filtering is disabled. All multicast addresses are flooded to all ports.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If multicast devices exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered multicast addresses' states to drop on the device ports.
If multicast devices exist on the VLAN and IGMP-snooping is not enabled, the bridge multicast forward-all command should be used to enable forwarding all multicast packets to the multicast switches.
Example
The following example enables bridge multicast filtering.
bridge multicast address
Use the bridge multicast address Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode command to register a MAC-layer multicast address in the bridge table and statically add or remove ports to or from the group. Use the no form of this command to unregister the MAC address.
Syntax
bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address} [[add / remove] {ethernet interface-list |
port-channel port-channel-list}
no bridge multicast address { mac-multicast-address}
Parameters
• mac-multicast-address—Specifies the group MAC multicast address.
• add—Adds ports to the group.
- remove—Removes ports from the group.
- ethernet interface-list—Specifies a list of Ethernet ports. Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
- port-channel port-channel-list—Specifies a list of port channels. Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of port channels.
Default Configuration
No multicast addresses are defined.
If ethernet interface-list or port-channel port-channel-list is specified without specifying add or remove, the default option is add.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
To register the group in the bridge database without adding or removing ports or port channels, specify the mac-multicast-address parameter only.
Static multicast addresses can be defined on static VLANs only.
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
The following example registers the MAC address to the bridge table:
Console(config)# interface vlan 8
Console(config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03
The following example registers the MAC address and adds ports statically.
Console(config)# interface vlan 8
Console(config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03
add gi1/0/1-2
bridge multicast forbidden address
Use the bridge multicast forbidden address Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode command to forbid adding or removing a specific multicast address to or from specific ports. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address} {add / remove} {ethernet interface-list / port-channel port-channel-list}
no bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address}
Parameters
• mac-multicast-address—Specifies the group MAC multicast address.
• add—Forbids adding ports to the group.
- remove—Forbids removing ports from the group.
- ethernet interface-list—Specifies a list of Ethernet ports. Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
- port-channel port-channel-list—Specifies a list of port channels. Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of port channels.
Default Configuration
No forbidden addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Before defining forbidden ports, the multicast group should be registered.
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
The following example forbids MAC address 0100.5e02.0203 on port 2/9 within VLAN 8.
Console(config)# interface vlan 8
Console(config-if)# bridge multicast address 0100.5e.02.0203
Console(config-if)# bridge multicast forbidden address
0100.5e02.0203 add gi1/0/9
bridge multicast unregistered
Use the bridge multicast unregistered Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode command to configure the forwarding state of unregistered multicast addresses. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
bridge multicast unregistered {forwarding | filtering}
no bridge multicast unregistered
Parameters
• forwarding—Forwards unregistered multicast packets.
• filtering—Filters unregistered multicast packets.
Default Configuration
Unregistered multicast addresses are forwarded.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
Do not enable unregistered multicast filtering on ports that are connected to routers, because the 224.0.0.x address range should not be filtered. Note that routers do not necessarily send IGMP reports for the 224.0.0.x range.
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
The following example specifies that unregistered multicast packets are filtered on gigabitethernet port 1/0/1:
Console(config)# interface gi1/0/1
Console(config-if)# bridge multicast unregistered filtering
bridge multicast forward-all
Use the bridge multicast forward-all Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode command to enable forwarding all multicast packets for a range of ports or port channels. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
bridge multicast forward-all {add / remove} {ethernet interface-list / port-channel port-channel-list}
no bridge multicast forward-all
Parameters
- add—Forces forwarding of all multicast packets.
-
remove—Does not force forwarding of all multicast packets.
-
ethernet interface-list—Specifies a list of Ethernet ports. Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
- port-channel port-channel-list—Specifies a list of port channels. Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of port channels.
Default Configuration
Forwarding of all multicast packets is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
Example
The following example enables all multicast packets on port gil/0/8 to be forwarded.
Console(config)# interface vlan 2
Console(config-if)# bridge multicast forward-all add gi1/0/8
bridge multicast forbidden forward-all
Use the bridge multicast forbidden forward-all Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode command to forbid a port to dynamically join multicast groups. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden forward-all {add / remove} {ethernet interface-list / port-channel port-channel-list}
no bridge multicast forbidden forward-all
Parameters
- add—Forbids forwarding of all multicast packets.
-
remove—Does not forbid forwarding of all multicast packets.
-
ethernet interface-list—Specifies a list of Ethernet ports. Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
- port-channel port-channel-list—Specifies a list of port channels. Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of port channels.
Default Configuration
Ports are not forbidden to dynamically join multicast groups.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to forbid a port to dynamically join (by IGMP, for example) a multicast group.
The port can still be a multicast router port.
Example
The following example forbids forwarding of all multicast packets to gil/0/1 within VLAN 2.
Console(config)# interface vlan 2
Console(config-if)# bridge multicast forbidden forward-all add ethernet gi1/0/1
mac address-table static
Use the mac address-table static Global Configuration mode command to add MAC-layer station source address to the MAC address table. Use the no form of this command to delete the MAC address.
Syntax
mac address-table static mac-address vlan vlan-id interface interface-id [permanent / delete-on-reset / delete-on-timeout / secure]
no mac address-table static [mac-address] vlan vlan-id
Parameters
mac-address—AC address (Range: Valid MAC address)
vlan-id—Specify the VLAN
interface-id—Specify an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or port-channel (Range: Valid Ethernet port, Valid Port-channel number)
permanent—The address can only be deleted by the no bridge address command.
delete-on-reset—The address is deleted after reset.
delete-on-timeout—The address is deleted after aged out.
secure—The address is deleted after the port changes mode to unlock learning (no port security command). Available only when the port is in learning locked mode.
Default Configuration
No static addresses are defined. The default mode for an added address is permanent.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# mac address-table static 00:3f:bd:45:5a:b1 vlan 1 gi1/0/1
clear mac address-table
Use the clear mac address-table Privileged EXEC command to remove learned or secure entries from the forwarding database.
Syntax
clear mac address-table dynamic [interface interface-id]
clear mac address-table secure interface interface-id
Parameters
interface interface-id—Delete all dynamic address on the specified interface. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
console# clear mac address-table dynamic
mac address-table aging-time
Use the mac address-table aging-time global configuration command to set the aging time of the address table. Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
Syntax
mac address-table aging-time seconds
no mac address-table aging-time
Parameters
seconds—Time is number of seconds. (Range:10–300)
Default Configuration
300
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# mac address-table aging-time 600
port security
Use the port security Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable port security on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable port security on an interface.
Syntax
port security [forward / discard / discard-shutdown] [trap seconds]
no port security
Parameters
- forward—Forwards packets with unlearned source addresses, but does not learn the address.
- discard—Discards packets with unlearned source addresses.
- discard-shutdown—Discards packets with unlearned source addresses and shuts down the port.
- trap seconds—Sends SNMP traps and specifies the minimum time interval in seconds between consecutive traps. (Range: 1–1000000)
Default Configuration
The feature is disabled
The default mode is discard.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example forwards all packets to port gil/0/l without learning addresses of packets from unknown sources and sends traps every 100 seconds if a packet with an unknown source address is received.
console(config)# gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# port security forward trap 100
port security mode
Use the port security mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command configures the port security learning mode. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
port security mode {lock | max-addresses}
no port security mode
Parameters
- lock—Saves the current dynamic MAC addresses associated with the port and disables learning, relearning and aging.
- max-addresses—Deletes the current dynamic MAC addresses associated with the port and learns up to the maximum number of addresses allowed on the port. Relearning and aging are enabled.
Default Configuration
The default port security mode is lock.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example sets the port security mode to dynamic for gigabitethernet interface 1/0/7.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/7
Console(config-if)# port security mode dynamic
port security max
Use the port security mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the maximum number of addresses that can be learned on the port while the port is in port security max-addresses mode. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
port security max {max-addr}
no port security max
Parameters
max-addr—Specifies the maximum number of addresses that can be learned on the port. (Range: 0–128)
Default Configuration
This default maximum number of addresses is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command is relevant in port security max-addresses mode only.
Example
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# port security max 20
port security routed secure-address
Use the port security routed secure-address Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to add a MAC-layer secure address to a routed port. Use the no form of this command to delete a MAC address from a routed port.
Syntax
port security routed secure-address mac-address
no port security routed secure-address [mac-address]
Parameters
mac-address—Specifies the MAC address.
Default Configuration
No addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
This command enables adding secure MAC addresses to a routed port in port security mode. The command is available when the port is a routed port and in port security mode. The address is deleted if the port exits the security mode or is not a routed port.
This command is required because the bridge address command cannot be executed on internal VLANs.
Example
The following example adds the MAC-layer address 66:66:66:66:66:66 to gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# port security routed secure-address
66:66:66:66:66:66
show mac address-table
Use the show mac address-table EXEC command to view entries in the MAC address table.
Syntax
show mac address-table [dynamic | static| secure] [vlan vlan] [interface interface-id] [address mac-address]
Parameters
• dynamic—Displays only dynamic MAC address table entries.
• static—Displays only static MAC address table entries.
- secure—Displays only secure MAC address table entries.
• vlan—Specifies VLAN, such as VLAN 1.
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or port-channel.
• mac-address—MAC address.
Default
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Internal usage VLANs (VLANs that are automatically allocated on routed ports) are presented in the VLAN column by a port number and not by a VLAN ID.
Example
| Console# show mac address-tableAging time is 300 sec | |||
| VLAN | MAC Address | Port | Type |
| 1 | 00:00:26:08:13:23 | 0 | self |
| 1 | 00:3f:bd:45:5a:b1 | gi1/0/1 | static |
| 1 | 00:a1:b0:69:63:f3 | gi1/0/24 | dynamic |
| 2 | 00:a1:b0:69:63:f3 | gi1/0/24 | dynamic |
| Console# show mac address-table 00:3f:bd:45:5a:b1Aging time is 300 sec | |||
| VLAN | MAC Address | Port | Type |
| 1 | 00:3f:bd:45:5a:b1 | static | gi1/0/9 |
show mac address-table count
Use the show mac address-table count EXEC mode command to display the number of addresses present in the Forwarding Database.
Syntax
show mac address-table count [vlan vlan / interface interface-id]
Parameters
- vlan—Specifies VLAN.
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Console# show mac address-table count
Capacity: 8192
Free: 8083
Used: 109
Static addresses: 2
Secure addresses: 1
Dynamic addresses: 97
Internal addresses: 9
show bridge multicast address-table
Use the show bridge multicast address-table EXEC mode command to display multicast MAC address or IP address table information.
Syntax
show bridge multicast address-table [vlan vlan-id] [address {mac-multicast-address | ipv4-multicast-address | ipv6-multicast-address}] [format {ip | mac}]
Parameters
• vlan vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
- address {mac-multicast-address | ipv4-multicast-address | ipv6-multicast-address}—Specifies the multicast address. The possible values are:
• mac-multicast-address—Specifies the MAC multicast address.
- ipv4-multicast-address—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address.
- ipv6-multicast-address—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address.
- format {ip | mac}—Specifies the multicast address format. The possible values are:
- ip—Specifies that the multicast address is an IP address.
- mac—Specifies that the multicast address is a MAC address.
Default Configuration
If the format is not specified, it defaults to mac.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
A MAC address can be displayed in IP format only if it is within the range 0100.5e00.0000 through 0100.5e7f.ffff.
Multicast Router ports (defined statically or discovered dynamically) are members in all MC groups.
Ports that were defined via bridge multicast forbidden forward-all command are displayed in all forbidden MC entries.
Example
The following example displays bridge multicast address information.
Console# show bridge multicast address-table
Multicast address table for VLANs in MAC-GROUP bridging mode:
| Vlan | MAC Address | Type | Ports |
| 8 | 01:00:5e:02:02:03 | Static | 1-2 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | MAC Address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 8 | 01:00:5e:02:02:03 | gi1/0/9 |
Multicast address table for VLANs in IPv4-GROUP bridging mode:
| Vlan | MAC Address | Type | Ports |
| 1 | 224.0.0.251 | Dynamic | gi1/0/12 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | MAC Address | Ports |
| 1 | 232.5.6.5 | |
| 1 | 233.22.2.6 |
Multicast address table for VLANs in IPv4-SRC-GROUP bridging mode:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source address | Type | Ports |
| 1 | 224.2.2.251 | 11.2.2.3 | Dynamic | gi1/0/11 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source Address | Ports |
| 8 | 239.2.2.2 | * | gi1/0/9 |
| 8 | 239.2.2.2 | 1.1.1.11 | gi1/0/9 |
Multicast address table for VLANs in IPv6-GROUP bridging mode:
| VLAN | IP/MAC Address | Type | Ports |
| 8 | ff02::4:4:4 | Static | gi1/0/1-2, gi1/0/7, Po1 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| VLAN | IP/MAC Address | Ports |
| 8 | ff02::4:4:4 | gi1/0/9 |
Multicast address table for VLANs in IPv6-SRC-GROUP bridging mode:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source address | Type | Ports |
| 8 | ff02::4:4:4 | * | Static | gi1/0/1-2, gi1/0/7, Po1 |
| 8 | ff02::4:4:4 | fe80::200:7ff: | Static | |
| fe00:200 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source address | Ports |
| 8 | ff02::4:4:4 | * | gi1/0/9 |
| 8 | ff02::4:4:4 | fe80::200:7ff:f | gi1/0/9 |
| e00:200 |
show bridge multicast address-table static
Use the show bridge multicast address-table static EXEC mode command to display the statically configured multicast addresses.
Syntax
show bridge multicast address-table static [vlan vlan-id] [address mac-multicast-address | ipv4-multicast-address | ipv6-multicast-address] [source ipv4-source-address | ipv6-source-address] [all | mac | ip]
Parameters
• vlan vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
- address {mac-multicast-address | ipv4-multicast-address | ipv6-multicast-address}—Specifies the multicast address. The possible values are:
• mac-multicast-address—Specifies the MAC multicast address.
- ipv4-multicast-address—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address.
- ipv6-multicast-address—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address.
- source {ipv4-source-address | ipv6-source-address}—Specifies the source address. The possible values are:
- ipv4-address—Specifies the source IPv4 address.
- ipv6-address—Specifies the source IPv6 address.
Default Configuration
When all/mac/ip is not specified, all entries (mac and ip) will be displayed.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
A MAC address can be displayed in IP format only if it is within the range 0100.5e00.0000-- 0100.5e7f.ffff.
Example
The following example displays the statically configured multicast addresses.
Console# show bridge multicast address-table static
MAC-GROUP table
| Vlan | MAC Address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 1 | 0100.9923.8787 | gi1/0/1, gi1/0/2 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | MAC Address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
IPv4-GROUP Table
| Vlan | IP Address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 1 | 231.2.2.3 | gil/0/1, gi1/0/2 |
| 19 | 231.2.2.8 | gil/0/1-8 |
| 19 | 231.2.2.8 | gil/0/9-11 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | IP Address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 1 | 231.2.2.3 | gi1/0/8 |
| 19 | 231.2.2.8 | gi1/0/8 |
IPv4-SRC-GROUP Table:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
IPv6-GROUP Table
| Vlan | IP Address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 191 | FF12::8 | gi1/0/1-8 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | IP Address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
11 FF12::3 gi1/0/8
191 FF12::8 gi1/0/8
IPv6-SRC-GROUP Table:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source address | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 192 | FF12::8 | ---- | gil/0/1- |
| FE80::201:C9A9:FE40:8988 | 8 |
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
| Vlan | Group Address | Source address | Ports |
| 192 | FF12::3 | gi1/0/8 |
FE80::201:C9A9:FE40
:8988
show bridge multicast filtering
Use the show bridge multicast filtering EXEC mode command to display the multicast filtering configuration.
Syntax
show bridge multicast filtering vlan-id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID. (Range: Valid VLAN)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the multicast configuration for VLAN 1.
Console# show bridge multicast filtering 1
Filtering: Enabled
VLAN: 1
| Port | Forward-All | |
| ---- | Static | Status |
| gi1/0/1 | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/2 | Forbidden | Filter |
| gi1/0/3 | Forward | Forward(s) |
| - | Forward(d) | |
show bridge multicast unregistered
Use the show bridge multicast unregistered EXEC mode command to display the unregistered multicast filtering configuration.
Syntax
show bridge multicast unregistered [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the unregistered multicast configuration.
Console# show bridge multicast unregistered
| Port | Unregistered |
| ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | Forward |
| gi1/0/2 | Filter |
| gi1/0/3 | Filter |
show ports security
Use the show ports security Privileged EXEC mode command to display the port-lock status.
Syntax
show ports security [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the port-lock status of all ports.
console# show ports security
| Port | Status | Learning | Action | Max | Trap | Frequency |
| gi1/0/1 | Enabled | Max-Addresses | Discard | 3 | Enabled | 100 |
| gi1/0/2 | Disabled | Max- | - | 28 | - | - |
Addresses
gi1/0/3 Enabled Lock
Discard, 8 Disabled -
Shutdown
The following table describes the fields shown above.
| Field Description |
| Port The port number. |
| Status The port security status. The possible values are: Enabled or Disabled. |
| Mode The port security mode. |
| Action The action taken on violation. |
| Maximum The maximum number of addresses that can be associated on this port in the Max-Addresses mode. |
| Trap The status of SNMP traps. The possible values are: Enable or Disable. |
| Frequency The minimum time interval between consecutive traps. |
show ports security addresses
Use the show ports security addresses Privileged EXEC mode command to display the current dynamic addresses in locked ports.
Syntax
show ports security addresses [interface-id
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays dynamic addresses in all currently locked ports.
| Console# show ports security addresses | ||||
| Port | Status | Learning | Current | Maximum |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | Enabled | Max-addresses | 2 | 3 |
| gi1/0/2 | Disabled | Max-addresses | - | 128 |
| gi1/0/3 | Enabled | Lock | NA | NA |
Port Monitor Commands
port monitor
Use the port monitor Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to start a port monitoring session. Use the no form of this command to stop a port monitoring session.
Syntax
port monitor src-interface-id [rx / tx]
no port monitor src-interface-id
Parameters
- rx—Monitors received packets only. If no option is specified, it monitors both rx and tx.
- tx—Monitors transmitted packets only. If no option is specified, it monitors both rx and tx.
- src-interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be and Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
Monitors both received and transmitted packets.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
This command enables port copy between Source Port (src-interface) to a Destination Port (The port in context).
The analyzer port for port ingress traffic mirroring should be the same port for all mirrored ports.
The analyzer port for port egress traffic mirroring should be the same port for all mirrored ports.
Following are restrictions apply for ports that are configured to be source ports:
- The port cannot be a destination port.
The following restrictions apply to ports that are configured to be monitor ports:
- The port can't be source port.
- The port isn't member in port-channel.
- IP interface is not configured on the port.
• GVRP is not enabled on the port.
- The port is not a member in any VLAN, except for the default VLAN (will be automatically removed from the default VLAN).
- L2 protocols are not active on the copy dest. Port: LLDP, LBD, STP, LACP.
The following restrictions apply to ports that are configured to be monitor ports:
- The port cannot be source port.
- The port is not a member in port-channel.
Notes:
- In this mode some traffic duplication on the analyzer port may be observed.
For example:
- Port 2 is being egress monitored by port 4.
- Port 2 & 4 are members in VLAN 3.
- Unknown Unicast packet sent to VLAN 3 will egress from port 4 twice, one instance as normal forward and another instance as mirrored from port 2.
- Moreover, if port 2 is an untagged member in VLAN 3 and port 4 is a tagged member then both instances will look different (one tagged and the other is not).
2) When the port is configured to 802.1X auto mode it will forward any mirrored traffic regardless of the .1X state. However, it will operate as a normal network port (forward traffic) only after authorization is done.
3) Mirrored traffic is exposed to STP state, i.e. if the port is in STP blocking, it will not egress any mirrored traffic.
Example
The following example copies traffic for both directions (Tx and Rx) from the source port 1/8 to destination port 1/1.
Console(config)# interface gi1/0/1 Console(config-if)# port monitor gi1/0/8 Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 Console(config-if)# port monitor 1/8
show ports monitor
Use the show ports monitor EXEC mode command to display the port monitoring status.
Syntax
show ports monitor
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the port monitoring status.
Console# show ports monitor
| Source port | Destination Port | Type | Status |
| gi1/0/8 | gi1/0/1 | RX, TX | Active |
gi1/0/2
gi1/0/18
gi1/0/
gi1/0/1
gi1/0/1
RX, TX
Rx
Active
Active
sFlow Commands
sflow receiver
Use the sflow receiver Global Configuration mode command to define sFlow collector. Use the no form of this command to remove the definition of the collector.
Syntax
sflow receiver index {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | hostname} [port port] [max-datagram-size bytes]
no sflow receiver index
Parameters
• index—The index of the receiver. (Range: 1–8)
- ipv4-address—Pv4 address of the host to be used as an sFlow Collector.
- ipv6-address—IPv6 address of the host to be used as an sFlow Collector. When the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. Refer to the User Guidelines for the interface name syntax.
- hostname—Hostname of the host to be used as an sFlow Collector. Only translation to IPv4 addresses is supported.
- port—Port number for syslog messages. If unspecified, the port number defaults to 6343. The range is 1-65535.
- bytes—Specifies the maximum number of bytes that can be sent in a single sample datagram. If unspecified, it defaults to 1400.
Default
No receiver is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If the IP address of the sFlow receiver is set to 0.0.0.0, no sFlow datagrams are sent.
sflow flow-sampling
Use the sflow flow-sampling Interface Configuration mode command to enable sFlow Flow sampling and configure the average sampling rate of a specific port. Use the no form of this command to disable Flow sampling.
Syntax
sflow flow-sampling rate receiver-index [max-header-size bytes]
no sflow flow-sampling
Parameters
■ rate—Specifies the average sampling rate (Range: 1, 1024–1073741823.)
■ receiver-index—Index of the receiver/collector (Range: 1–8.)
■ bytes—Specifies the maximum number of bytes that would be copied from the sampled packet. If unspecified, defaults to 128. (Range: 20–256.)
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
A new sampling rate configuration is not immediately loaded to the hardware. It will be loaded to the hardware only after the next packet is sampled (based on the current sampling rate).
sflow counters-sampling
Use the sflow counters-sampling Interface Configuration mode command to enable sFlow Counters sampling and to configure the maximum interval of a specific port. Use the no form of this command to disable sFlow Counters sampling.
Syntax
sflow counters-sampling interval receiver-index
no sflow counters-sampling
Parameters
■ interval—Specifies the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of the interface counters. (Range: 1, 15–86400.)
■ receiver-index—Index of the receiver/collector. (Range: 1–8.)
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
clear sflow statistics
Use the clear sFlow statistics EXEC mode command to clear sFlow statistics.
Syntax
clear sflow statistics [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If no interface is specified by the user, the command clears all the sFlow statistics counters (including datagrams sent). If an interface is specified by the user, the command clears only the counter of the specific interface.
show sflow configuration
Use the show sflow configuration EXEC mode command to display the sFlow configuration for ports that are enabled for Flow sampling or Counters sampling.
Syntax
show sflow configuration [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Console # show sflow configuration
Receivers
| Index | IP Address | Port | Max Datagram Size |
| 1 | 0.0.0.0 | 6343 | 1400 |
| 2 | 172.16.1.2 | 6343 | 1400 |
| 3 | 0.0.0.0 | 6343 | 1400 |
| 4 | 0.0.0.0 | 6343 | 1400 |
| 5 | 0.0.0.0 | 6343 | 1400 |
| 6 | 0.0.0.0 | 6343 | 1400 |
| 7 | 0.0.0.0 | 6343 | 1400 |
| 8 | 0.0.0.0 | 6343 | 1400 |
Interfaces
| Interface | Flow Sampling | Counters Sampling | Max Header Size | Flow Collector | Counters Index | Collector Index |
| gil/0/1 | 1/2048 | 60 sec | 128 | 1 | 1 | |
| gil/0/2 | 1/4096 | Disabled | 128 | 0 | 2 |
show sflow statistics
Use the show sflow statistics EXEC mode command to display the sFlow statistics for ports that are enabled for Flow sampling or Counters sampling.
Syntax
show sflow statistics [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Console # show sflow statistics
Total sFlow datagrams sent to collectors: 100
| Interface | Packets sampled | datagrams sent to collector |
| 1/1 30 50 | ||
| 1/2 10 10 |
1/1 0 10
1/2 0 0
LLDP Commands
Ildp run
Use the lldp run Global Configuration mode command to enable Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To disable LLDP, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp run
no lldp run
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# 1ldp run
Ildp transmit
Use the lldp transmit Interface Configuration mode command to enable transmitting Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to stop transmitting LLDP on an interface.
Syntax
lldp transmit
no lldp transmit
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
LLDP manages LAG ports individually. LLDP sends separate advertisements on each port in a LAG.
LLDP operation on a port is not dependent on the STP state of a port. I.e. LLDP frames are sent on blocked ports.
If a port is controlled by 802.1X, LLDP would operate only if the port is authorized.
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# lldp transmit
Ildp receive
Use the lldp receive Interface Configuration mode command to enable receiving Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to stop receiving LLDP on an interface.
Syntax
lldp receive
no lldp receive
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
LLDP manages LAG ports individually. LLDP data received through LAG ports is stored individually per port.
LLDP operation on a port is not dependent on the STP state of a port. I.e. LLDP frames are received on blocked ports.
If a port is controlled by 802.1X, LLDP would operate only if the port is authorized.
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 console(config-if)# lldp receive
Ildp timer
Use the lldp timer Global Configuration mode command to specify how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) updates. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lldp timer seconds
no lldp timer
Parameters
seconds—Specifies, in seconds, how often the software sends LLDP updates. (Range: 5?32768 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default update interval is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the interval for sending LLDP updates to 60 seconds.
Console(config)# 1ldp timer 60
Ildp hold-multiplier
Use the lldp hold-multiplier Global Configuration mode command to set the time interval during which the receiving device holds a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) packet before discarding it. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lldp hold-multiplier number
no lldp hold-multiplier
Parameters
number—Specifies the LLDP packet hold time interval as a multiple of the LLDP timer value. (Range: 2 use the no form of this command10)
Default Configuration
The default LLDP hold multiplier is 4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The actual Time-To-Live (TTL) value of LLDP frames is expressed by the following formula:
TTL = min(65535, LLDP-Timer * LLDP-HoldMultiplier)
For example, if the value of the LLDP timer is 30 seconds, and the value of the LLDP hold multiplier is 4, then the value 120 is encoded in the TTL field of the LLDP header.
Example
The following example sets the LLDP packet hold time interval to 90 seconds.
Console(config)# 1ldp timer 30
Console(config)# lldp hold-multiplier 3
Ildp reinit
Use the lldp reinit Global Configuration mode command to specify the minimum time an LLDP port waits before reinitializing LLDP transmission. Use the no form of this command to revert to the default setting.
Syntax
lldp reinit seconds
no lldp reinit
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the minimum time in seconds an LLDP port waits before reinitializing LLDP transmission.(Range: 1–10)
Default
2 seconds
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
Ildp tx-delay
Use the lldp tx-delay Global Configuration mode command to set the delay between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lldp tx-delay seconds
no lldp tx-delay
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the delay in seconds between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB. (Range: 1?8192 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default LLDP frame transmission delay is 2 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
It is recommended that the tx-delay be less than 0.25 of the LLDP timer interval.
Example
The following example sets the LLDP transmission delay to 10 seconds.
Console(config)# 11dp tx-delay 10
Ildp optional-tlv
Use the lldp optional-tlv Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to specify which optional TLVs from the basic set are transmitted. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lldp optional-tlv tlv[tlv2 tlv5]
no lldp optional-tlv
Parameters
tlv—Specifies TLV that should be included. Available optional TLVs are: port-desc, sys-name, sys-desc, sys-cap, 802.3-mac-phy, 802.3-lag, 802.3-max-frame-size.
Default Configuration
No optional TLV is transmitted.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example specifies that the port description TLV is transmitted on gigabitethernet port 1/0/2.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Console(config-if)# 11dp optional-tlv port-desc
Ildp management-address
Use the lldp management-address Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to specify the management address advertised from an interface.
Use the no form of this command to stop advertising management address information.
Syntax
lldp management-address {ip-address | none | automatic [interface-id] }
no lldp management-address
Parameters
- ip-address—Specifies the static management address to advertise.
• none—Specifies that no address is advertised.
- automatic—Specifies that the software would automatically choose a management address to advertise from all the IP addresses of the product. In case of multiple IP addresses the software chooses the lowest IP address among the dynamic IP addresses. If there are no dynamic addresses, the software chooses the lowest IP address among the static IP addresses.
- automatic interface-id—Specifies that the software automatically chooses a management address to advertise from the IP addresses that are configured (associated) for the interface ID. In case of multiple IP addresses, the software chooses the lowest IP address among the dynamic IP addresses of the interface. If there are no dynamic addresses, the software chooses the lowest IP address among the static IP addresses of the interface. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN. Note that if the port or port-channel are members in a VLAN that has an IP address, that address is not included because the address is associated with the VLAN.
Default Configuration
No IP address is advertised.
The default advertisement is automatic.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Each port can advertise one IP address.
Example
The following example sets the LLDP management address advertisement mode to automatic on gigabitethernet port 1/0/2.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2 Console(config)# lldp management-address automatic
Ildp notifications
Use the lldp notifications Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable or disable sending Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)
notifications on an interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lldp notifications {enable / disable}
no lldp notifications
Parameters
- enable—Enables sending LLDP notifications.
• disable—Disables sending LLDP notifications.
Default Configuration
Sending LLDP notifications is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example enables sending LLDP notifications on gigabitethernet port 1/0/5.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config)# 1ldp notifications 10
Ildp notifications interval
Use the lldp notifications interval Global Configuration mode command to configure the maximum transmission rate of LLDP notifications. Use the no form of this command to return to the default.
Syntax
lldp notifications interval seconds
no lldp notifications interval
Parameters
seconds—The device should not send more than one notification in the indicated period. (Range: 5–3600)
Default
5 seconds
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# lldp notification interval 10
Ildp optional-tlv 802.1
Use the lldp optional-tlv Interface Configuration mode command to specify which optional TLVs from the basic set to transmit. Use the no form of this command revert to the default setting.
Syntax
lldp optional-tlv 802.1 pvid
no lldp optional-tlv 802.1 pvid
lldp optional-tlv 802.1 ppvid add ppvid
lldp optional-tlv 802.1 ppvid remove ppvid
lldp optional-tlv 802.1 vlan-name add vlan-id
lldp optional-tlv 802.1 vlan-name remove vlan-id
lldp optional-tlv 802.1 protocol add {stp / rstp / mstp / pause / 802.1x / lacp / gvrp}
lldp optional-tlv 802.1 protocol remove {stp / rstp / mstp / pause / 802.1x / lacp / gvtp}
Parameters
• pvid—Advertises the PVID of the port.
- ppvid—Adds/removes PPVID for advertising. PPVID 0 can be used to advertise the PPVIDs capabilities of the interface. (Range: 0–4094)
- vlan—Adds/removse VLAN ID for advertising. (Range: 1–4094)
Default
No optional TLV is transmitted.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Ildp med enable
Use the lldp med enable Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Media Endpoint Discovery (MED) on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable LLDP MED on an interface.
Syntax
lldp med enable [t|v t|v4]
no lldp med enable
Parameters
tlv—Specifies the TLV that should be included. Available TLVs are: network-policy, location, and poe-pse, inventory. The capabilities TLV is always included if LLDP-MED is enabled.
Default Configuration
LLDP MED is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example enables LLDP MED with the location TLV on gigabitethernet port 1/0/3.
Ildp med notifications topology-change
Use the lldp med notifications topology-change Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to enable sending LLDP MED topology change notifications. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lldp med notifications topology-change {enable / disable}
no lldp med notifications topology-change
Parameters
- enable—Enables sending LLDP MED topology change notifications.
- disable—Disables sending LLDP MED topology change notifications.
Default Configuration
Disable is the default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example enables sending LLDP MED topology change notifications on gigabitethernet port 1/0/2.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Console(config)# lldp med notifications topology-change enable
Use the lldp med fast-start repeat-count Global Configuration mode command to configure the number of times the fast start LLDPDU is being sent during the activation of the fast start mechanism defined by LLDP-MED. Use the no form of this command return to default.
Syntax
lldp med fast-start repeat-count number
number—Specifies the number of times the fast start LLDPDU is being sent during the activation of the fast start mechanism.
Default
3
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
console(config)# lldp med fast-start repeat-count 4
Ildp med network-policy (global)
Use the lldp med network-policy Global Configuration mode command to define LLDP MED network policy. Use the no form of this command to remove LLDP MED network policy.
Syntax
lldp med network-policy number application [vlan id] [vlan-type {tagged | untagged}] [up priority] [dscp value]
no lldp med network-policy number
Parameters
• number—Network policy sequential number.
- application—The name or the number of the primary function of the application defined for this network policy. Available application names are: voice, voice-signaling, guest-voice, guest-voice-signaling, softphone-voice, video-conferencing, streaming-video, video-signaling.
• vlan id—VLAN identifier for the application.
- vlan-type—Specifies if the application is using a Tagged or an Untagged VLAN.
- up priority—User Priority (Layer 2 priority) to be used for the specified application.
• dscp value—DSCP value to be used for the specified application.
Default
No Network policy is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the lldp med network-policy Interface Configuration command to attach a network policy to a port.
Up to 32 network policies can be defined.
Example
console(config)# lldp med network-policy 1 voice-signaling vlan 1
Ildp med network-policy (interface)
Use the lldp med network-policy Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to attach or remove an LLDP MED network policy on an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove all the LLDP MED network policies from the interface.
Syntax
lldp med network-policy {add / remove} number
no lldp med network-policy number
Parameters
• number—Specifies the network policy sequential number.
- add—Attaches the specified network policy to the interface.
- remove—Removes the specified network policy from the interface.
Default Configuration
No network policy is attached to the interface.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
For each port, only one network policy per application (voice, voice-signaling, etc.) can be defined.
Example
The following example attaches LLDP MED network policy 1 to gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# 1ldp med network-policy add 1
clear lldp table
Use the clear lldp table command in Privileged EXEC mode to restart the LLDP RX state machine and clear the neighbors table.
Syntax
clear lldp table [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
console# clear lldp table gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Ildp med location
Use the lldp med location Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to configure the location information for the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Media Endpoint Discovery (MED) for an interface. Use the no form of this command to delete location information for an interface.
Syntax
lldp med location {{coordinate data} | {civic-address data} | {ecs-elin data}}
no lldp med location {coordinate / civic-address / ecs-elin}
Parameters
• coordinate—Specifies the location data as coordinates.
• civic-address—Specifies the location data as a civic address.
•ecs-elin—Specifies the location data as an Emergency Call Service Emergency Location Identification Number (ECS ELIN).
- data—Specifies the location data in the format defined in ANSI/TIA 1057: dotted hexadecimal data: Each byte in a hexadecimal character string is two hexadecimal digits. Bytes are separated by a period or colon. (Length: coordinate: 16 bytes. Civic-address: 6-160 bytes. Ecs-elin: 10-25 bytes)
Default Configuration
The location is not configured.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example configures the LLDP MED location information on gigabitethernet port 1/0/2 as a civic address.
console(config)# interface gi1/0/2
console(config-if)# lldp med location civic-address 616263646566
show lldp configuration
Use the show lldp configuration Privileged EXEC mode command to display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show lldp configuration [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example sets the LLDP re-initialization delay to 10 seconds.
Switch# show lldp configuration
State: Enabled
Timer: 30 Seconds
Hold multiplier: 4
Reinit delay: 2 Seconds
Tx delay: 2 Seconds
Notifications interval: 5 seconds
LLDP packets handling: Filtering
| Port | State | Optional TLVs | Address | Notifications |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | RX, TX | PD, SN, SD, SC | 172.16.1.1 | Disabled |
| gi1/0/2 | TX | PD, SN | 172.16.1.1 | Disabled |
| gi1/0/3 | RX, TX | PD, SN, SD, SC | None | Disabled |
| gi1/0/5 | RX, TX | D, SN, SD, SC | automatic | Disabled |
| gi1/0/6 | RX, TX | PD, SN, SD, SC | auto vlan 1 | Disabled |
| gi1/0/7 | RX, TX | PD, SN, SD, SC | auto g1 | Disabled |
| gi1/0/8 | RX, TX | PD, SN, SD, SC | auto ch1 | Disabled |
Switch# show lldp configuration gi1/0/1
State: Enabled
Timer: 30 Seconds
Hold multiplier: 4
Reinit delay: 2 Seconds
Tx delay: 2 Seconds
Notifications interval: 5 seconds
LLDP packets handling: Filtering
Port State Optional TLVs Address Notifications
gi1/0/1 RX, TX PD, SN, SD, SC 72.16.1.1 Disabled
802.3 optional TLVs: 802.3-mac-phy, 802.3-lag, 802.3-max-frame-size
802.1 optional TLVs
PVID: Enabled
PPVIDs: 0, 1, 92
VLANs: 1, 92
Protocols: 802.1x
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Timer The time interval between LLDP updates. |
| Hold multiplier The amount of time (as a multiple of the timer interval) that the receiving device holds a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) packet before discarding it. |
| Reinit timer The minimum time interval an LLDP port waits before re-initializing an LLDP transmission. |
| Tx delay The delay between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB. |
| Port The port number. |
| State The port's LLDP state. |
| Optional TLVs Optional TLVs that are advertised. Possible values are:PD - Port descriptionSN - System nameSD - System descriptionSC - System capabilities |
| Address The management address that is advertised. |
| Notifications Indicates whether LLDP notifications are enabled or disabled. |
show lldp med configuration
Use the show lldp med configuration Privileged EXEC mode command to display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Media Endpoint Discovery (MED) configuration for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show lldp med configuration [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display the LLDP MED configuration for all interfaces and for gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
console# show lldp med configuration
Fast Start Repeat Count: 4.
Network policy 1
Application type: voiceSignaling
VLAN ID: 1 untagged
Layer 2 priority: 0
DSCP: 0
Port Capabilities Network Location Notifications Inventory policy
gil/0/1 Yes Yes Yes Enabled Yes
gi1/0/2 Yes Yes No Enabled No
Port Capabilities Network policy Location Notifications Inventory
gi1/0/1 Yes Yes Yes Enabled Yes
Network policies:
Location:
Civic-address: 61:62:63:64:65:66
show lldp local tlvs-overloading
Use the show lldp local tlvs-overloading EXEC mode command to display the status of TLVs overloading of the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
Syntax
show lldp local tI vs-overloading [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The command calculates the overloading status of the current LLDP configuration, and not for the last LLDP packet that was sent.
Example
Switch# show lldp local tlvs-overloading Ports with LLDP TLV overloading are: gi1/0/1, gi1/0/9 Switch# show lldp local tlvs-overloading No LLDP TLV overloading.
Switch# show lldp local tlvs-overloading gi1/0/1
| TLVs Group | Bytes | Status |
| Mandatory | 31 | Transmitted |
| LLDP-MED Capabilities | 9 | Transmitted |
| LLDP-MED Location | 200 | Transmitted |
| 802.1 1360 | Overloading |
Total: 1600 bytes
Left: 100 bytes
show lldp local
Use the show lldp local Privileged EXEC mode command to display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) information that is advertised from a specific port.
Syntax
show lldp local interface-id
Parameters
Interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display LLDP information that is advertised from gigabitethernet ports 1/0/1 and 1/0/2.
Switch# show lldp local gi1/0/1
Device ID: 0060.704C.73FF
Port ID: gi1/0/1
Capabilities: Bridge
System Name: ts-7800-1
System description:
Port description:
Management address: 172.16.1.8
802.3 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status
Auto-negotiation support: Supported
Auto-negotiation status: Enabled
Auto-negotiation Advertised Capabilities: 100BASE-TX full duplex, 1000BASE-T full duplex
Operational MAU type: 1000BaseTFD
802.3 Link Aggregation
Aggregation capability: Capable of being aggregated
Aggregation status: Not currently in aggregation
Aggregation port ID: 1
802.3 Maximum Frame Size: 1522
802.3 EEE
Local Tx: 30 usec
Local Rx: 25 usec
Remote Tx Echo: 30 usec
Remote Rx Echo: 25 usec
802.1 PVID: 1
802.1 PPVID: 2 supported, enabled
802.1 VLAN: 2 (VLAN2)
802.1 Protocol: 88 8E 01
LLDP-MED capabilities: Network Policy, Location Identification
LLDP-MED Device type: Network Connectivity
LLDP-MED Network policy
Application type: Voice
Flags: Tagged VLAN
VLAN ID: 2
Layer 2 priority: 0
DSCP: 0
LLDP-MED Power over Ethernet
Device Type: Power Sourcing Entity
Power source: Primary Power Source
Power priority: High
Power value: 9.6 Watts
LLDP-MED Location
Coordinates: 54:53:c1:f7:51:57:50:ba:5b:97:27:80:00:00:67:01
LLDP-MED Inventory
Hardware Revision: B1
Firmware Revision: A1
Software Revision: 3.8
Serial number: 7978399
Manufacturer name: Manufacturer
Model name: Model 1
Asset ID: Asset 123
Switch# show lldp local gi1/0/2
LLDP is disabled.
show lldp neighbors
Use the show lldp neighbors Privileged EXEC mode command to display information about neighboring devices discovered using Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). The information can be displayed for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show lldp neighbors [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no guidelines for this command.
A TLV value that cannot be displayed as an ASCII string is displayed as an hexadecimal string.
Example
The following examples display information about neighboring devices discovered using LLDP.
Location information, if it exists, is also displayed.
Switch# show lldp neighbors
| Port Device ID | Port ID | System Name | Capabilities | TTL |
| gi1/0/1 00:00:00:11:11:11 | gi1/0/1 | ts-7800-2 | B | 90 |
| gi1/0/1 00:00:00:11:11:11 D | gi1/0/1 | ts-7800-2 | B | 90 |
| gi1/0/2 00:00:26:08:13:24 | gi1/0/3 | ts-7900-1 | B, R | 90 |
| gi1/0/3 00:00:26:08:13:24 | gi1/0/2 | ts-7900-2 | W | 90 |
Switch# show lldp neighbors gi1/0/1
Device ID: 00:00:00:11:11:11
Port ID: gi1/0/
System Name: ts-7800-2
Capabilities: B
System description:
Port description:
Management address: 172.16.1.1
Time To Live: 90 seconds
802.3 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status
Auto-negotiation support: Supported.
Auto-negotiation status: Enabled.
Auto-negotiation Advertised Capabilities: 100BASE-TX full duplex, 1000BASE-T full duplex.
Operational MAU type: 1000BaseTFD
802.3 Power via MDI
MDI Power support Port Class: PD
PSE MDI Power Support: Not Supported
PSE MDI Power State: Not Enabled
PSE power pair control ability: Not supported.
PSE Power Pair: Signal
PSE Power class: 1
802.3 Link Aggregation
Aggregation capability: Capable of being aggregated
Aggregation status: Not currently in aggregation
Aggregation port ID: 1
802.3 Maximum Frame Size: 1522
802.3 EEE
Remote Tx: 25 usec
Remote Rx: 30 usec
Local Tx Echo: 30 usec
Local Rx Echo: 25 usec
802.1 PVID: 1
802.1 PPVID: 2 supported, enabled
802.1 VLAN: 2 (VLAN2)
802.1 Protocol: 88 8E 01
LLDP-MED capabilities: Network Policy.
LLDP-MED Device type: Endpoint class 2.
LLDP-MED Network policy
Application type: Voice
Flags: Unknown policy
VLAN ID: 0
Layer 2 priority: 0
DSCP: 0
LLDP-MED Power over Ethernet
Device Type: Power Device
Power source: Primary power
Power priority: High
Power value: 9.6 Watts
LLDP-MED Inventory
Hardware revision: 2.1
Firmware revision: 2.3
Software revision: 2.7.1
Serial number: LM759846587
Manufacturer name: VP
Model name: TR12
Asset ID: 9
LLDP-MED Location
Coordinates: 54:53:c1:f7:51:57:50:ba:5b:97:27:80:00:00:67:01
The following table describes significant LLDP fields shown in the display:
| Field Description | |
| Port The port number. | |
| Device ID The neighbor device's configured ID (name) or MAC address. | |
| Port ID The neighbor device's port ID. | |
| System name The neighbor device's administratively assigned name. | |
| Capabilities The capabilities discovered on the neighbor device.Possible values are:B - BridgeR - RouterW - WLAN Access PointT - TelephoneD - DOCSIS cable deviceH - Hostr - RepeaterO - Other | |
| System description The neighbor device's system description. | |
| Port description The neighbor device's port description. | |
| Management address The neighbor device's management address. | |
| Auto-negotiation support | The auto-negotiation support status on the port.(Supported or Not Supported) |
| Auto-negotiation status | The active status of auto-negotiation on the port.(Enabled or Disabled) |
| Auto-negotiationAdvertisedCapabilities | The port speed/duplex/flow-control capabilitiesadvertised by the auto-negotiation. |
| Operational MAU type The port MAU type. | |
| LLDP MED | |
| Capabilities The sender's LLDP-MED capabilities. | |
| Device type The device type. Indicates whether the sender is aNetwork Connectivity Device or Endpoint Device, and if an Endpoint, to which Endpoint Class it belongs. | |
| LLDP MED - Network Policy | |
| Application type The primary function of the application defined for this network policy. | |
| Flags Flags. The possible values are:Unknown policy: Policy is required by the device, but is currently unknown.Tagged VLAN: The specified application type is using a Tagged VLAN.Untagged VLAN: The specified application type is using an Untagged VLAN. | |
| VLAN ID The VLAN identifier for the application. | |
| Layer 2 priority The Layer 2 priority used for the specified application. | |
| DSCP The DSCP value used for the specified application. | |
| LLDP MED - Power Over Ethernet | |
| Power type The device power type. The possible values are:Power Sourcing Entity (PSE) or Power Device (PD). | |
| Power Source The power source utilized by a PSE or PD device. APSE device advertises its power capability. The possible values are: Primary power source and Backup power source. A PD device advertises its power source. The possible values are: Primary power, Local power, Primary and Local power. | |
| Power priority | The PD device priority. A PSE device advertises the power priority configured for the port. A PD device advertises the power priority configured for the device. The possible values are: Critical, High and Low. |
| Power value The total power in watts required by a PD device from a PSE device, or the total power a PSE device is capable of sourcing over a maximum length cable based on its current configuration. | |
| LLDP MED - Location | |
| Coordinates, Civic address, ECS ELIN. | The location information raw data. |
show lldp statistics
Use the show lldp statistics EXEC mode command to display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) statistics.
Syntax
show lldp statistics [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID must be an Ethernet port.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Switch# show lldp statistics
Contax(config-if)# do show lldp statistics
Tables Last Change Time: 14-Oct-2010 32:08:18
Tables Inserts: 26
Tables Deletes: 2
Tables Dropped: 0
Tables Agcouts: 1
TX Frames RX Frames RX TLVs RX Ageouts Port Total Total Discarded Errors Discarded Unrecognized Total
| gi1/0/1 | 730 | 850 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| gi1/0/2 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/3 | 730 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| gi1/0/4 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| gi1/0/5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| gi1/0/6 | 8 | 7 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | |
| gi1/0//7 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| gi1/0/8 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| gi1/0/9 | 730 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| gi1/0/10 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Spanning-Tree Commands
spanning-tree
Use the spanning-tree Global Configuration mode command to enable spanning-tree functionality. Use the no form of this command to disable the spanning-tree functionality.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Default Configuration
Spanning-tree is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables spanning-tree functionality.
Console(config)# spanning-tree
spanning-tree mode
Use the spanning-tree mode Global Configuration mode command to configure the spanning-tree protocol currently running. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree mode {stp / rstp / mst}
no spanning-tree mode
Parameters
- stp—Specifies that the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled.
- rstp—Specifies that the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is enabled.
- mst—Specifies that the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) is enabled.
Default Configuration
The default is RSTP.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
In RSTP mode, the device uses STP when the neighbor device uses STP.
In MSTP mode, the device uses RSTP when the neighbor device uses RSTP, and uses STP when the neighbor device uses STP.
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree protocol as RSTP.
console(config)# spanning-tree mode mstp
spanning-tree forward-time
Use the spanning-tree forward-time Global Configuration mode command to configure the spanning-tree bridge forward time, which is the amount of time a port remains in the listening and learning states before entering the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree forward-time seconds
no spanning-tree forward-time
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the spanning-tree forward time in seconds. (Range: 4–30)
Default Configuration
The default forwarding time for the IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 15 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When configuring the forwarding time, the following relationship should be maintained:
2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age
Example
The following example configures the spanning tree bridge forwarding time to 25 seconds.
Console(config)# spanning-tree forward-time 25
spanning-tree hello-time
Use the spanning-tree hello-time Global Configuration mode command to configure the spanning tree bridge Hello time, which is how often the device broadcasts Hello messages to other devices. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree hello-time seconds
no spanning-tree hello-time
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the spanning-tree Hello time in seconds. (Range: 1–10)
Default Configuration
The default Hello time for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 2 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When configuring the Hello time, the following relationship should be maintained:
$$ \text { Max - Age } > = 2 ^ {*} (\text { Hello - Time } + 1) $$
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree bridge hello time to 5 seconds.
Console(config)# spanning-tree hello-time 5
spanning-tree max-age
Use the spanning-tree max-age Global Configuration mode command to configure the spanning-tree bridge maximum age. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-age seconds
no spanning-tree max-age
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the spanning-tree bridge maximum age in seconds.
(Range: 6–40)
Default Configuration
The default maximum age for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 20 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When configuring the maximum age, the following relationships should be maintained:
2^* (Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age
Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1)
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree bridge maximum age to 10 seconds.
Console(config)# spanning-tree max-age 10
spanning-tree priority
Use the spanning-tree priority Global Configuration mode command to configure the device spanning-tree priority, which is used to determine which bridge is selected as the root bridge. Use the no form of this command to restore the default device spanning-tree priority.
Syntax
spanning-tree priority priority
no spanning-tree priority
Parameters
priority—Specifies the bridge priority. (Range: 0–61440)
Default Configuration
The default bridge priority for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 32768.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 4096.
The switch with the lowest priority is the root of the spanning tree.
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree priority to 12288.
Console(config)# spanning-tree priority 12288
spanning-tree disable
Use the spanning-tree disable Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to disable the spanning tree on a specific port. Use the no form of this command to enable the spanning tree on a port.
Syntax
spanning-tree disable
no spanning-tree disable
Default Configuration
Spanning tree is enabled on all ports.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example disables the spanning tree on gigabitethernet port 1/0/5
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree disable
spanning-tree cost
Use the spanning-tree cost Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to configure the spanning-tree path cost for a port. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree cost cost
no spanning-tree cost
Parameters
cost—Specifies the port path cost. (Range: 1–200000000)
Default Configuration
Default path cost is determined by port speed and path cost method (long or short) as shown below:
| Interface Long Short |
| Port-channel 20,000 4 |
| Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbps) 20,000 4 |
| Fast Ethernet (100 Mbps) 200,000 19 |
| Ethernet (10 Mbps) 2,000,000 100 |
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree cost on gigabitethernet port 1/0/15 to 35000.
spanning-tree port-priority
Use the spanning-tree port-priority Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to configure the port priority. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree port-priority priority
no spanning-tree port-priority
Parameters
priority—Specifies the port priority. (Range: 0–240)
Default Configuration
The default port priority for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 128.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 16.
Example
The following example configures the spanning priority on gigabitethernet port 1/0/15 to 96
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/15
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree port-priority 96
spanning-tree portfast
Use the spanning-tree portfast Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to enable the PortFast mode. In PortFast mode, the interface is immediately put into the forwarding state upon linkup, without waiting for the standard forward time delay. Use the no form of this command to disable the PortFast mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree portfast [auto]
no spanning-tree portfast
Parameters
auto—Specifies that the software waits for 3 seconds (with no BPDUs received on the interface) before putting the interface into the PortFast mode.
Default Configuration
PortFast mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example enables the PortFast mode on gigabitethernet port 1/0/15.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/15 Console(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast
spanning-tree link-type
Use the spanning-tree link-type Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to override the default link-type setting determined by the port duplex mode, and enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) transitions to the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree link-type {point-to-point / shared}
no spanning-tree spanning-tree link-type
Parameters
- point-to-point—Specifies that the port link type is point-to-point.
• shared—Specifies that the port link type is shared.
Default Configuration
The device derives the port link type from the duplex mode. A full-duplex port is considered a point-to-point link and a half-duplex port is considered a shared link.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example enables shared spanning-tree on gigabitethernet port 1/0/15.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/15
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree link-type shared
spanning-tree pathcost method
Use the spanning-tree pathcost method Global Configuration mode command to set the default path cost method. Use the no form of this command to return to the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree pathcost method {long / short}
no spanning-tree pathcost method
Parameters
- long—Specifies that the default port path costs are within the range: 1–200,000,000.
- short—Specifies that the default port path costs are within the range: 1–65,535.
Default Configuration
Short path cost method.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command applies to all the spanning tree instances on the switch.
- If the short method is chosen, the switch use for the default cost values in the range 1 through 65,535.
- If the long method is chosen, the switch use for the default cost values in the range 1 through 200,000,000.
Example
The following example sets the default path cost method to Long.
Console(config)# spanning-tree pathcost method long
spanning-tree bpdu (Global)
Use the spanning-tree bpdu Global Configuration mode command to define BPDU handling when the spanning tree is disabled globally or on a single interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdu {filtering / flooding}
no spanning-tree bpdu
Parameters
- filtering—Specifies that BPDU packets are filtered when the spanning tree is disabled on an interface.
- flooding—Specifies that untagged BPDU packets are flooded unconditionally (without applying VLAN rules) to all ports with the spanning tree disabled and BPDU handling mode of flooding. Tagged BPDU packets are filtered.
Default Configuration
The default setting is flooding.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The filtering and flooding modes are relevant when the spanning tree is disabled globally or on a single interface.
Example
The following example defines the BPDU packet handling mode as flooding when the spanning tree is disabled on an interface.
Console(config)# spanning-tree bpdu flooding
spanning-tree bpdu (Interface)
Use the spanning-tree bpdu Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to define BPDU handling when the spanning tree is disabled on a single interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdu {filtering / flooding}
no spanning-tree bpdu
Parameters
- filtering—Specifies that BPDU packets are filtered when the spanning tree is disabled on an interface.
- flooding—Specifies that untagged BPDU packets are flooded unconditionally (without applying VLAN rules) to ports with the spanning tree disabled and BPDU handling mode of flooding. Tagged BPDU packets are filtered.
Default Configuration
The spanning-tree bpdu (Global) command determines the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example defines the BPDU packet as flooding when the spanning tree is disabled on gigabitethernet port 1/0/3.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/3
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdu flooding
spanning-tree guard root
use the spanning-tree guard root Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable root guard on all spanning-tree instances on the interface. Root guard prevents the interface from becoming the root port of the device. Use the no form of this command to disable the root guard on the interface.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard root
no spanning-tree guard root
Default Configuration
Root guard is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Root guard can be enabled when the device operates in STP, RSTP and MSTP modes.
When root guard is enabled, the port changes to the alternate state if the spanning-tree calculations select the port as the root port.
Example
The following example prevents gigabitethernet port 1/0/1 from being the root port of the device..
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree guard root
spanning-tree bpduguard
Use the spanning-tree bpduguard Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to shut down an interface when it receives a bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpduguard {enable / disable}
no spanning-tree bpduguard
Parameters
enable—Enables BPDU Guard.
disable—Disables BPDU Guard.
Default Configuration
BPDU Guard is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The command can be enabled when the spanning tree is enabled (useful when the port is in the PortFast mode) or disabled.
Example
The following example shuts down Ethernet port 1/0/5 when it receives a BPDU.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree bpduguard enable
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols Privileged EXEC command to restart the protocol migration process (force the renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces or on the specified interface
Syntax
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This feature should be used only when working in RSTP or MSTP mode.
Example
console# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
spanning-tree mst priority
Use the spanning-tree mst priority Global Configuration mode command to configure the device priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id priority
Parameters
- instance-id—Specifies the spanning-tree instance ID. (Range:1–15)
- priority—Specifies the device priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. This setting affects the likelihood that the switch is selected as the root switch. A lower value increases the probability that the switch is selected as the root switch. (Range: 0–61440)
Default Configuration
The default bridge priority for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 32768.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 4096.
The switch with the lowest priority is the root of the spanning tree.
Example
The following example configures the spanning tree priority of instance 1 to 4096.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst 1 priority 4096
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Use the spanning-tree mst max-hops Global Configuration mode command to configure the number of hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded and the port information is aged out. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst max-hops hop-count
no spanning-tree mst max-hops
Parameters
hop-count—Specifies the number of hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded. (Range: 1–40)
Default Configuration
The default number of hops is 20.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the maximum number of hops that a packet travels in an MST region before it is discarded to 10.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst max-hops 10
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Use the spanning-tree mst port-priority Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to configure the priority of a port. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-idport-priority
Parameters
- instance-id—Specifies the spanning tree instance ID. (Range: 1–15)
• priority—Specifies the port priority. (Range: 0–240 in multiples of 16)
Default Configuration
The default port priority for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 128.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 16.
Example
The following example configures the port priority of port gi1/0/1 to 144.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 1 port-priority 144
spanning-tree mst cost
Use the spanning-tree mst cost Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the path cost for multiple spanning-tree (MST) calculations. If a loop occurs, the spanning tree considers path cost when selecting an interface to put in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id cost cost
no spanning-tree mst instance-id cost
Parameters
- instance-id—Specifies the spanning-tree instance ID. (Range: 1–15)
• cost—Specifies the port path cost. (Range: 1–200000000)
Default Configuration
Default path cost is determined by the port speed and path cost method (long or short) as shown below:
| Interface Long Short |
| Port-channel 20,000 4 |
| Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbps) 20,000 4 |
Fast Ethernet (100 Mbps) 200,000 19
Ethernet (10 Mbps) 2,000,000 100
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example configures the MSTP instance 1 path cost for gigabitethernet port 1/0/9 to 4.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/9
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 1 cost 4
spanning-tree mst configuration
Use the spanning-tree mst configuration Global Configuration mode command to enable configuring an MST region by entering the Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst configuration
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they need to contain the same VLAN mapping, the same configuration revision number, and the same name.
Example
The following example configures an MST region.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst)# instance 1 vlan 10-20
Console(config-mst)# name region1
instance (MST)
Use instance MST Configuration mode command to map VLANs to an MST instance. Use the no form of this command to restore default mapping.
Syntax
instance instance-id vlan vlan-range
no instance instance-id vlan vlan-range
Parameters
• instance-id—MST instance (Range: 1–15)
- vlan-range—The specified range of VLANs is added to the existing ones. To specify a range, use a hyphen. To specify a series, use a comma. (Range: 1–4094)
Default Configuration
All VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0).
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
User Guidelines
All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and cannot be unmapped from the CIST.
For two or more devices to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN mapping, the same configuration revision number, and the same name.
Example
The following example maps VLANs 10-20 to MST instance 1.
name (MST)
Use the name MST Configuration mode command to define the MST configuration name. Use the no form of this command to restore the default setting.
Syntax
name string
no name
Parameters
string—Specifies the MST configuration name. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Default Configuration
The default name is the bridge address.
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
Example
The following example defines the configuration name as Region1.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst)# name region1
revision (MST)
Use the revision MST Configuration mode command to define the MST configuration revision number. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
revision value
no revision
Parameters
value—Specifies the MST configuration revision number. (Range: 0–65535)
Default Configuration
The default configuration revision number is 0.
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the configuration revision to 1.
Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration Console(config-mst) # revision 1
show (MST)
Use the show MST Configuration mode command to displays the current or pending MST region configuration.
Syntax
show {current / pending}
Parameters
- current—Displays the current MST region configuration.
- pending—Displays the pending MST region configuration.
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
Example
The following example displays a pending MST region configuration.
Console(config-mst)# show pending
Pending MST configuration
Name: Region1
Revision: 1
Instance Vlans Mapped State
0 1-9,21-4094 Enabled
1 10-20 Enabled
exit (MST)
Use the exit MST Configuration mode command to exit the MST region Configuration mode and apply all configuration changes.
Syntax exit
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
Example
The following example exits the MST Configuration mode and saves changes.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst)# exit
Console(config)#
abort (MST)
Use the abort MST Configuration mode command to exit the MST Configuration mode without applying the configuration changes.
Syntax
abort
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
Example
The following example exits the MST Configuration mode without saving changes.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst)# abort
show spanning-tree
Use the show spanning-tree Privileged EXEC mode command to display the spanning-tree configuration.
Syntax
show spanning-tree [interface-id] [instance instance-id]
show spanning-tree [detail] [active | blockedports] [instance instance-id]
show spanning-tree mst-configuration
Parameters
- instance instance-id—Specifies the spanning tree instance ID. (Range: 0–15)
• detail—Displays detailed information.
• active—Displays active ports only. - blockedports—Displays blocked ports only.
- mst-configuration—Displays the MST configuration identifier.
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display spanning-tree information.
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Loopback guard: Disabled
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost 20000
Root Port gi1/0/1
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID Priority 36864
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
| Name | State | Prio. | Cost | Sts | Role | PortFast Type | |
| -------- | -------- | Nbr | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | |
| -------- | |||||||
| gi1/0/1 | Enabled | 128.1 | 20000 | FWD | Root | No | P2p (RSTP) |
| gi1/0/2 | Enabled | 128.2 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | Shared (STP) |
| gi1/0/3 | Disabled | 128.3 | 20000 | - | - | - | - |
| gi1/0/4 | Enabled | 128.4 | 20000 | BLK | Altn | No | Shared (STP) |
| gi1/0/5 | Enabled | 128.5 | 20000 | DIS | - | - | - |
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID Priority 36864
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
This switch is the Root.
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
| Name | State | Prio.Nbr Cost | Sts | Role | PortFast Type | ||
| gi1/0/1 | Enabled | 128.1 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | P2p (RSTP) |
| gi1/0/2 | Enabled | 128.2 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | Shared (STP) |
| gi1/0/3 | Disabled | 128.3 | 20000 | - | - | - | - |
| gi1/0/4 | Enabled | 128.4 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | Shared (STP) |
| gi1/0/5 | Enabled | 128.5 | 20000 | DIS | - | - | - |
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree disabled (BPDU filtering) mode RSTP Default port cost method: long
| Root ID Priority | N/A |
| Address | N/A |
| Path Cost | N/A |
| Root Port | N/A |
| Hello Time | N/A Max Age N/A Forward Delay N/A |
| Bridge ID Priority | 36864 |
| Address | 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 |
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
| Name | State | Prio.Nbr Cost | Sts | Role | PortFast Type | ||
| gi1/0/1 | Enabled | 128.1 | 20000 | - | - | - | - |
| gi1/0/2 | Enabled | 128.2 | 20000 | - | - | - | - |
| gi1/0/3 | Disabled | 128.3 | 20000 | - | - | - | - |
| gi1/0/4 | Enabled | 128.4 | 20000 | - | - | - | - |
| gi1/0/5 | Enabled | 128.5 | 20000 | - | - | - | - |
Console# show spanning-tree active
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
| Root ID Priority | 32768 |
| Address | 00:01:42:97:e0:00 |
| Path Cost | 20000 |
| Root Port | gi1/0/1 |
| Hello Time 2 sec | Max Age 20 secForward Delay 15 sec |
| Bridge ID Priority | 36864 |
| Address | 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 |
| Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec | |
Interfaces
| Name | State | Prio.Nbr Cost | Sts | Role | PortFast Type | ||
| gi1/0/1 | - | - | 20000 | FWD | Root | No | P2p (RSTP) |
| gi1/0/2 | Enabled | 128.1 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | Shared (STP) |
| gi1/0/4 | Enabled | 128.2 | 20000 | BLK | Altn | No | Shared (STP) |
| Enabled | 128.4 | ||||||
Console# show spanning-tree blockedports
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
| Root ID Priority | 32768 |
| Address | 00:01:42:97:e0:00 |
| Path Cost | 20000 |
| Root Port | gi1/0/1 |
| Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec | |
Bridge ID Priority 36864
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
| Name | State | Prio.Nbr Cost | Sts | Role | PortFast Type | |
| gil/0/4 | -Enabled | 19 | BLK | Altn | No | Shared (STP) |
Console# show spanning-tree detail
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
| Root ID Priority | 32768 |
| Address | 00:01:42:97:e0:00 |
| Path Cost | 20000 |
| Root Port | gi1/0/1 |
| Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec | |
| Bridge ID Priority | 36864 |
| Address | 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 |
| Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec | |
Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 2d18h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2 hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
| Port 1 (gi1/0/1) enabled | |
| State: Forwarding | Role: Root |
| Port id: 128.1 | Port cost: 20000 |
| Type: P2p (configured: auto) RSTP | Port Fast: No (configured:no) |
| Designated bridge Priority: 32768 | Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00 |
| Designated port id: 128.25 | Designated path cost: 0 |
| Guard root: Disabled | BPDU guard: Disabled |
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 2 (gi1/0/2) enabled
State: Forwarding
Port id: 128.2
Type: Shared (configured: auto) STP
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.2
Guard root: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Role: Designated
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU guard: Disabled
Port 3 (gi1/0/3) disabled
State: N/A
Port id: 128.3
Type: N/A (configured: auto)
Designated bridge Priority: N/A
Designated port id: N/A
Guard root: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding
BPDU: sent N/A, received N/A
Role: N/A
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: N/A (configured:no)
Address: N/A
Designated path cost: N/A
BPDU guard: Disabled
Port 4 (gi1/0/4) enabled
State: Blocking
Port id: 128.4
Type: Shared (configured:auto) STP
Designated bridge Priority: 28672
Designated port id: 128.25
Guard root: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Role: Alternate
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:30:94:41:62:c8
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU guard: Disabled
Port 5 (gi1/0/5) enabled
State: Disabled
Port id: 128.5
Type: N/A (configured: auto)
Designated bridge Priority: N/A
Designated port id: N/A
Guard root: Disabled
Role: N/A
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: N/A (configured:no)
Address: N/A
Designated path cost: N/A
BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: N/A
BPDU: sent N/A, received N/A
Console# show spanning-tree ethernet gi1/0/1
Port 1 (gi1/0/1) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Root
Port id: 128.1
Port cost: 20000
Type: P2p (configured: auto) RSTP
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Designated port id: 128.25
Designated path cost: 0
Guard root: Disabled
BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Console# show spanning-tree mst-configuration
Name: Region1
Revision: 1
Instance
Vlans mapped
State
0
1-9, 21-4094
Enabled
1
10-20
Enabled
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9
CST Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path 20000
Cost gi1/0/1
Root
Port
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
IST Master ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
This switch is the IST master.
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Max hops 20
Interfaces
| Name | State | Prio.Nbr Cost | Sts | Role | PortFast | Type | |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | --- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | Enabled | 128.1 | 20000 | FWD | Root | No | P2p Bound (RSTP) |
| gi1/0/2 | Enabled | 128.2 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | |
| gi1/0/3 | Enabled | 128.3 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | Shared Bound (STP) |
| gi1/0/4 | Enabled | 128.4 | 20000 | FWD | Desg | No | P2p P2p |
###### MST 1 Vlans Mapped: 10-20
Root ID Priority 24576
Address 00:02:4b:29:89:76
Path 20000
Cost gi1/0/4
Root 19
Port
Rem hops
Bridge ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Interfaces
| Name | State | Prio.Nbr Cost | Sts | Role | PortFast | Type | |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | Enabled | 128.1 | 20000 | FWD | Boun | No | P2p Bound (RSTP) |
| gi1/0/2 | Enabled | 128.2 | 20000 | FWD | Boun | No | |
| gi1/0/3 | Enabled | 128.3 | 20000 | BLK | Altn | No | Shared Bound (STP) |
| gi1/0/4 | Enabled | 128.4 | 20000 | FWD | Root | No | |
| P2p P2p | |||||||
Console# show spanning-tree detail
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9
CST Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path 20000
Cost gi1/0/1
Root
Port
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
IST Master ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
This switch is the IST master.
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Max hops 20
Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 2d18h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Port 1 (gi1/0/1) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Root
Port id: 128.1
Port cost: 20000
Type: P2p (configured: auto) Boundary RSTP
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Designated port id: 128.25
Designated path cost: 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 2 (gi1/0/2) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.2
Port cost: 20000
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Boundary STP
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2
Designated path cost: 20000
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 3 (gi1/0/3) enabled
State: Forwarding
Port id: 128.3
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.3
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Role: Designated
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated path cost: 20000
Port 4 (gi1/0/4) enabled
State: Forwarding
Port id: 128.4
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.2
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Role: Designated
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated path cost: 20000
###### MST 1 Vlans Mapped: 10-20
Root ID Priority
24576
Address 00:02:4b:29:89:76
Path Cost20000
Root Port gi1/0/4
Rem hops 19
Bridge ID Priority
32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 1d9h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 2, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Port 1 (gi1/0/1) enabled
State: Forwarding
Port id: 128.1
Type: P2p (configured: auto) Boundary RSTP
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.1
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Role: Boundary
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated path cost: 20000
Port 2 (gi1/0/2) enabled
State: Forwarding
Port id: 128.2
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Boundary STP
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.2
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Role: Designated
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated path cost: 20000
Port 3 (gi1/0/3) disabled
State: Blocking
Port id: 128.3
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.78
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Role: Alternate
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:02:4b:29:1a:19
Designated path cost: 20000
Port 4 (gi1/0/4) enabled
State: Forwarding
Port id: 128.4
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.2
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Role: Designated
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated path cost: 20000
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9
CST Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost20000
Root gi1/0/1
Port
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
IST Master ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:19:7a:00
Path Cost10000
Rem hops 19
Bridge ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Max hops 20
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9
CST Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
This switch is root for CST and IST master.
show spanning-tree bpdu
Use the show spanning-tree bpdu EXEC mode command to display the BPDU handling when spanning-tree is disabled.
Syntax
show spanning-tree bpdu [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following examples display spanning-tree information.
Console# show spanning-tree bpdu
Global: Flooding
Interface
Admin Mode
Oper Mode
gi1/0/1
Global
Flooding
gi1/0/2
Global
STP
gi1/0/3
Flooding
STP
VLAN Commands
vlan database
Use the vlan database Global Configuration mode command to enter the VLAN Configuration mode.
Syntax
vlan database
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enters the VLAN database mode.
Console(config)# vlan database
Console(config-vlan)#
vlan
Use the vlan VLAN Configuration mode command to create a VLAN. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration or delete a VLAN.
Syntax
vlan vlan-range [name vlan-name]
no vlan vlan-range
The device accepts also the following syntax:
vlan vlan-range [name vlan-name] [media ethernet] [state active]
no vlan vlan-range
Parameters
- vlan-range—Specifies a list of VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
- name—Specifies the VLAN name. The option is only valid in cass where only one VLAN is configured by the command (Range: 1–32 characters)
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
Example
The following example creates VLAN number 1972.
Console(config)# vlan database
Console(config-vlan)# vlan 1972
interface vlan
Use the interface vlan Global Configuration mode command to enter the Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode and enable configuration of the specified VLAN ID.
Syntax
interface vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies an existing VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If the VLAN does not exist (ghost VLAN), not all of the commands are available under the interface VLAN context.
The commands that are supported for VLANs that do not exist are:
- IGMP snooping control commands
- Bridge multicast configuration commands
Example
The following example configures VLAN 1 with IP address 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0.
Console (config)# interface vlan 1
Console (config-if)# ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
interface range vlan
Use the interface range vlan Global Configuration mode command to enable configuring multiple VLANs simultaneously.
Syntax
interface range vlan vlan-range
Parameters
vlan-range—Specifies a list of VLAN IDs. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, an error message is displayed and command execution continues on the other interfaces.
Example
The following example groups VLANs 221 through 228 and 889 to receive the same command.
Console(config)# interface range vlan 221-228, vlan 889
Console (config-if) #
name
Use the name Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode command to add a name to a VLAN. Use the no form of this command to remove the VLAN name.
Syntax
name string
no name
Parameters
string—Specifies a unique name associated with this VLAN. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Default Configuration
No name is defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
The VLAN name must be unique.
Example
The following example gives VLAN number 19 the name Marketing.
Console(config)# interface vlan 19
Console(config-if)# name Marketing
switchport protected-port
Use the switchport protected-port Interface Configuration mode command to isolate unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other protected ports on the same switch. Use the no form of this command to disable protection on the port.
Syntax
switchport protected-port
no switchport protected-port
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Unprotected
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel)
User Guidelines
Use this command to isolate unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other protected ports (that are not associated with the same community as the ingress interface) on the same switch. Please note that the packet is still subject to FDB decision and to all filtering rules. Use the switchport community Interface Configuration command to associate the interface with a community.
Example
console(config)# interface gi1/0/1
console(config-if)# switchport protected-port
switchport community
Use the switchport community Interface Configuration mode command to associate a protected port with a community. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
switchport community community
no switchport community
Parameters
community—Specifies the community number. (Range:1 - 30)
Default Configuration
The port is not associated with any community.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The command is relevant only when the port is defined as a protected port. Use the switchport protected-port Interface Configuration command to define a port as a protected port.
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# switchport community 1
show interfaces protected-ports
Use the show interfaces protected-ports EXEC mode command to show protected ports configuration.
Syntax
show interfaces protected-ports [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
console# show interfaces protected-ports
| Interface | State | Community |
| gi1/0/1 | Protected | 1 |
| gi1/0/2 | Protected | Isolated |
| gi1/0/3 | Unprotected | 20 |
| gi1/0/4 | Unprotected | Isolated |
Note: The Community column for unprotected ports is relevant only when the port state is changed to Protected.
switchport
Use the switchport Interface Configuration mode command with no keywords to put an interface that is in Layer 3 mode into Layer 2 mode for Layer 2 configuration. Use the no form of this command to put an interface in Layer 3 mode.
Syntax
switchport
no switchport
Default Configuration
Layer 2 mode
switchport mode
Use the switchport mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to configure the VLAN membership mode of a port. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
switchport mode { access / trunk / general / private-vlan {promiscuous / host} / customer }
no switchport mode
Parameters
- access—Specifies an untagged layer 2 VLAN port.
- trunk—Specifies a trunking layer 2 VLAN port.
- general—Specifies a full 802-1q supported VLAN port.
- customer—Specifies that the port is connected to customer equipment. Used when the switch is in a provider network.
- private-vlan promiscous—Private-VLAN promiscous port.
- private-vlan host—Private-VLAN host port.
Default Configuration
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
- When the port mode is changed, it receives the configuration corresponding to the mode.
- If the port mode is changed to access and the access VLAN does not exist, then the port will not belong to any VLAN.
Example
The following example configures gigabitethernet port 1/0/1 as an untagged layer 2 VLAN port.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# switchport mode access
switchport access vlan
Use the switchport access vlan Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to configure the VLAN ID when the interface is in access mode. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
switchport access vlan { vlan-id / none }
no switchport access vlan
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID to which the port is configured.
none—Specifies the access port cannot belong to any VLAN.
Default Configuration
If the default VLAN is enabled, the VLAN ID is 1. Otherwise, it is not a member of any VLAN.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The command automatically removes the port from the previous VLAN and adds it to the new VLAN.
Example
The following example configures a VLAN ID of 23 to the untagged layer 2 VLAN gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# switchport access vlan 23
switchport access multicast-tv vlan
Use the switchport access multicast-tv vlan Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable receiving multicast transmissions from a VLAN that is not the Access port VLAN, while keeping the L2 segregation with subscribers on different Access port VLANs. Use the no form of this command to disable receiving multicast transmissions.
Syntax
switchport access multicast-tv vlan vlan-id
no switchport access multicast-tv vlan
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the Multicast TV VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
Receiving multicast transmissions is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The user cannot transmit multicast transmissions on the multicast TV VLAN.
A multicast TV VLAN cannot be enabled if a Guest VLAN is enabled on the interface.
Example
The following example enables gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 to receive multicast transmissions from VLAN 11.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# switchport access multicast-tv vlan 11
switchport trunk allowed vlan
Use the switchport trunk allowed vlan Interface Configuration mode command to set the trunk characteristics when the interface is in trunking mode. Use the no form of this command to reset a trunking characteristic to the default.
Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan { all | none | add vlan-list | remove vlan-list | except vlan-list }
no switchport trunk allowed vlan
Parameters
all—Specifies all VLANs from 1 to 4094. At any time, the port belongs to all VLANs exiting at the time. (Range: 1–4094)
none—Specifies an empty VLAN list The port does not belong to any VLAN.
add vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
remove vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
except vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs is calculated by inverting the defined list of VLANs (the calculated list will include all VLANs from interval 1..4094 except VLANs from the defined list.
Default Configuration
The Default VLAN is its Native VLAN and the port belongs to either all VLANs or only to the Default VLAN depending on a value of parameter Trunk Port Default Configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The RS port model behavior allows only the following options: Add and Remove.
Inside except vlan-list is saved as add \~ vlan-list, where \~ vlan-list is a list of all VLANs from 1 to 4094 minus the VLANs from vlan-list. Command show running/startup always uses the latter format.
The port must be in trunk mode before the command can take effect.
Example
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
console(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan all
switchport trunk native vlan
Use the switchport trunk native vlan Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode command to define the native VLAN when the interface is in trunk mode. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
switchport trunk native vlan { vlan-id / none }
no switchport trunk native vlan
Parameters
• vlan-id—Specifies the native VLAN ID.
- none—Specifies the access port cannot belong to any VLAN.
Default Configuration
If the default VLAN is enabled, the VLAN ID is 1. Otherwise, the VLAN ID is 4095.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The command adds the port as a member of the VLAN. If the port is already a member of the VLAN (not a native), it must first be removed from the VLAN.
Example
The following example configures VLAN number 123 as the native VLAN when the port is in trunk mode.
Console# interface gi1/0/1
Console(config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 123
switchport general allowed vlan
Use the switchport general allowed vlan Interface Configuration mode command to set the general characteristics when the interface is in general mode. Use the no form of this command to reset a general characteristic to the default.
Syntax
switchport general allowed vlan {add / remove} vlan-list /tagged|untagged/ no switchport general allowed vlan
Parameters
- add vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs. (Range: 1–4094)
- remove vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
- tagged - Specify that packets would be transmitted tagged for the configured VLANs
- untagged - Specify that packets would be transmitted untagged for the configured VLANs (this is the default)
Default Configuration
The port's PVID equals to the Default VLAN ID and belongs to the Default VLAN as untagged one.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode
Example
console(config-if)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
console(config-if)# switchport mode general
console(config-if)# switchport general allowed vlan add 2-3 tagged
switchport general pvid
Use the switchport general pvid Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the Port VLAN ID (PVID) when the interface is in general mode. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
switchport general pvid vlan-id
no switchport general pvid
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the Port VLAN ID (PVID).
Default Configuration
If the default VLAN is enabled, PVID is 1. Otherwise, PVID is =4095.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example configures PVID 234 for gigabitethernet port 1/0/2, when the interface is in general mode.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Console(config-if)# switchport mode general
Console(config-if)# switchport general pvid 234
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
Use the switchport general ingress-filtering disable Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to disable port ingress filtering. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
no switchport general ingress-filtering disable
Default Configuration
Ingress filtering is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example disables port ingress filtering on gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Console(config-if)# switchport mode general
switchport general acceptable-frame-type
Use the switchport general acceptable-frame-type Interface Configuration mode command to configure ingress filtering based on packet type tagged/untagged. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
switchport general acceptable-frame-type {tagged-only / untagged-only / all}
no switchport general acceptable-frame-type
Parameters
- tagged-only—Discard untagged packets and priority tagged packets.
- untagged-only—Discard VLAN tagged packets (not including Priority tagged packets)
- all—Do not discard packets based on whether the packet is VLAN tagged or not.
Default Configuration
All frame types are accepted at ingress.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Example
The following example configures gigabitethernet port 1/0/3 to discard untagged frames at ingress.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/3
Console(config-if)# switchport mode general
Console(config-if)# switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
switchport customer vlan
Use the switchport customer vlan Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to set the port's VLAN when the interface is in customer mode. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
switchport customer vlan vlan-id
no switchport customer vlan
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the customer VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
No VLAN is configured.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example defines gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 as a member of customer VLAN 5.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5
Console(config-if)# switchport mode customer
Console(config-if)# switchport customer vlan isolated 5
switchport general forbidden vlan
Use the switchport general forbidden vlan Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to forbid adding or removing specific VLANs to or from a port. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
switchport general forbidden vlan {add vlan-list / remove vlan-list} no switchport general forbidden vlan {add vlan-list / remove vlan-list}
Parameters
- add vlan-list—Specifies a list of VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
- remove vlan-list—Specifies a list of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen designate a range of IDs.
Default Configuration
All VLANs are allowed.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example forbids adding VLAN IDs 234 to 256 to gigabitethernet port 1/0/7.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/7
Console(config-if)# switchport mode general
Console(config-if)# switchport general forbidden vlan add 234-256
map protocol protocols-group
Use the map protocol protocols-group VLAN Configuration mode command to map a protocol to a group of protocols. Use the no form of this command to delete a protocol from a group.
Syntax
map protocol protocol[encapsulation] protocols-group group
no map protocol protocol [encapsulation]
Parameters
- protocol—Specifies a 16-bit protocol number or one of the reserved names listed in the User Guidelines. (Range: 0x0600–0xFFFF)
- encapsulation—Specifies one of the following values: Ethernet, rfc1042, llcOther. If no option is indicated, the default is Ethernet.
- protocols-group group—Specifies the group number of the group of protocols associated together. (Range: 1–2147483647)
Default Configuration
The default encapsulation is Ethernet.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The value 0x8100 is not valid as the protocol number for Ethernet encapsulation.
The following protocol names are reserved for Ethernet Encapsulation:
• ip
- arp
• i p v 6
- ipx
Example
The following example maps protocol ip to protocol group number 213.
Console(config)# vlan database
Console(config-vlan)# map protocol ip protocols-group 213
switchport general map protocols-group vlan
Use the switchport general map protocols-group vlan Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to set a protocol-based classification rule. Use the no form of this command to delete a classification.
Syntax
switchport general map protocols-group group vlan vlan-id no switchport general map protocols-group group
Parameters
- group—Specifies the group number as defined in the map protocol protocols-group command. (Range: 1–65535)
• vlan-id—Defines the VLAN ID in the classifying rule.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Default Configuration
No classification is defined.
User Guidelines
The VLAN classification rule priorities are:
- MAC-based VLAN (Best match among the rules)
- Subnet-based VLAN (Best match among the rules)
- Protocol-based VLAN
- PVID
Example
The following example sets a protocol-based classification rule.
Console(config-if)# switchport general map protocols-group 1 vlan 8
private-vlan
Use the private-vlan Interface VLAN Configuration mode command to configure a private VLAN. Use the no form of this command to return the VLAN to normal VLAN configuration.
Syntax
private-vlan {primary / isolated}
no private-vlan
Parameters
• P r i—Designatherthey VLAN as Primary VLAN.
• Isolated—Designate the VLAN as Isolated VLAN.
Default Configuration
No private VLANs are configured.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
- The VLAN type cannot be changed if there is a private-VLAN port that is a member in the VLAN.
- The VLAN type cannot be changed if it is associated with other private VLANs.
- The VLAN type is not kept as a property of the VLAN when it is deleted.
private-vlan association
Use the private-vlan association Interface VLAN Configuration mode command to configure the association between the primary VLAN and the secondary VLANs.. Use the no form of this command to remove the association.
Syntax
private-vlan association [add / remove] secondary-vlan-list
no private-vlan association
Parameters
- add—Associates a secondary VLAN to a primary VLAN. This is the default action.
- remove—Clears the association between a secondary VLAN and a primary VLAN.
- secondary-vlan-list—Specifies one or more secondary VLANs to be associated with a primary VLAN in a private VLAN.
Default Configuration
No private VLANs are configured.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
- The command can only be executed in the context of the primary VLAN.
- Private VLAN cannot be removed or change its type if it is associated with other private VLANs.
- Primary VLAN can be associated with only single isolated VLAN.
- A secondary VLAN can be associated with only one primary VLAN.
- The association of secondary VLANs with a primary VLAN cannot be removed if there are private VLAN ports that are members in the secondary VLAN.
- In MSTP mode, all the VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN should be mapped to the same instance.
switchport private-vlan mapping
Use the switchport private-vlan mapping Interface Configuration mode command to configure the VLANs of the private-vlan promiscuous port. Use the no form of this command to reset to default.
Syntax
switchport private-vlan mapping primary-vlan-id [add / remove] secondary-vlan-list
no switchport private-vlan mapping
Parameters
• primary-vlan-id—The VLAN ID of the primary VLAN.
• secondary-vlan-list—Specifies one or more secondary VLANs.
Default Configuration
No VLAN is configured.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The secondary VLANs should be associated with the primary VLANs, otherwise the configuration is not accepted. See the command private-vlan association.
switchport private-vlan host-association
Use the switchport private-vlan host-association Interface Configuration mode command to configure the VLANs of the private-vlan host port. Use the no form of this command to reset to default.
Syntax
switchport private-vlan host-association primary-vlan-id secondary-vlan-id no switchport private-vlan host-association
Parameters
• primary-vlan-id—The VLAN ID of the primary VLAN.
- secondary-vlan-list—Specifies the secondary VLANs. The secondary VLAN is an isolated port.
Default Configuration
No VLAN is configured.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The secondary VLAN should be associated with the primary VLANs, otherwise the configuration is not accepted. See the command private-vlan association.
show vlan private-vlan
Use the show vlan private-vlan EXEC mode command to show the private VLANs information.
Syntax
show vlan private-vlan [tag vlan-id]
Parameters
vlan-id—VLAN ID
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The show command does not include non-private-vlan ports that are members in private VLANs.
Example
Console# show vlan private-vlan
| Primary | Secondary | Type | Ports |
| 150 | primary | gi1/0/15 | |
| 150 | 151 | isolated | gi1/0/15 |
ip internal-usage-vlan
Use the ip internal-usage-vlan Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to reserve a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of
an interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip internal-usage-vlan vlan-id
no ip internal-usage-vlan
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the internal usage VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
An internal usage VLAN is required when an IP interface is defined on an Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Use this command to define the internal usage VLAN of a port.
If an internal usage VLAN is not defined for a port, the software chooses one of the unused VLANs.
If a VLAN ID was chosen by the software for internal usage, but it is desired to use that VLAN ID for a static or dynamic VLAN, do one of the following:
- Remove the IP interface, create the VLAN, and recreate the IP interface.
- Use this command to explicitly define the internal usage VLAN.
Example
The following example reserves unused VLAN 200 as the internal usage VLAN of Ethernet port 1/3 gigabitethernet port 1/0/3.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/3
Console(config-if)# ip internal-usage-vlan 200
show vlan
Use the show vlan Privileged EXEC mode command to display VLAN information for all VLANs or for a specific VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan [ tag vlan-id / name vlan-name]
Parameters
• tag vlan-id—Specifies a VLAN ID.
- name vlan-name—Specifies a VLAN name string. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information for all VLANs.
Console# show vlan
| VLAN | Name | Ports | Type | Authorization |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 1 | default | gi1/0/1-2 | Other | Required |
| 10 | VLAN0010 | gi1/0/3-4 | dynamic | Required |
| 11 | VLAN0011 | gi1/0/1-2 | static | Required |
| 20 | VLAN0020 | gi1/0/3-4 | static | Required |
| 21 | VLAN0021 | static | Required | |
| 30 | VLAN0030 | static | Required | |
| 31 | ||||
| 91 | VLAN0031 | gi1/0/1-2 | static | Required |
| 3978 | VLAN0091 | gi1/0/17 | static | Not Required |
| Guest VLAN | static | Guest |
show vlan multicast-tv
Use the show vlan multicast-tv EXEC mode command to display information on the source ports and receiver ports of multicast-TV VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan multicast-tv vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information on the source and receiver ports of multicast-TV VLAN ID 1000.
Console # show vlan multicast-tv vlan 1000
Source ports Receiver Ports
gi1/0/8, gi1/0/1-18, gi1/0/1-18, gi1/0/1-18
gi1/0/9
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| Source ports Ports that can transmit and receive traffic to and from the VLAN. |
| Receiver ports Ports that can only receive traffic from the VLAN. |
show vlan protocols-groups
Use the show vlan protocols-groups EXEC mode command to display protocols-groups information.
Syntax
show vlan protocols-groups
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays protocols-groups information.
Console> show vlan protocols-groups
Protocol
Encapsulation
Group
0x800 (IP)
Ethernet
1
0x806 (ARP)
Ethernet
1
0x86dd (IPv6)
Ethernet
2
0x8898
Ethernet
3
show vlan internal usage
Use the show vlan internal usage Privileged EXEC mode command to display a list of VLANs used internally by the device.
Syntax
show vlan internal usage
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays VLANs used internally by the device.
| Console# show vlan internal usage | |||
| VLAN | Usage | IP address | Reserved |
| 1007 | Eth 1/21 | Active | No |
| 1008 | Eth 1/22 | Inactive | Yes |
| 1009 | Eth 1/23 | Active | Yes |
show interfaces switchport
Use the show interfaces switchport Privileged EXEC command to display the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a specific interface.
Syntax
show interfaces switchport [interface-id]
Parameters
Interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Example
console# show interfaces switchport gi2/0/1 Gathering information...
Name: gi1/0/1 Switchport: enable Administrative Mode: access Operational Mode: down Access Mode VLAN: 1 Access Multicast TV VLAN: none
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1
Trunking VLANs Enabled: 1
2-4094 (Inactive)
General PVID: 1
General VLANs Enabled: none
General Egress Tagged VLANs Enabled: none
General Forbidden VLANs: none
General Ingress Filtering: enabled
General Acceptable Frame Type: all
General GVRP status: disabled
General GVRP VLANs: none
Customer Mode VLAN: none
Private-vlan promiscuous-association primary VLAN: none
Private-vlan promiscuous-association Secondary VLANs Enabled: none
Private-vlan host-association primary VLAN: none
Private-vlan host-association Secondary VLAN Enabled: none
DVA: disable
Protected: Enabled, Uplink is gi1/0/1
Classification rules:
Classification type Group ID VLAN ID
| Protocol | 1 | 19 |
| Protocol | 1 | 20 |
| Protocol | 2 | 72 |
| Subnet | 1 | 15 |
| MAC | 6 | 11 |
IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping (Global)
Use the ip igmp snooping Global Configuration mode command to enable Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. Use the no form of this command to disable IGMP snooping.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping.
Console(config)# ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping vlan
Use the ip igmp snooping vlan Global Configuration mode command to enable Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a specific VLAN. Use the no form of this command to disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN.
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
IGMP snooping can be enabled only on static VLANs.
IGMPv1, IGMPv2 and IGMPv3 are supported.
To activate IGMP snooping, the bridge multicast filtering should be enabled.
The User Guidelines of the bridge multicast mode Interface VLAN
Configuration command describes the configuration that is written into the FDB as a function of the FDB mode and the IGMP version that is used in the network.
Example
console(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 2
ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use the ip igmp snooping mrouter Global Configuration mode command to enable automatic learning of multicast router ports. Use the no form of this command to remove the configuration.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter learn pim-dvmrp
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter learn pim-dvmrp
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN.
Default
Learning pim-dvmrp is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Multicast router ports are learned based on:
• Queries received on the port
• P I M / P I M v 2 r e c e i v e d o n t h
• DVMRP received on the port
- MRDISC received on the port
■ MOSPF received on the port
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
console(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter learn pim-dvmrp
ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
Use the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface Global Configuration mode command to define a port that is connected to a multicast router port. Use the no form of this command to remove the configuration.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter interface interface-list no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter interface interface-list
Parameters
• vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN.
- interface-list—Specifies the list of interfaces. The interfaces can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Default
No ports defined
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
A port that is defined as a multicast router port receives all IGMP packets (reports and queries) as well as all multicast data.
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
console(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter interface gi1/0/1
ip igmp snooping forbidden mrouter interface
Use the ip igmp snooping forbidden mrouter interface Global Configuration mode command to forbid a port from being defined as a multicast router port by static configuration or by automatic learning. Use the no form of this command to remove the configuration.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id forbidden mrouter interface interface-list no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id forbidden mrouter interface interface-list
Parameters
• vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN.
- interface-list—Specifies a list of interfaces. The interfaces can be from one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Default
No ports defined
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
A port that is a forbidden mrouter port cannot be a multicast router port (i.e. cannot be learned dynamically or assigned statically).
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
console(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 forbidden mrouter interface gi1/0/1
ip igmp snooping static
Use the ip igmp snooping static Global Configuration mode command to register an IP-layer multicast address to the bridge table, and to add statically ports to the group. Use the no form of this command to remove ports specified as members of a static multicast group.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id static ip-address [interface interface-list] no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id static ip-address [interface interface-list]
Parameter
• vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN.
- ip-address—Specifies the IP multicast address.
- interface-list—Specifies a list of interfaces. The interfaces can be from one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Default Configuration
No multicast addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Static multicast addresses can only be defined on static VLANs.
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
You can register an entry without specifying an interface.
Using the no. command without a port-list removes the entry.
Example
console(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 static 239.2.2.2 gi1/0/
ip igmp snooping multicast-tv
Use the ip igmp snooping multicast-tv Global Configuration mode command to define the multicast ip-addresses that are associated with a multicast-tv VLAN. Use the no form of this command to remove all associations.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id multicast-tv ip-multicast-address [count number]
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id multicast-tv ip-multicast-address [count number]
Parameters
• vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN
- number—Configures multiple contiguous multicast IP addresses. If not specified, the default is 1. (Range: 1–256)
Default
No multicast IP address is associated.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to define the multicast transmissions on a multicast-TV VLAN. The configuration is only relevant for an Access port that is a member in the configured VLAN as a multicast-TV VLAN.
If an IGMP message is received on such an Access port, it is associated with the multicast-TV VLAN only if it is for one of the multicast IP addresses that are associated with the multicast-TV VLAN.
Up to 256 VLANs can be configured.
ip igmp snooping querier
Use the ip igmp snooping querier Global Configuration mode command to enable the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) querier on a specific VLAN. Use the no form of this command to disable the IGMP querier on a VLAN interface.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id querier
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id querier
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The IGMP snooping querier can be enabled on a VLAN only if IGMP snooping is enabled for that VLAN.
No more then one switch can be configured as an IGMP Querier for a VLAN.
When the IGMP snooping querier is enabled, it starts after a host-time-out/2 with no IGMP traffic detected from a multicast router.
The IGMP Snooping Querier disables itself if it detects IGMP traffic from a multicast router. It restarts automatically after host-time-out/2.
Following are the IGMP snooping querier parameters as a function of the IGMP snooping parameters:
- QueryMaxResponseTime: host-time-out/10.
- QueryInterval: host-time-out/3.
Example
console(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 querier
ip igmp snooping querier address
Use the ip igmp snooping querier address Global Configuration mode command to define the source IP address that the IGMP snooping querier would use. Use the no form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id querier address ip-address
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-idquerier address
Parameters
• vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN.
- ip-address—Source IP address.
Default
If an IP address is configured for the VLAN, it is used as the source address of the IGMP snooping querier.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If an IP address is not configured by this command, and no IP address is configured for the querier's VLAN, the querier is disabled.
console(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 querier address 1.2.3.4
ip igmp robustness
Use the ip igmp robustness Interface Configuration mode command to change a value of the IGMP robustness variable. Use the no format of the command to return to default.
Syntax
ip igmp robustness count
no ip igmp robustness
Parameters
count—The number of expected packet loss on a link. Parameter range. (Range: 1–7)
Default
2
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
console(config)# interface vlan 1
console(config-if)# ip igmp robustness 3
ip igmp query-interval
Use the ip igmp query-interval Interface Configuration mode command to configure the Query interval. Use the no format of the command to return to default.
Syntax
ip igmp query-interval seconds
no ip igmp query-interval
Parameters
seconds—Frequency, in seconds, at which IGMP query messages are sent on the interface. (Range: 30–18000)
Default
125
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
ip igmp query-max-response-time
Use the ip igmp query-max-response-time Interface Configuration mode command to configure the Query Maximum Response time. Use the no format of the command to return to default.
Syntax
ip igmp query-max-response-time seconds
no ip igmp query-max-response-time
Parameters
seconds—Maximum response time, in seconds, advertised in IGMP queries.
(Range: 5–20)
Default
10
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
ip igmp last-member-query-count
Use the ip igmp last-member-query-count Interface Configuration mode command to configure the Last Member Query Counter. Use the no format of the command to return to default.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-count count
no ip igmp last-member-query-count
Parameter
count—The number of times that group- or group-source-specific queries are sent upon receipt of a message indicating a leave. (Range: 1–7)
Default
A value of Robustness variable
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Use the ip igmp last-member-query-interval Interface Configuration mode command to configure the Last Member Query interval. Use the no format of the command to return to default.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds
no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Parameters
milliseconds—Interval, in milliseconds, at which IGMP group-specific host query messages are sent on the interface. (Range: 100–25500)
Default
1000
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
Use the ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave Global Configuration mode command to enable the IGMP Snooping Immediate-Leave processing on a VLAN. Use the no format of the command to disable IGMP Snooping Immediate-Leave processing.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID value. (Range: 1–4094)
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You can execute the command before the VLAN is created.
Example
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
The show ip igmp snooping mrouter EXEC mode command displays information on dynamically learned multicast router interfaces for all VLANs or for a specific VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter [interface vlan-id]
Parameters
interface vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information on dynamically learned multicast router interfaces for VLAN 1000.
Console# show ip igmp snooping mrouter interface 1000
| VLAN | Static | Dynamic | Forbidden |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| 1000 | gi1/0/1 | gi1/0/2 | gi1/0/3-gi1/0/23 |
show ip igmp snooping interface
The show ip igmp snooping interface EXEC mode command displays the IGMP snooping configuration for a specific VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping interface vlan-id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the IGMP snooping configuration for VLAN 1000
Console # show ip igmp snooping interface 1000
IGMP Snooping is globally enabled
IGMP Snooping admin: Enabled
IGMP Snooping oper: Enabled
Routers IGMP version: 3
Groups that are in IGMP version 2 compatibility mode:
231.2.2.3, 231.2.2.3
Groups that are in IGMP version 1 compatibility mode:
IGMP snooping querier admin: Enabled IGMP snooping querier oper: Enabled IGMP snooping querier address admin: IGMP snooping querier address oper: 172.16.1.1 IGMP snooping querier version admin: 3
IGMP snooping robustness: admin 2 oper 2 IGMP snooping query interval: admin 125 sec oper 125 sec IGMP snooping query maximum response: admin 10 sec oper 10 sec IGMP snooping last member query counter: admin 2 oper 2 IGMP snooping last member query interval: admin 1000 msec oper 500 msec IGMP snooping last immediate leave: enable
Automatic learning of multicast router ports is enabled
show ip igmp snooping groups
The show ip igmp snooping groups EXEC mode command displays the multicast groups learned by the IGMP snooping.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups [vlan vlan-id] [address ip-multicast-address] [source ip-address]
Parameters
vlan vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
address ip-multicast-address—Specifies the IP multicast address.
source ip-address—Specifies the IP source address.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
To see the full multicast address table (including static addresses), use the show bridge multicast address-table command.
The Include list contains the ports which are in forwarding state for this group according to the snooping database. In general, the Exclude list contains the ports that have issued an explicit Exclude for that specific source in a multicast group. The Reporters That Are Forbidden Statically list contains the list of ports which have asked to receive a multicast flow but were defined as forbidden for that multicast group in multicast bridge.
Note: under certain circumstances, the Exclude list may not contain accurate information. For example, in the case when two Exclude reports were received on the same port for the same group but for different sources, the port will not be in the Exclude list but rather in the Include' list.
Example
The following example shows the output for IGMP version 2.
| Console# show ip igmp snooping groups | |||
| Vlan | IP Address | Querier | Ports |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | |
| 1 | 231.2.2.2 | Yes | gi1/0/1 |
| 1 | 231.2.2.3 | No | gi1/0/2 |
| 19 | 231.2.2.4 | Yes | gi1/0/9 |
show ip igmp snooping multicast-tv
The show ip igmp snooping multicast-tv EXEC mode command displays the IP addresses associated with Multicast TV VLANs.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping multicast-tv [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlan vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the IP addresses associated with all Multicast TV VLANs.
Console# show ip igmp snooping multicast-tv
VLAN IP Address
1000 239.255.0.0
1000 239.255.0.1
1000 239.255.0.2
1000 239.255.0.3
1000 239.255.0.4
1000 239.255.0.5
1000 239.255.0.6
1000 239.255.0.7
LACP Commands
lapp system-priority
Use the lacp system-priority Global Configuration mode command to set the system priority. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lacp system-priority value
no lacp system-priority
Parameters
value—Specifies the system priority value. (Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The default system priority is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the system priority to 120.
Console(config)# lacp system-priority 120
lapc port-priority
Use the lacp port-priority Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to set the physical port priority. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lacp port-priority value
no lacp port-priority
Parameters
value—Specifies the port priority. (Range: luse the no form of this command65535)
Default Configuration
The default port priority is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example sets the priority of gigabitethernet port 1/0/6.
console(config)# interface gi1/0/6
console(config-if)# lacp port-priority 247
lapc timeout
Use the lacp timeout Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to assign an administrative LACP timeout to an interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
lapc timeout {long / short}
no lacp timeout
Parameters
• long—Specifies the long timeout value.
• short—Specifies the short timeout value.
Default Configuration
The default port timeout value is Long.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Example
The following example assigns a long administrative LACP timeout to gigabitethernet port 1/0/6.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/6
Console(config-if)# lacp timeout long
show lacp
Use the show lacp EXEC mode command to display LACP information for all Ethernet ports or for a specific Ethernet port.
Syntax
show lacp interface-id / parameters / statistics / protocol-state ]
Parameters
- parameters—Displays parameters only.
• statistics—Displays statistics only. - protocol-state—Displays protocol state only.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays LACP information for gigabitethernet port 1/0/1.
Console> show lacp ethernet gi1/0/1
Port gi1/0/1 LACP parameters:
Actor
system priority: 1
system mac addr: 00:00:12:34:56:78
port Admin key: 30
port Oper key: 30
port Oper number: 21
port Admin priority: 1
port Oper priority: 1
port Admin timeout: LONG
port Oper timeout: LONG
LACP Activity: ACTIVE
Aggregation: AGGREGATABLE
synchronization: FALSE
collecting: FALSE
distributing: FALSE
expired: FALSE
Partner
system priority: 0
system mac addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00
port Admin key: 0
port Oper key: 0
port Oper number: 0
port Admin priority: 0
port Oper priority: 0
port Admin timeout: LONG
port Oper timeout: LONG
LACP Activity: PASSIVE
Aggregation: AGGREGATABLE
synchronization: FALSE
collecting: FALSE
distributing: FALSE
expired: FALSE
Port gi1/0/1 LACP Statistics:
LACP PDUs sent: 2
LACP PDUs received: 2
Port gi1/0/1 LACP Protocol State:
LACP State Machines:
Receive FSM: Port Disabled State
Mux FSM: Detached State
Control Variables:
BEGIN: FALSE
LACP_Enabled: TRUE
Ready_N: FALSE
Selected: UNSELECTED
Port_moved: FALSE
NNT: FALSE
Port_enabled: FALSE
Timer counters:
periodic tx timer: 0
current while timer: 0
wait while timer: 0
show lacp port-channel
Use the show lacp port-channel EXEC mode command to display LACP information for a port-channel.
Syntax
show lacp port-channel [port_channel_number]
Parameters
port_channel_number—Specifies the port-channel number.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays LACP information about port-channel 1.
Console> show lacp port-channel 1
Port-Channel 1: Port Type 1000 Ethernet Actor
System 1
Priority: 000285:0E1C00
MAC Address: 29
Admin Key: 29
Oper Key:
Partner
System 0
Priority: 00:00:00:00:00:00
MAC Address: 14
Oper Key:
GVRP Commands
gvrp enable (Global)
Use the gvrp enable Global Configuration mode command to enable the Generic Attribute Registration Protocol (GARP) VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) globally. Use the no form of this command to disable GVRP on the device.
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is globally disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables GVRP globally on the device.
Console(config)# gvrp enable
gvrp enable (Interface)
Use the gvrp enable Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable GVRP on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable GVRP on an interface.
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is disabled on all interfaces.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
An access port does not dynamically join a VLAN because it is always a member of one VLAN only. Membership in an untagged VLAN is propagated in the same way as in a tagged VLAN. That is, the PVID must be manually defined as the untagged VLAN VID.
Example
The following example enables GVRP on gigabitethernet port 1/0/6.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/6 Console(config-if)# gvrp enable
garp timer
Use the carp timer Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port channel) mode command to adjust the values of the join, leave and leave all timers of GARP applications, such as GVRP. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
garp timer {join / leave / leaveall} timer-value
no garp timer
Parameters
- join | leave | leaveall—Specifies the type of timer for which the timer value is specified. The possible values are:
- join—Specifies the GARP join timer. The GARP join timer value specifies the time interval between the two join messages sent by the GARP application.
- leave—Specifies the GARP leave timer. The GARP leave timer value specifies the time interval for a GARP application to wait for a join message after receiving a leave message for a GARP attribute, before it de-registers the GARP attribute.
- leaveall—Specifies the GARP leavecall timer. The GARP leavecall timer value specifies the time interval between leaveall messages for a GARP entity, which prompt other GARP entities to re-reregister all attribute information on this entity.
- timer-value—Specifies the timer value in milliseconds in multiples of 10. (Range: 10–2147483640)
Default Configuration
The following are the default timer values:
• Join timer—200 milliseconds
• Leave timer—600 milliseconds
• Leaveall timer—10000 milliseconds
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The timer-value value must be a multiple of 10.
The following relationship must be maintained between the timers:
- The leave time must be greater than or equal to three times the join time.
- The leave-all time must be greater than the leave time.
Set the same GARP timer values on all Layer 2-connected devices to ensure proper operation of the GARP application.
Example
The following example sets the leave timer for gigabitethernet port 1/0/6 to 900 milliseconds.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/6
Console(config-if)# garp timer leave 900
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Use the gvrp vlan-creation-forbid Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to disable dynamic VLAN creation or modification. Use the no form of this command to enable dynamic VLAN creation or modification.
Syntax
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
no gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Default Configuration
Dynamic VLAN creation or modification is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example disables dynamic VLAN creation on gigabitethernet port 1/0/3.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/3
Console(config-if)# gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
gvrp registration-forbid
Use the gvrp registration-forbid Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to deregister all dynamic VLANs on a port and
prevent VLAN creation or registration on the port. Use the no form of this command to allow dynamic registration of VLANs on a port.
Syntax
gvrp registration-forbid
no gvrp registration-forbid
Default Configuration
Dynamic registration of VLANs on the port is allowed.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example forbids dynamic registration of VLANs on gigabitethernet port 1/0/2.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Console(config-if)# gvrp registration-forbid
clear gvrp statistics
Use the clear gvrp statistics Privileged EXEC mode command to clear GVRP statistical information for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
clear gvrp statistics [interface-id]
Parameters
Interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example clears all GVRP statistical information on gigabitethernet port 1/0/5.
Console# clear gvrp statistics ethernet 1/5
show gvrp configuration
Use the show gvrp configuration EXEC mode command to display GVRP configuration information, including timer values, whether GVRP and dynamic VLAN creation are enabled, and which ports are running GVRP.
Syntax
show gvrp configuration [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays GVRP configuration information.
console# show gvrp configuration
GVRP Feature is currently Enabled on the device.
Maximum VLANs: 4094
| Port(s) | GVRP-Status | Registration | Dynamic VLAN Creation | Timers(ms) | ||
| Leave | ||||||
| Join | Leave All | |||||
| gil/0/1 | Enabled | Forbidden | Disabled | 200 | 600 | 10000 |
| gil/0/2 | Enabled | Normal | Enabled | 400 | 1200 | 20000 |
show gvrp statistics
Use the show gvrp statistics EXEC mode command to display GVRP statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show gvrp statistics [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays GVRP statistical information.
Console# show gvrp statistics
GVRP statistics:
Legend:
rJE : Join Empty rJIn: Join In Received
rEmp: Received rLIn: Leave In Received
rLE : Empty Received rLA : Leave All Received
sJE : Leave Empty sJIn: Join In Sent
sEmp: Received sLIn: Leave In Sent
sLE : Join Empty Sent sLA : Leave All Sent
Empty Sent
Leave Empty Sent
| Port | rJE | rJIn | rEmp | rLIn | rLE | rLA | sJE | sJIn | sEmp | sLIn | sLE | sLA |
| 1/1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1/2 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1/3 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1/4 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1/5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1/6 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1/7 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1/8 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
show gvrp error-statistics
Use the show gvrp error-statistics EXEC mode command to display GVRP error statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show gvrp error-statistics [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays GVRP error statistics.
console# show gvrp error-statistics
GVRP Error Statistics:
Legend:
INVPROT : Invalid Protocol Id
INVATYP : Invalid Attribute Type INVALEN : Invalid Attribute Length
INVAVAL : Invalid Attribute Value INVEVENT: Invalid Event
| Port | INVPROT | INVATYP | INVAVAL | INVALEN | INVEVENT |
| gi1/0/1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/2 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/3 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/4 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/6 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/0/7 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| gi1/0/0/8 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Voice VLAN Commands
The voice vlan id Global Configuration mode command specified the Voice VLAN Identified. The no format of the command returns the value to default.
Syntax
voice vlan id vlan-id
no voice vlan id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the voice VLAN ID.
Parameters Range
vlan-id—1-4094.
Default Configuration
Default VLAN's Identifier.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If the Voice VLAN does not exist it is created automatically. It will not remove automatically.
Example
The following example enables VLAN 35 as the voice VLAN on the device.
voice vlan oui-table
Use the voice vlan oui-table Global Configuration mode command to configure the voice OUI table. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
voice vlan oui-table {add mac-address-prefix / remove mac-address-prefix} [text]
no voice vlan oui-table
Parameters
- add mac-address-prefix—Adds the specified MAC address to the voice VLAN OUI table. (Length: 3 bytes)
- text—Adds the specified text as a description of the specified MAC address to the voice VLAN OUI table. (Length: 1–32 characters)
- remove mac-address-prefix—Removes the specified MAC address from the voice VLAN OUI table. (Length: 3 bytes)
Default Configuration
The default voice VLAN OUI table is:
| OUI Description |
| 00:e0:bb 3COM Phone |
| 00:03:6b Cisco Phone |
| 00:e0:75 Veritel Polycom Phone |
| 00:d0:1e Pingtel Phone |
| 00:01:e3 Siemens AG Phone |
| 00:60:b9 NEC/Philips Phone |
| 00:0f:e2 Huawei-3COM Phone |
| 00:09:6e Avaya Phone |
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The classification of a packet to Packets from VoIP Equipment/Phones is based on the packet's OUI of the source Mac Address.
In MAC addresses, the first three bytes contain a manufacturer ID (Organizationally Unique Identifiers - OUI) and the last three bytes contain a unique station ID.
OUIs are globally assigned (administered) by the IEEE.
Since the number of IP phones manufacturers that dominates the market is limited and well known, the known OUI values can be configured (as a default and user configurable) to the switch.
Example
The following example adds an entry to the voice VLAN OUI table.
Console(config)# voice vlan oui-table add 00:AA:BB description experimental
voice vlan cos mode
Use the voice vlan cos mode Interface Configuration mode command to select the OUI Voice VLAN Class Of Service mode. Use the no form of this command. to return to the default.
Syntax
voice vlan cos mode {src / all}
no voice vlan cos mode
Parameters
- src—QoS attributes are applied only on packets from IP phones. See the User Guidelines.
- all—QoS attributes are applied only on all packets that are classified to the Voice VLAN.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
voice vlan cos
Use the voice vlan cos Global Configuration mode command to set the OUI Voice VLAN Class of Service (CoS). Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration..
Syntax
voice vlan cos cos [remark]
no voice vlan cos
Parameters
• cos—Specifies the voice VLAN Class of Service. (Range: 0–7)
- remark—Specifies that the L2 User Priority is remarked.
Default Configuration
The default CoS value is 6.
The L2 User Priority is not remarked.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Example
The following example sets the OUI Voice VLAN CoS to 6.
Console(config)# voice vlan cos 7
voice vlan aging-timeout
Use the voice vlan aging-timeout Global Configuration mode command to set the OUI Voice VLAN aging timeout interval. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
voice vlan aging-timeout minutes
no voice vlan aging-timeout
Parameters
minutes—Specifies the voice VLAN aging timeout interval in minutes.
(Range: 1–43200)
Default Configuration
The default voice VLAN aging timeout interval is 1440 minutes.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the OUI Voice VLAN aging timeout interval to 12 hours.
Console(config)# voice vlan aging-timeout 720
voice vlan enable
Use the voice vlan enable Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable OUI Voice VLAN configuration on a port. Use the no form of this command to disable OUI Voice VLAN configuration on a port.
Syntax
voice vlan enable
no voice vlan enable
Default Configuration
Automatic voice VLAN configuration of a port is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The port is added to the voice VLAN if a packet with a source MAC address that is a telephony MAC address (defined by the voice vlan oui-table Global Configuration mode command) is trapped on the port. Note: The packet VLAN ID can be the voice VLAN ID or any other VLAN ID.
The port joins the voice VLAN as a tagged port.
If the time since the last MAC address with a telephony MAC address aged out exceeds the timeout limit (configured by the voice vlan aging-timeout Global Configuration mode command), the port is removed from the voice VLAN.
Example
The following example enables OUI Voice VLAN configuration on gigabitethernet port 1/0/2.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Console(config-if)# voice vlan enable
voice vlan secure
Use the voice vlan secure Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable the secure mode for the OUI Voice VLAN. Use the no form of this command to disable the secure mode.
Syntax
voice vlan secure
no voice vlan secure
Default Configuration
The voice VLAN secure mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to specify that packets that are classified to the voice VLAN with a source MAC address that is not a telephony MAC address (defined by the voice vlan oui-table Global Configuration mode command) are discarded.
This command is relevant only to ports that were added to the voice VLAN automatically
Example
The following example enables the secure mode for the OUI Voice VLAN on gigabitethernet port 1/0/8.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 Console(config-if)# voice vlan secure
show voice vlan
Use the show voice vlan EXEC mode command to display the voice VLAN status for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show voice vlan [type {oui | auto}] [interface-id]
Parameters
type {oui | auto}—Specifies which information is printed:
oui - common and the OUI Voice VLAN specific parameters are printed
auto - common and the Auto Voice VLAN specific parameters are printed
If the parameter is omitted the current Voice VLAN type is applied.
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. If the parameter is omitted than information about all interfaces are printed. Applied only for the OUI VLAN type.
Parameters Range
interface-id—Ethernet, Port-channel
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Example 1.
switch>show voice vlan
Administrate Voice VLAN state is auto-triggered
Operational Voice VLAN state is auto-enabled
Best Local Voice VLAN-ID is 20
Best Local VPT is 4
Best Local DSCP is 1
Voice VLAN is received from switch 00:01:22:01:ab:87:45
Agreed Voice VLAN priority is 0 (active UC device)
Agreed Voice VLAN-ID is 100
Agreed VPT is 0
Agreed DSCP is 0
Agreed VLAN Last Change is 10-Apr-10 20:01:00
Example 2.
Administrate Voice VLAN state is auto-enabled
Operational Voice VLAN state is auto-enabled
Best Local Voice VLAN-ID is 1 (default)
Best Local VPT is 0 (default)
Best Local DSCP is 0 (default)
Agreed Voice VLAN is received from switch 00:01:22:01:ab:87:45
Agreed Voice VLAN priority is 2 (static)
Agreed Voice VLAN-ID is 20
Agreed VPT is 7
Agreed DSCP is 20
Agreed VLAN Last Change is 10-Apr-10 20:01:00
Example 3.
Administrate Voice VLAN state is auto-triggered
Operational Voice VLAN state is disabled
Example 4.
Administrate Voice VLAN state is disabled
Operational Voice VLAN state is disabled
Best Local Voice VLAN-ID is 20
Best Local VPT is 0 (default)
Best Local DSCP is 0 (default)
Aging timeout: 1440 minutes
CoS: 6
Remark: Yes
Example 5.
Administrate Voice VLAN state is oui-enabled
Operational Voice VLAN state is oui-enabled
Best Local Voice VLAN-ID is 1 (default)
Best Local VPT is 4
Best Local DSCP is 1
Aging timeout: 1440 minutes
CoS: 6
Remark: Yes
OUI table
MAC Address - Prefix Description
00:E0:BB 3COM
00:03:6B Cisco
00:E0:75 Veritel
00:D0:1E Pingtel
00:01:E3 Simens
00:60:B9 NEC/Philips
00:0F:E2 Huawei-3COM
00:09:6E Avaya
Interface Enabled Secure Activated cos Mode
gi1/0/1
gi1/0/2
gi1/0/3
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
-
all
src
src
DHCP Snooping and ARP Inspection Commands
ip dhcp snooping
Use the ip dhcp snooping Global Configuration mode command to enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Snooping globally. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
Default Configuration
DHCP snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For any DHCP Snooping configuration to take effect, DHCP Snooping must be enabled globally. DIICP Snooping on a VLAN is not active until DIICP Snooping on a VLAN is enabled by using the ip dhcp snooping vlan Global Configuration mode command.
Example
The following example enables DHCP Snooping on the device.
ip dhcp snooping vlan
Use the ip dhcp snooping vlan Global Configuration mode command to enable DIICP Snooping on a VLAN. Use the no form of this command to disable DIICP Snooping on a VLAN.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan-id
no ip dhcp snooping vlan-id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
DHCP Snooping on a VLAN is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DHCP Snooping must be enabled globally before enabling DHCP Snooping on a VLAN.
Example
The following example enables DHCP Snooping on VLAN 21.
Console(config)# ip dhcp snooping vlan 21
ip dhcp snooping trust
Use the ip dhcp snooping trust Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure a port as trusted for DHCP snooping purposes. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping trust
no ip dhcp snooping trust
Default Configuration
The interface is untrusted.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Configure as trusted the ports that are connected to a DHCP server or to other switches or routers. Configure the ports that are connected to DHCP clients as untrusted.
Example
The following example configures gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 as trusted for DHCP Snooping.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/5 Console(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping trust
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
Use the ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted Global Configuration mode command to allow a device to accept DIICP packets with option-82 information from an untrusted port. Use the no form of this command to drop these packets from an untrusted port.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
no ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
Default Configuration
DHCP packets with option-82 information from an untrusted port are discarded.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example allows a device to accept DHCP packets with option-82 information from an untrusted port.
Console(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
ip dhcp snooping verify
Use the ip dhcp snooping verify Global Configuration mode command to configure a device to verify that the source MAC address in a DHCP packet received on an untrusted port matches the client hardware address. Use the no form of this command to disable MAC address verification in a DIICP packet received on an untrusted port.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping verify
no ip dhcp snooping verify
Default Configuration
The switch verifies that the source MAC address in a DIICP packet received on an untrusted port matches the client hardware address in the packet.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures a device to verify that the source MAC address in a DHCP packet received on an untrusted port matches the client hardware address.
Console(config)# ip dhcp snooping verify
ip dhcp snooping database
Use the ip dhcp snooping database Global Configuration mode command to enable the DHCP Snooping binding database file. Use the no form of this command to delete the DHCP Snooping binding database file.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping database
no ip dhcp snooping database
Default Configuration
The DHCP Snooping binding database file is not defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The DHCP Snooping binding database file resides on Flash.
To ensure that the lease time in the database is accurate, the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) must be enabled and configured.
The device writes binding changes to the binding database file only if the device system clock is synchronized with SNTP.
Example
The following example enables the DIICP Snooping binding database file.
Console(config)# ip dhcp snooping database
ip dhcp snooping database update-freq
Use the ip dhcp snooping database update-freq Global Configuration mode command to set the update frequency of the DHCP Snooping binding database file. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping database update-freq seconds
no ip dhcp snooping database update-freq
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the update frequency in seconds. (Range: 600–86400)
Default Configuration
The default update frequency value is 1200 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the DHCP Snooping binding database file update frequency to 1 hour.
Console(config)# ip dhcp snooping database update-freq 3600
ip dhcp snooping binding
Use the ip dhcp snooping binding Privileged EXEC mode command to configure the DHCP Snooping binding database and add binding entries to the database. Use the no form of this command to delete entries from the binding database.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping binding mac-address vlan-id ip-address interface-id expiry {seconds / infinite}
no ip dhcp snooping binding mac-address vlan-id
Parameters
• mac-address—pecifies a MAC address.
• vlan-id—Specifies a VLAN number.
- ip-address—Specifies an IP address.
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
- expiry seconds—Specifies the time interval, in seconds, after which the binding entry is no longer valid. (Range: 10–4294967295)
• expiry infinite—Specifies infinite lease time.
Default Configuration
No static binding exists.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
After entering this command, an entry is added to the DHCP Snooping database. If the DIICP Snooping binding file exists, the entry is also added to that file.
The entry is displayed in the show commands as a DHCP Snooping entry.
The user cannot delete dynamic temporary entries for which the IP address is 0.0.0.0.
Example
The following example adds a binding entry to the DHCP Snooping binding database.
Console# ip dhcp snooping binding 0060.704C.73FF 23 176.10.1.1 ethernet 1/5 expiry 900
clear ip dhcp snooping database
Use the clear ip dhcp snooping database Privileged EXEC mode command to clear the DHCP Snooping binding database.
Syntax
clear ip dhcp snooping database
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example clears the DHCP Snooping binding database.
Console# clear ip dhcp snooping database
show ip dhcp snooping
Use the show ip dhcp snooping EXEC mode command to display the DHCP snooping configuration for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
console# show ip dhcp snooping
DHCP snooping is Enabled
DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs: 21
DHCP snooping database is Enabled
Relay agent Information option 82 is Enabled
Option 82 on untrusted port is allowed
Verification of hwaddr field is Enabled
DHCP snooping file update frequency is configured to: 6666 seconds
Interface Trusted
---- ----
gi1/0/1 Yes
gi1/0/2 Yes
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding User EXEC mode command to display the DIICP Snooping binding database and configuration information for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping binding [mac-address mac-address] [ip-address ip-address] [vlan vlan-id] [interface-id]
Parameters
• mac-address mac-address—Specifies a MAC address.
- ip-address ip-address—Specifies an IP address.
• vlan vlan-id—Specifies a VLAN ID.
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
Example
The following examples displays the DHCP snooping binding database and configuration information for all interfaces on a device.
Console# show ip dhcp snooping binding
Update frequency: 1200
Total number of binding: 2
| Mac Address | IP Address | Lease (sec) | Type | VLAN | Interface |
| 0060.704C.73 | 10.1.8.1 | ---- | snooping | 3 | 1/21 |
| FF | 10.1.8.2 | 7983 | snooping | 3 | 1/22 |
| 0060.704C.7B | 92332 | (s) | |||
| C1 |
ip arp inspection
Use the ip arp inspection Global Configuration mode command globally to enable Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) inspection. Use the no form of this command to disable ARP inspection.
Syntax
ip arp inspection
no ip arp inspection
Default Configuration
ARP inspection is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Note that if a port is configured as an untrusted port, then it should also be configured as an untrusted port for DHCP Snooping, or the IP-address-MAC-address binding for this port should be configured statically. Otherwise, hosts that are attached to this port cannot respond to ARPs.
Example
The following example enables ARP inspection on the device.
Console(config)# ip arp inspection
ip arp inspection vlan
Use the ip arp inspection vlan Global Configuration mode command to enable ARP inspection on a VLAN, based on the DHCP Snooping database. Use the no form of this command to disable ARP inspection on a VLAN.
Syntax
ip arp inspection vlan vlan-id
no ip arp inspection vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
DHCP Snooping based ARP inspection on a VLAN is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command enables ARP inspection on a VLAN based on the DHCP snooping database. Use the ip arp inspection list assign Global Configuration mode command to enable static ARP inspection.
Example
The following example enables DHCP Snooping based ARP inspection on VLAN 23.
Console(config)# ip arp inspection vlan 23
ip arp inspection trust
Use the ip arp inspection trust Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure an interface trust state that determines if incoming Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packets are inspected. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip arp inspection trust
no ip arp inspection trust
Default Configuration
The interface is untrusted.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The device does not check ARP packets that are received on the trusted interface; it only forwards the packets.
For untrusted interfaces, the device intercepts all ARP requests and responses. It verifies that the intercepted packets have valid IP-to-MAC address bindings before updating the local cache and before forwarding the packet to the appropriate destination. The device drops invalid packets and logs them in the log buffer according to the logging configuration specified with the ip arp inspection log-buffer vlan Global Configuration mode command.
Example
The following example configures gigabitethernet port 1/0/3 as a trusted interface.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/3
Console(config-if)# ip arp inspection trust
ip arp inspection validate
Use the ip arp inspection validate Global Configuration mode command to perform specific checks for dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) inspection. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip arp inspection validate
no ip arp inspection validate
Default Configuration
ARP inspection validation is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The following checks are performed:
- Source MAC address: Compares the source MAC address in the Ethernet header against the sender MAC address in the ARP body. This check is performed on both ARP requests and responses.
- Destination MAC address: Compares the destination MAC address in the Ethernet header against the target MAC address in the ARP body. This check is performed for ARP responses.
- IP addresses: Compares the ARP body for invalid and unexpected IP addresses. Addresses include 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, and all IP multicast addresses.
Example
The following example executes ARP inspection validation.
ip arp inspection list create
Use the ip arp inspection list create Global Configuration mode command to create a static ARP binding list and enters the ARP list configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the list.
Syntax
ip arp inspection list create name
no ip arp inspection list create name
Parameters
name—Specifies the static ARP binding list name. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Default Configuration
No static ARP binding list exists.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the ip arp inspection list assign command to assign the list to a VLAN.
Example
The following example creates the static ARP binding list ‘servers’ and enters the ARP list configuration mode.
Console(config)# ip arp inspection list create servers
Console(config-ARP-list)#
ip mac
Use the ip mac ARP-list Configuration mode command to create a static ARP binding. Use the no form of this command to delete a static ARP binding.
Syntax
ip ip-addressmac mac-address
no ip ip-address mac mac-address
Parameters
- ip-address—Specifies the IP address to be entered to the list.
• mac-address—Specifies the MAC address associated with the IP address.
Default Configuration
No static ARP binding is defined.
Command Mode
ARP-list Configuration mode
Example
The following example creates a static ARP binding.
Console(config)# ip arp inspection list create servers Console(config-ARP-list)# ip 172.16.1.1 mac 0060.704C.7321 Console(config-ARP-list)# ip 172.16.1.2 mac 0060.704C.7322
ip arp inspection list assign
Use the ip arp inspection list assign Global Configuration mode command to assign a static ARP binding list to a VLAN. Use the no form of this command to delete the assignment.
Syntax
ip arp inspection list assign vlan-id name
no ip arp inspection list assign vlan
Parameters
• vlan-id—Specifies the VLAN ID.
• name—Specifies the static ARP binding list name.
Default Configuration
No static ARP binding list assignment exists.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example assigns the static ARP binding list Servers to VLAN 37.
Console(config)# ip arp inspection list assign 37 servers
ip arp inspection logging interval
Use the ip arp inspection logging interval Global Configuration mode command to set the minimum time interval between successive ARP SYSLOG messages. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip arp inspection logging interval { seconds / infinite} no ip arp inspection logging interval
Parameters
- seconds—Specifies the minimum time interval between successive ARP SYSLOG messages. A 0 value means that a system message is immediately generated. (Range: 0–86400)
• infinite—Specifies that SYSLOG messages are not generated.
Default Configuration
The default minimum ARP SYSLOG message logging time interval is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example sets the minimum ARP SYSLOG message logging time interval to 60 seconds.
Console(config)# ip arp inspection logging interval 60
show ip arp inspection
Use the show ip arp inspection EXEC mode command to display the ARP inspection configuration for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the ARP inspection configuration.
console# show ip arp inspection
IP ARP inspection is Enabled
IP ARP inspection is configured on following VLANs: 1
Verification of packet header is Enabled
IP ARP inspection logging interval is: 222 seconds
Interface Trusted
gi1/0/1 Yes
gi1/0/2 Yes
show ip arp inspection list
Use the show ip arp inspection list Privileged EXEC mode command to display the static ARP binding list.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection list
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the static ARP binding list.
Console# show ip arp inspection list
List name: servers
Assigned to VLANs: 1,2
| IP | ARP |
| 172.16.1.1 | 0060.704C.7322 |
| 172.16.1.2 | 0060.704C.7322 |
show ip arp inspection statistics
Use the show ip arp inspection statistics EXEC command to display Statistics For The Following Types Of Packets That Have Been Processed By This Feature: Forwarded, Dropped, IP/MAC Validation Failure.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection statistics [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies VLAN ID.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
To clear ARP Inspection counters use the clear ip arp inspection statistics CLI command. Counters values are kept when disabling the ARP Inspection feature.
Example
console# show ip arp inspection statistics
Vlan Forwarded Packets Dropped Packets IP/MAC Failures
2 1500100 80
clear ip arp inspection statistics
Use the clear ip arp inspection statistics Privileged EXEC mode command to clear statistics ARP Inspection statistics globally.
Syntax
clear ip arp inspection statistics [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlan-id—Specifies VLAN ID
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
console# clear ip arp inspection statistics
ip dhcp information option
Use the ip dhcp information option Global Configuration command to enable DHCP option-82 data insertion. Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP option-82 data insertion.
Syntax
ip dhcp information option
no ip dhcp information option
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
DHCP option-82 data insertion is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DHCP option 82 would be enabled only if DHCP snooping or DHCP relay are enabled.
Example
console(config)# ip dhcp information option
show ip dhcp information option
The show ip dhcp information option EXEC mode command displays the DHCP Option 82 configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp information option
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the DHCP Option 82 configuration.
console# show ip dhcp information option
Relay agent Information option is Enabled
iSCSI Commands
iscsi enable
Use the iscsi enable Global Configuration mode command to globally enable Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) awareness. This command changes the Flow Control global mode to receive-only, enables Flow Control on all interfaces, and enables jumbo frames.
Use the no form of this command to globally disable iSCSI awareness. This version of the command does not affect the Flow Control global mode, does not disable Flow Control on all interfaces, and does not disable jumbo frames.
Syntax
iscsi enable
no iscsi enable
Default Configuration
Disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
An iSCSI VLAN must be configured by using the iscsi vlan command before the device can assign a specific VLAN to iSCSI flows.
When executing the no iscsi enable command, iSCSI resources (TCAM) are released.
Example
The following example enables iSCSI awareness globally.
Console(config)# iscsi enable
iscsi target port
Use the iscsi target port Global Configuration mode command to configures iSCSI target ports. Use the no form of this command to delete the iSCSI target ports.
Syntax
iscsi target port tcp-port-1 [tcp-port-2.... tcp-port-8] [address ip-address] [name targetname]
no iscsi target port tcp-port-1 [tcp-port-2.... tcp-port-8] [address ip-address]
Parameters
- tcp-port—Specifies the TCP port number or list of TCP port numbers on which iSCSI targets listen to requests. Up to 8 TCP ports can be defined in the system, in one command or by using multiple commands. (Range: 1–65536)
- address ip-address—Specifies the iSCSI target IP address. If the no form is used and the TCP port to be deleted is one that was bound to a specific IP address, the IP address field must be present.
- name targetname—Specifies the iSCSI target name. The name can be statically configured, but it can also be obtained from iSNS or from the sendTargets response. The initiator must present both its iSCSI Initiator Name and the iSCSI Target Name to which it wishes to connect in the first login request of a new session or connection. The name must comprise valid characters, as specified by RFC 3722. (Length: 1–223 characters)
Default Configuration
iSCSI well-known ports 3260 and 860 are configured as the default target ports, but they can be removed just as any other configured target.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When working with private iSCSI ports (not IANA assigned iSCSI ports 3260 and 860), it is recommended that the target IP address also be specified, so that the device snoops only frames for which its TCP destination port is one of the configured TCP ports and their destination IP is the target's IP address. In this way, the CPU is not falsely loaded by non-iSCSI flows if other applications choose to use these un-reserved ports.
It is the user's responsibility to not define as iSCSI ports any ports that are well-known or are configured on the product for other uses, such as Telnet, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, or DHCP.
To bind a port to an IP address, and the port is already defined but not bound to an IP address, first remove the port by using the no form of the command and then add it again with the relevant IP address.
Target names are displayed only when using the show iscsi command. These names are not used to match (or to perform any sanity check on) the iSCSI session information acquired by snooping.
A maximum of 16 TCP ports can be configured either bound to IP or not. This number can be changed by using the iscsi max target ports command. However, the change takes effect only after reset.
Example
The following example configures an iSCSI target port.
Console(config)# iscsi target port 30001 address 176.16.1.1
Use the iscsi cos Global Configuration mode command to set the quality of service profile to apply to iSCSI flows. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
iscsi cos enable
iscsi cos disable
iscsi cos {vpt vpt | dscp dscp} [remark]
Parameters
- enable – enables iSCSI CoS
- vpt —Specifies the VLAN Priority Tag (VPT) that iSCSI frames are assigned. (Range: 0–7)
- dscp —Specifies the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) that iSCSI frames are assigned. (Range: 0–63)
- remark—Marks the iSCSI frames with the configured VPT or DSCP when egressing the switch.
Default Configuration
iSCSI COS is disabled by default, the default profile is VPT 5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The iscsi cos enable command is used to enable an iSCSI CoS profile (whether the default profile or one configured by using the iscsi cos vpt/dscp command).
When executing the iscsi cos disable command, iSCSI CoS configuration is not deleted.
Use the Remark option to prioritize iSCSI traffic in the next hop switch, which might be iSCSI-unaware.
iSCSI flows are assigned by default with a VPT/DSCP that is mapped to the highest queue not used for stack management or voice VLAN (if the mapping was not changed by the user). The user should also configure the relevant (vpt to queue/dscp to queue) table to complete the setting.
Setting the VPT/DSCP sets the QoS profile that determines the egress queue to which the frame is mapped. The switch default setting for egress queues
scheduling is strict priority. The downside of strict priority queuing is that in certain circumstances (heavy high priority traffic), lower priority traffic may become bandwidth-starved. In WRR, the queue to which the flow is assigned can be set to get the required percentage. The user may want to complete the QoS setting by configuring the relevant ports to work in WRR mode with adequate weights.
Example
The following example sets the QoS profile to apply to iSCSI flows by assigning iSCSI frames with DSCP 31.
Console(config)# iscsi cos enable Console(config)# iscsi cos dscp 31
iscsi aging-time
Use the iscsi aging-time Global Configuration mode command to set the idle time interval for iSCSI sessions. Use the no form of this command. to cancel iSCSI session aging.
Syntax
iscsi aging-time minutes
no iscsi aging-time
Parameters
minutes—Specifies the iSCSI session idle time interval in minutes before the session is terminated. (Minimum: 1 minute)
Default Configuration
The default idle time interval for iSCSI sessions is 120 minutes.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
iSCSI session aging time may be longer than the defined aging time. This is due to a lack of ASIC counters used by the application for aging.
When changing the iSCSI session aging time, the following occurs:
- If the aging time is increased, the aging time for the current session is recalculated and increased by the difference between the new aging time and the current aging time.
- If the aging time is decreased, the aging time for the current session is recalculated and decreased by the difference between the new aging time and the current aging time. If, after recalculation, it is determined that the current session idle time is greater than the new aging time, the session is immediately terminated.
Example
The following example sets the aging time for iSCSI sessions to 10 minutes.
Console(config)# iscsi aging-time 10
iscsi max-tcp-connections
To set the maximum number of iSCSI sessions that can be supported use the iscsi max-tcp-connections command in global configuration mode. To return to default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
iscsi max-tcp-connections max-connections
no iscsi max-tcp-connections
Parameters
max-connections—Specifies the maximum number of iSCSI connections that can be supported. (5-1024)
Default Configuration
256 TCP connections
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The new setting will take affect only after reset.
This command enables the user to define the number of iSCSI connections supported in the system.
The amount of iSCSI sessions has effect on the system memory consumption. The memory consumption is 500 bytes per session and 20 bytes per connection (256 sessions each with 4 connections consumes 145KB). In the current implementation, if more than 1024 connections exist, you will still get QoS, but only 1024 connections will be displayed
show iscsi
Use the show iscsi Privileged EXEC mode command to display the iSCSI configuration.
Syntax
show iscsi
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The iSCSI targets displayed are the statically configured targets only.
To display all iSCSI entities (targets and initiators), whether statically configured or dynamically discovered, use the show iscsi sessions command.
Example
The following example display the iSCSI configuration.
Console# show iscsi
iSCSI disabled
iSCSI COS disabled
iSCSI vpt is 5, Remark
iSCSI aging time: 5 min.
Maximum number of connections: 256
iSCSI targets and TCP ports:
| TCP Port | Target IP Address | Name |
| 860 | 0.0.0.0 | |
| 3260 | 0.0.0.0 | |
| 9876 | 0.0.0.0 | |
| 20002 | 0.0.0.0 | |
| 20003 | 0.0.0.0 | |
| 25555 | 0.0.0.0 |
show iscsi sessions
Use the show iscsi sessions Privileged EXEC mode command to display the iSCSI sessions.
Syntax
show iscsi sessions [detailed]
Parameters
detailed—Specifies that the displayed list is detailed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The target list is not sorted alphabetically.
The aging mechanism checks session activity in a group of N TCP iSCSI connections. In the worst case, if all 256 sessions are monitored and are not terminated gracefully, the existing mechanism causes inaccuracies; the last group of monitored iSCSI sessions are aged out after (256/N) ^* aging-time.
In general, the higher the number of ungraceful terminated iSCSI TCP connections, the higher the aging-time inaccuracy.
Example
The following example displays the iSCSI sessions
Console# show iscsi sessions
Initiator: iqn.1992-04.com.os- vendor.plan9:cdrom.12.storage:sys1.xyz UP Time: 02:10:45 (DD:HH:MM) Time for aging out: 10 min ISID: 11
| Initiator | Initiator | Target | Target |
| IP Address | TCP Port | IP Address | IP Port |
| 172.16.1.3 | 49154 | 172.16.1.20 | 30001 |
| 172.16.1.4 | 49155 | 172.16.1.21 | 30001 |
| 172.16.1.5 | 49156 | 172.16.1.22 | 30001 |
Session 2:
Initiator: iqn.1995-05.com.os-vendor.plan9:cdrom.10
Status: Active
UP Time: 00:04:50 (DD:HH:MM)
Time for aging out: 2 min
ISID: 22
| Initiator | Initiator | Target | Target |
| IP Address | TCP Port | IP Address | IP Port |
| 172.16.1.30 | 49200 | 172.16.1.20 | 30001 |
| 172.16.1.40 | 49201 | 172.16.1.21 | 30001 |
IP Addressing Commands
address
Use the ip address Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode command to define an IP address for an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove an IP address definition.
Syntax
If the product is a switch router.
ip address ip-address {mask | prefix-length}
no ip address [ip-address]
If the product is a switch only.
ip address ip-address {mask | prefix-length} [default-gateway ip-address]
no ip address [ip-address]
If the product is switch only and supports a single IP address:
ip address ip-address {mask | prefix-length} [default-gateway ip-address]
no ip address
Parameters
- ip-address—Specifies the IP address.
- mask—Specifies the network mask of the IP address.
- prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the IP address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 8–30)
- default-gateway ip-address—Specifies the default gateway IP address.
Default Configuration
No IP address is defined for interfaces.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
Defining a static IP address on an interface implicitly removes the DHCP client configuration on the interface.
If the product supports multiple IP addresses:
The product supports up to x IP addresses. The IP addresses should be from different IP subnets. When adding an IP address from a subnet that already exists in the list, the new IP address replaces the existing IP address from that subnet.
If the product is switch only and supports a single IP address.
If the IP address configured in global context then it would be bound to the currently defined management interface. If the management interface is Default VLAN and the VID of the default VLAN is changed then when new setting is applied, the IP address will be automatically redefined on the new Default VLAN.
If the IP address is configured in Interface context then the IP address is bound to the interface in context.
If a static IP address is already defined, the user must do no IP address in the relevant interface context before changing the IP address.
If a dynamic IP address is already defined, the user must do no ip address in the relevant interface context before configuring another dynamic IP address.
The Interface context could be a port, LAG or VLAN, depending on support that is defined for the product.
Example
The following example configures VLAN 1 with IP address 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0.
ip address dhcp
Use the ip address dhcp Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode command to acquire an IP address for an Ethernet interface from the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. Use the no form of this command to release an acquired IP address.
Syntax
ip address dhcp
no ip address dhcp
Parameters
No parameters
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
The ip address dhcp command allows any interface to dynamically learn its IP address by using the DIICP protocol.
DHCP client configuration on an interface implicitly removes the static IP address configuration on the interface.
If the device is configured to obtain its IP address from a DHCP server, it sends a DIICPDISCOVER message to provide information about itself to the DHCP server on the network.
If the ip address dhcp command is used with or without the optional keyword, the DHCP option 12 field (host name option) is included in the DISCOVER message. By default, the host name specified in the option 12 field is the globally configured device host name.
The no ip address dhcp command releases any IP address that was acquired, and sends a DHCPRELEASE message.
Example
The following example acquires an IP address for gigabitethernet port 1/0/16 from DHCP.
Console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/16
Console(config-if)# ip address dhcp
renew dhcp
Use the renew dhcp Privileged EXEC mode command to renew an IP address that was acquired from a DIICP server for a specific interface.
Syntax
renew dhcp {interface-id} /force-autoconfig/
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN.
force-autoconfig - In the case the DHCP server holds a DHCP option 67 record for the assigned IP address, the file would overwrite the existing device configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Note that this command does not enable DHCP on an interface. If DHCP is not enabled on the requested interface, the command returns an error message.
If DHCP is enabled on the interface and an IP address was already acquired, the command tries to renew that IP address.
If DHCP is enabled on the interface and an IP address has not yet been acquired, the command initiates a DHCP request.
Example
The following example renews an IP address that was acquired from a DHCP server for VLAN 19.
Console# renew dhcp vlan 19
ip default-gateway
The ip default-gateway Global Configuration mode command defines a default gateway (device). Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip default-gateway ip-address
no ip default-gateway
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the default gateway IP address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No default gateway is defined.
Example
The following example defines default gateway 192.168.1.1.
Console(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.1.1
show ip interface
Use the show ip interface EXEC mode command to display the usability status of configured IP interfaces.
Syntax
show ip interface [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the configured IP interfaces and their types.
console# show ip interface
| IP Address | I/F | Type | Directed Broadcast | Precedence | Status |
| 10.5.234.232/24 | vlan 1 | Static | disable | No | Valid |
arp
Use the arp Global Configuration mode command to add a permanent entry to the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache. Use the no form of this command to remove an entry from the ARP cache.
Syntax
arp ip-address mac-address [interface-id]]
no arp ip-address
Parameters
- ip-address—IP address or IP alias to map to the specified MAC address.
• mac-address—MAC address to map to the specified IP address or IP alias. - interface-id—interface ID. Can be Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No permanent entry is defined.
User Guidelines
The software uses ARP cache entries to translate 32-bit IP addresses into 48-bit hardware (MAC) addresses. Because most hosts support dynamic address resolution, static ARP cache entries generally do not need to be specified.
Example
The following example adds IP address 198.133.219.232 and MAC address 00:00:0c:40:0f:bc to the ARP table.
Console(config)# arp 198.133.219.232 00:00:0c:40:0f:bc ethernet 1/6
arp timeout (Global)
Use the arp timeout Global Configuration mode command to set the time interval during which an entry remains in the ARP cache. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
arp timeout seconds
no arp timeout
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the time interval (in seconds) during which an entry remains in the ARP cache.
(Range: 1–40000000)
Default Configuration
The default ARP timeout is 60000 seconds in Router mode, and 300 seconds in Switch mode.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the ARP timeout to 12000 seconds.
Console(config)# arp timeout 12000
arp timeout
Use the arp timeout inTerface Configuration command to configure how long an entry remains in the ARP cache for specific interface. Use the no form of this command restore the default value.
Syntax
arp timeout seconds
no arp timeout
Parameters
seconds—Time (in seconds) that an entry remains in the ARP cache. It is recommended not to set it to less than 3600. (Range: 1–40000000)
Default
Defined by the arp timeout Global Configuration command
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
This configuration can be applied only if at least one IP address defined on specific interface.
Example
Console (config)# interface vlan 1
Console(config-if)# arp timeout 12000
ip arp proxy disable
Use the ip arp proxy disable Global Configuration mode command to globally disable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP). Use the no form of this command reenable proxy ARP.
Syntax
ip arp proxy disable
no ip arp proxy disable
Parameters
This command has no arguments or key words.
Default
Enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip arp proxy disable command overrides any proxy ARP interface configuration.
ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp Interface Configuration mode command to enable an ARP proxy on specific interfaces. Use the no form of this command disable it.
Syntax
ip proxy-arp
no ip proxy-arp
Default Configuration
ARP Proxy is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
This configuration can be applied only if at least one IP address is defined on a specific interface.
Example
The following example enables the ARP proxy.
Console (config-if) # ip proxy-arp
clear arp-cache
Use the clear arp-cache Privileged EXEC mode command to delete all dynamic entries from the ARP cache.
Syntax
clear arp-cache
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache.
Console# clear arp-cache
show arp
Use the show arp Privileged EXEC mode command to display entries in the ARP table.
Syntax
show arp [ip-address ip-address] [mac-address mac-address] [interface-id]
Parameters
- ip-address ip-address—Specifies the IP address.
• mac-address mac-address—Specifies the MAC address.
- interface-id_Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Since the associated interface of a MAC address can be aged out from the FDB table, the Interface field can be empty.
If an ARP entry is associated with an IP interface that is defined on a port or port-channel, the VLAN field is empty.
Example
The following example displays entries in the ARP table.
Console# show arp
ARP timeout: 80000 Seconds
| VLAN | Interface | IP Address | HW Address | Status |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| VLAN 1 | gi1/0/1 | 10.7.1.102 | 00:10:B5:04:DB:4B | Dynamic |
| VLAN 1 | gi1/0/2 | 10.7.1.135 | 00:50:22:00:2A:A4 | Static |
show arp configuration
Use the show arp configuration privileged EXEC command to display the global and interface configuration of the ARP protocol.
Syntax
show arp configuration
Parameters
This command has no arguments or key words.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
Console# show arp configuration
Global configuration:
ARP Proxy: enabled
ARP timeout: 80000 Seconds
Interface configuration:
g2:
ARP Proxy: disabled
ARP timeout:60000 Seconds
VLAN 1:
ARP Proxy: enabled
ARP timeout:70000 Seconds
VLAN 2:
ARP Proxy: enabled
ARP timeout:80000 Second (Global)
interface ip
Use the interface ip Global Configuration mode command to enter the IP Interface Configuration mode.
Syntax
interface ip ip-address
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies one of the IP addresses of the device.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enters the IP interface configuration mode.
Console (config)# interface ip 192.168.1.1
Console (config-ip)#
directed-broadcast
Use the directed-broadcast IP Interface Configuration mode command to enable the translation of a directed broadcast to physical broadcasts. Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
directed-broadcast
no directed-broadcast
Default Configuration
Translation of a directed broadcast to physical broadcasts is disabled. All IP directed broadcasts are dropped.
Command Mode
IP Interface Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables the translation of a directed broadcast to physical broadcasts.
Console (config)# interface ip 192.168.1.1
Console (config-ip)# directed-broadcast
broadcast-address
Use the broadcast-address IP Interface Configuration mode command to define a broadcast address for an interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default IP broadcast address.
Syntax
broadcast-address {255.255.255.255 / 0.0.0.0}
no broadcast-address
Parameters
• 255.255.255.255—Specifies 255.255.255.255 as the broadcast address.
• 0.0.0.0—Specifies 0.0.0.0 as the broadcast address.
Default Configuration
The default broadcast address is 255.255.255.255.
Command Mode
IP Interface Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables the translation of a directed broadcast to physical broadcasts.
Console(config)# interface ip 192.168.1.1
Console(config-ip)# broadcast-address 255.255.255.255
ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address Global Configuration mode command to enable the forwarding of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on an interface to a specific (helper) address. Use the no form of this command to disable the forwarding of broadcast packets to a specific (helper) address.
Syntax
ip helper-address {ip-interface / all} address [udp-port-list]
no ip helper-address {ip-interface / all} address
Parameters
- ip-interface—Specifies the IP interface.
• all—Specifies all IP interfaces. - address—Specifies the destination broadcast or host address to which to forward UDP broadcast packets. A value of 0.0.0.0 specifies that UDP broadcast packets are not forwarded to any host.
- udp-port-list—Specifies the destination UDP port number to which to forward broadcast packets. (Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
Forwarding of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets received on an interface to a specific (helper) address is disabled.
If udp-port-list is not specified, packets for the default services are forwarded to the helper address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip helper-address command forwards specific UDP broadcast packets from one interface to another.
Many helper addresses may be defined. However, the total number of address-port pairs is limited to 128 for the device.
The setting of a helper address for a specific interface has precedence over the setting of a helper address for all the interfaces.
Forwarding of BOOTP/DHCP (ports 67, 68) cannot be enabled with this command. Use the DHCP relay commands to relay BOOTP/DHCP packets.
The ip helper-address command specifies a UDP port number to which UDP broadcast packets with that destination port number are forwarded. By
default, if no UDP port number is specified, the device forwards UDP broadcast packets for the following six services:
• IEN-116 Name Service (port 42)
- DNS (port 53)
• NetBIOS Name Server (port 137)
• NetBIOS Datagram Server (port 138)
• TACACS Server (port 49)
• Time Service (port 37)
Example
The following example enables the forwarding of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcasts received on all interfaces to specific UDP ports of a destination IP address.
Console (config)# ip helper-address all 172.16.9.9 49 53
show ip helper-address
Use the show ip helper-address Privileged EXEC mode command to display the IP helper addresses configuration on the system.
Syntax
show ip helper-address
Parameters
This command has no arguments or key words.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the IP helper addresses configuration on the system.
Console# show ip helper-address
| Interface | Helper Address | Udp ports |
| 192.168.1.1 | 172.16.8.8 | 37, 42, 49, 53, 137, 138 |
| 192.168.2.1 | 172.16.9.9 | 37, 49 |
source-precedence
Use the source-precedence IP Interface Configuration mode command to define a preference for an IP address as a source IP address for DHCP relayed messages on an interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
source-precedence
no source-precedence
Default Configuration
Source precedence is not defined for the address.
Command Mode
IP Interface Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For relayed DHCP messages, the source IP address selected is:
- The lowest of the IP addresses defined as source-precedence IP addresses.
- The lowest of the IP addresses if there are no source-precedence IP addresses.
Example
The following example defines a preference for an IP address as a source IP address for DHCP relayed messages on an interface.
Console (config-ip)# source-precedence
ip domain lookup
Use the ip domain lookup Global Configuration mode command to enable the IP Domain Name System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation. Use the no form of this command to disable DNS-based host name-to-address translation.
Syntax
ip domain lookup
no ip domain lookup
Default Configuration
IP Domain Name System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables IP Domain Name System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation.
Console(config)# ip domain lookup
ip domain name
Use the ip domain name Global Configuration mode command to define a default domain name used by the software to complete unqualified host names (names without a dotted-decimal domain name). Use the no form of this command to remove the default domain name.
Syntax
ip domain name name
no ip domain name
Parameters
name—Specifies the default domain name used to complete unqualified host names. Do not include the initial period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name. (Length: 1–158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
Default Configuration
A default domain name is not defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Domain names and host names are restricted to the ASCII letters A through Z (case-insensitive), the digits 0 through 9, the underscore and the hyphen. A period (.) is used to separate labels.
The maximum size of a label is 63 characters. The maximum name size is 158 bytes.
Example
The following example defines the default domain name as ‘www.website.com’.
Console(config)# ip domain name www.website.com
ip name-server
Use the ip name-server Global Configuration mode command to define the available name servers. Use the no form of this command to remove a name server.
Syntax
ip name-server { server1-ipv4-address / server1-ipv6-address} [server-address2 ... server-address8]
no ip name-server [server-address ... server-address8]
Parameters
server-address—IP addresses of the name server. Up to 8 servers can be defined in one command or by using multiple commands. The IP address can be IPv4 address or IPv6 address. When the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. Refer to the User Guidelines for the interface name syntax.
Default Configuration
No name server IP addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The preference of the servers is determined by the order in which they were entered.
Up to 8 servers can be defined using one command or using multiple commands.
The format of an IPv6Z address is:
interface-name = vlan
integer =
decimal-number = 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9
physical-port-name= Designated port number, for example 1/0/16.
If the egress interface is not specified, the default interface is selected.
Specifying interface zone=0 is equal to not defining an egress interface.
Example
The following example defines the available name server.
Console(config)# ip name-server 176.16.1.18
ip host
Use the ip host Global Configuration mode command to define the static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache. Use the no form of this command to remove the static host name-to-address mapping.
Syntax
ip host name address [address2 address3 address4]
no ip host name
Parameters
- name—Specifies the host name. (Length: 1–158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
- address—Specifies the associated IP address. Up to 4 addresses can be defined.
Default Configuration
No host is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Host names are restricted to the ASCII letters A through Z (case-insensitive), the digits 0 through 9, the underscore and the hyphen. A period (.) is used to separate labels.
Example
The following example defines a static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache.
clear host
Use the clear host Privileged EXEC mode command to delete entries from the host name-to-address cache.
Syntax
clear host {name / *}
Parameters
- name—Specifies the host entry to remove. (Length: 1–158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
• * —Removes all entries.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example deletes all entries from the host name-to-address cache.
Console# clear host *
clear host dhcp
Use the clear host dhcp Privileged EXEC mode command to delete entries from the host name-to-address mapping received from Dynamic IHost Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Syntax
clear host dhcp {name / *}
Parameters
- name —Specifies the host entry to remove. (Length: 1–158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
• *—Removes all entries.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command deletes the host name-to-address mapping temporarily until the next refresh of the IP addresses.
Example
The following example deletes all entries from the host name-to-address mapping received from DHCP.
Console# clear host dhcp *
show hosts
Use the show hosts EXEC mode command to display the default domain name, the list of name server hosts, the static and the cached list of host names and addresses.
Syntax
show hosts [name]
Parameters
name—Specifies the host name. (Length: 1–158 characters. Maximum label length: 63 characters)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays host information.
Console> show hosts
System name: Device
Default domain is gm.com, sales.gm.com, usa.sales.gm.com(DHCP)
Name/address lookup is enabled
Name servers (Preference order): 176.16.1.18 176.16.1.19
Configured host name-to-address mapping:
Host
Addresses
accounting.gm.com
176.16.8.8 176.16.8.9 (DHCP)
2002:0:130F::0A0:1504:0BB4
Host
Tota
Elapse
Type
Addresses
1
d
www.stanford.edu
IP
171.64.14.203
72
3
IPv6 Addressing Commands
ipv6 enable
Use the ipv6 enable Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode command to enable the IPv6 addressing mode on an interface. Use the no form of this command to disable the IPv6 addressing mode on an interface.
Syntax
ipv6 enable [no-autoconfig]
no ipv6 enable
Parameters
no-autoconfig—EnableS processing of IPv6 on an interface without stateless address autoconfiguration procedure
Default Configuration
IPv6 addressing is disabled.
Unless you are using the no-autoconfig parameter, when the interface is enabled stateless address autoconfiguration procedure is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
The ipv6 enable command automatically configures an IPv6 link-local unicast address on the interface, while also enabling the interface for IPv6
processing. The no ipv6 enable command removes the entire IPv6 interface configuration.
To enable stateless address autoconfiguration on an enabled IPv6 interface, use the IPv6 address autoconfig command.
Example
The following example enables VLAN 1 for the IPv6 addressing mode.
Console(config)# interface vlan 1 Console(config-if)# ipv6 enable
ipv6 address autoconfig
Use the ipv6 address autoconfig Interface Configuration mode command to enable automatic configuration of IPv6 addresses, using stateless autoconfiguration on an interface. Addresses are configured depending on the prefixes received in Router Advertisement messages. Use the no form of this command to disable address autoconfiguration on the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 address autoconfig
no ipv6 address autoconfig
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Address autoconfiguration is enabled on the interface, no addresses are assigned by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode.
User Guidelines
When address autoconfig is enabled, router solicitation ND procedure is initiated to discover a router and assign IP addresses to the interface, based on the advertised on-link prefixes.
When disabling address autoconfig, automatically generated addresses that are assigned to the interface are removed.
The default state of the address autoconfig is enabled. Use the enable ipv6 no-autoconfig command to enable an IPv6 interface without address autoconfig.
Example
console(config)# interface vlan 1
console(config-if)# ipv6 address autoconfig
ipv6 icmp error-interval
Use the ipv6 icmp error-interval Global Configuration mode command to configure the rate limit interval and bucket size parameters for IPv6 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) error messages. Use the no form of this command to return the interval to its default setting.
Syntax
ipv6 icmp error-interval milliseconds [bucketsize]
no ipv6 icmp error-interval
Parameters
- milliseconds—The time interval between tokens being placed in the bucket. Each token represents a single ICMP error message. The acceptable range is from 0–2147483647 with a default of 100 milliseconds. Setting milliseconds to 0 disables rate limiting. (Range: 0–2147483647)
- bucketsize—(Optional) The maximum number of tokens stored in the bucket. The acceptable range is from 1–200 with a default of 10 tokens.
Default Configuration
The default interval is 100ms and the default bucketsize is 10 i.e. 100 ICMP error messages per second
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To set the average ICMP error rate limit, calculate the interval with the following formula:
Average Packets Per Second = (1/interval) * bucket size
Example
console(config)# ipv6 icmp error-interval 123 45
show ipv6 icmp error-interval
Use the show ipv6 error-interval command in the EXEC mode to display the IPv6 ICMP error interval.
Syntax
show ipv6 icmp error-interval
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Console> show ipv6 icmp error-interval
Rate limit interval: 100 ms
Bucket size: 10 tokens
ipv6 address
Use the ipv6 address Interface Configuration mode command to configure an IPv6 address for an interface. Use the no form of this command To remove the address from the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 address ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64] [anycast]
no ipv6 address [ipv6-address/prefix-length] [eui-64]
Parameters
- ipv6-address—Specifies the IPv6 network assigned to the interface. This argument must be in the form documented in RFC 2373 where the address is specified in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons.
- prefix-length—Specifies the length of the IPv6 prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address comprise the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash mark (/) must precede the decimal.
- eui-64—(Optional) Builds an interface ID in the low order 64 bits of the IPv6 address based on the interface MAC address.
• anycast—(Optional) Indicates that this address is an anycast address. - prefix-length—3–128 (64 when the eui-64 parameter is used.
Default Configuration
No IP address is defined for the interface.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
If the value specified for the /prefix-length argument is greater than 64 bits, the prefix bits have precedence over the interface ID.
Using the no IPv6 address command without arguments removes all manually configured IPv6 addresses from an interface, including link local manually configured addresses.
Example
console(config)# interface vlan 1
console(config-if)# ipv6 address 3000::123/64 eui-64 anycast
ipv6 address link-local
Use the ipv6 address link-local command to configure an IPv6 link-local address for an interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default link local address on the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 address ipv6-address/prefix-length link-local
no ipv6 address [ipv6-address/prefix-lengthlink-local]
Parameters
- ipv6-address—Specifies the IPv6 network assigned to the interface. This argument must be in the form documented in RFC 2373 where the address is specified in hexadecimals using 16-bit values between colons.
- prefix-length—Specifies the length of the IPv6 prefix. A decimal value indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address comprise the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash mark (/) must precede the decimal. Only 64-bit length is supported, according to IPv6 over Ethernet's well-known practice
Default Configuration
IPv6 is enabled on the interface, link local address of the interface is FE80::EUI64 (interface MAC address).
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
Using the no ipv6 link-local address command removes the manually configured link local IPv6 address from an interface. Multiple IPv6 addresses can be configured per interface, but only one link-local address. When the no ipv6 link-local address command is used, the interface is reconfigured with the standard link local address (the same IPv6 link-local address that is set automatically when the enable ipv6 command is used). The system automatically generates a link-local address for an interface when IPv6 processing is enabled on the interface. To manually specify a link-local address to be used by an interface, use the ipv6 link-local address command. The system supports only 64 bits prefix length for link-local addresses.
Example
console(config)# interface vlan 1
console(config-if)# ipv6 address fe80::123/64 link-local
ipv6 unreachables
Use the ipv6 unreachables Interface Configuration mode command to enable the generation of Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (ICMPv6) unreachable messages for any packets arriving on a specified interface. Use the no form of this command To prevent the generation of unreachable messages.
Syntax
ipv6 unreachables
no ipv6 unreachables
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
ICMP unreachable messages are sent by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode.
User Guidelines
When ICMP unreachable messages are enabled, when receiving a packet addressed to one of the interface's IP address with TCP/UDP port not assigned, the device sends ICMP unreachable messages. Use the no ipv6 unreachables command to disable sending ICMP unreachable messages on the interface.
Example
console(config)# interface gi1/0/1 console(config-if)# ipv6 unreachables
ipv6 default-gateway
Use the ipv6 default-gateway Global Configuration mode command to define an IPv6 default gateway. Use the no form of this command To remove the default gateway.
Syntax
ipv6 default-gateway ipv6-address
no ipv6 default-gateway
Parameters
ipv6-address—Specifies the IPv6 address of the next hop that can be used to reach that network. When the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. Refer to the user guidelines for the interface name syntax.
Default Configuration
No default gateway is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The format of an IPv6Z address is:
interface-name = vlan
integer =
decimal-number = 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9
physical-port-name = Designated port number, for example 1/0/16.
Configuring a new default GW without deleting the previous configured information overwrites the previous configuration. A configured default GW has a higher precedence over automatically advertised (via router advertisement message). Precedence takes effect once the configured default GW is reachable. Reachability state is not verified automatically by the neighbor discovery protocol. Router reachability can be confirmed by either receiving Router Advertisement message containing router's MAC address or manually configured by user using the IPv6 neighbor CLI command. Another option to force reachability confirmation is to ping the router link-local address (this will initiate the neighbor discovery process).
If the egress interface is not specified, the default interface is selected. Specifying interface zone=0 is equal to not defining an egress interface.
Example
console(config)# ipv6 default-gateway fe80::abcd
show ipv6 interface
Use the show ipv6 interface EXEC command mode to display the usability status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Syntax
show ipv6 interface [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN.
Default Configuration
Displays all IPv6 interfaces.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 neighbors command in the privileged EXEC mode to display IPv6 neighbor discovery cache information.
Example
| Console# show ipv6 interface | |||
| Interface | IP addresses | Type | |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | |
| VLAN 1 | 4004::55/64 [ANY] | manual | |
| VLAN 1 | fe80::200:b0ff:fe00:0 | linklayer | |
| VLAN 1 | ff02::1 | linklayer | |
| VLAN 1 | ff02::77 | manual | |
| VLAN 1 | ff02::1:ff00:0 | manual | |
| VLAN 1 | ff02::1:ff00:1 | manual | |
| VLAN 1 | ff02::1:ff00:55 | manual | |
| Default Gateway IP address | Type | Interface | State |
| ---- | ---- | ---- | ---- |
| fe80::77 | Static | VLAN 1 unreachable | |
| fe80::200:cff:fe4a:dfa8 | Dynamic | VLAN 1 stale | |
| Console# show ipv6 interface Vlan 15 | |||
| IPv6 is disabled | |||
| Console# show ipv6 interface Vlan 1 | |||
| Number of ND DAD attempts: 1 | |||
| MTU size: 1500 | |||
| Stateless Address Autoconfiguration state: enabled | |||
| ICMP unreachable message state: enabled | |||
| MLD version: 2 | |||
| IP addresses | Type | DAD State | |
| 4004::55/64 [ANY] | manual | Active |
| fe80::200:b0ff:fe00:0 | linklayer | Active |
| ff02::1 | linklayer | ---- |
| ff02::77 | manual | ---- |
| ff02::1:ff00:0 | manual | ---- |
| ff02::1:ff00:1 | manual | ---- |
| ff02::1:ff00:55 | manual | ---- |
show IPv6 route
Use the show ipv6 route command to display the current state of the IPv6 routing table.
Syntax
show ipv6 route
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Console> show ipv6 route
Codes: L - Local, S - Static, I - ICMP, ND - Router Advertisement
The number in the brackets is the metric.
S ::/0 via fe80::77 [0] VLAN 1 Lifetime Infinite
ND ::/0 via fe80::200:cff:fe4a:dfa8 [0] VLAN 1 Lifetime 1784 sec
L 2001::/64 is directly connected, g2 Lifetime Infinite
L 2002:1:1:1::/64 is directly connected, VLAN 1 Lifetime 2147467 sec
L 3001::/64 is directly connected, VLAN 1 Lifetime Infinite
L 4004::/64 is directly connected, VLAN 1 Lifetime Infinite
L 6001::/64 is directly connected, g2 Lifetime Infinite
ipv6 nd dad attempts
Use the ipv6 nd dad attempts Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode command to configure the number of consecutive neighbor solicitation messages that are sent on an interface while Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) is performed on the unicast IPv6 addresses of the interface. Use the no form of this command to restore the number of messages to the default value.
Syntax
ipv6 nd dad attempts attempts
Parameters
attempts—Specifies the number of neighbor solicitation messages. A value of 0 disables DAD processing on the specified interface. A value of 1 configures a single transmission without follow-up transmissions. (Range: 0–600)
Default Configuration
Duplicate Address Detection on unicast IPv6 addresses with the sending of one neighbor solicitation message is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode. It cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) verifies the uniqueness of new unicast IPv6 addresses before the addresses are assigned to interfaces (the new addresses remain in a tentative state while DAD is performed). DAD uses neighbor solicitation messages to verify the uniqueness of unicast IPv6 addresses.
An interface returning to the administrative Up state restarts DAD for all of the unicast IPv6 addresses on the interface. While DAD is performed on the Link Local address of an interface, the state of the other IPv6 addresses is still set to TENTATIVE. When DAD is completed on the Link Local address, DAD is performed on the remaining IPv6 addresses.
When DAD identifies a duplicate address, the address state is set to DUPLICATE and the address is not used. If the duplicate address is the Link Local address of the interface, the processing of IPv6 packets is disabled on the interface and an error message is displayed.
All configuration commands associated with the duplicate address remain as configured while the address state is set to DUPLICATE.
If the Link Local address for an interface changes, DAD is performed on the new Link Local address and all of the other IPv6 address associated with the interface are regenerated (DAD is performed only on the new Link Local address).
Configuring a value of 0 with the ipv6 nd dad attempts Interface Configuration mode command disables duplicate address detection processing on the specified interface. A value of 1 configures a single transmission without follow-up transmissions. The default is 1 message.
Until the DAD process is completed, an IPv6 address is in the tentative state and cannot be used for data transfer. It is recommended to limit the configured value.
Example
The following example configures the number of consecutive neighbor solicitation messages sent during DAD processing to 2 on gigabitethernet port 1/0/9.
Console (config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/9
Console (config-if)# ipv6 nd dad attempts 2
ipv6 host
Use the ipv6 host Global Configuration mode command to define a static host name-to-address mapping in the host name cache. Use the no form of this command to remove the host name-to-address mapping.
Syntax
ipv6 host name ipv6-address1 [ipv6-address2...ipv6-address4]
no ipv6 host name
Parameters
nameName of the host. (Range: 1–158 characters)
- ipv6-address1—Associated IPv6 address. This argument must be in the form documented in RFC 2373 where the address is specified in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons. When the IPv6 address is a Link Local address (IPv6Z address), the outgoing interface name must be specified. Refer to the user guidelines for the interface name syntax.
- ipv6-address2-4—(Optional) Additional IPv6 addresses that may be associated with the host's name
Default Configuration
No host is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The format of an IPv6Z address is:
interface-name = vlan<integer> | ch<integer> | isatap<integer> |
<physical-port-name>
integer = <decimal-number> | <integer><decimal-number>
decimal-number = 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9
physical-port-name = Designated port number, for example 1/0/16.
Example
console(config)# ipv6 host server 3000::a31b
ipv6 neighbor
Use the ipv6 neighbor command to configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache. Use the no form of this command to remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache.
Syntax
ipv6 neighbor ipv6_addr interface-id hw_addr
no ipv6 neighbor ipv6_addr interface-id
Parameters
- Ipv6_addr —Specifies the Pv6 address to map to the specified MAC address.
- interface-id—Specifies the interface that is associated with the IPv6 address
- hw_addr—Specifies the MAC address to map to the specified IPv6 address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The IPv6 neighbor command is similar to the ARP (global) command.
If an entry for the specified IPv6 address already exists in the neighbor discovery cache—learned through the IPv6 neighbor discovery process—the entry is automatically converted to a static entry.
A new static neighbor entry with a global address can be configured only if a manually configured subnet already exists in the device.
Use the show IPv6 neighbors command to view static entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache.
Example
console(config)# ipv6 neighbor 3000::a31b vlan 1 001b.3f9c.84ea
ipv6 set mtu
Use the ipv6 mtu Interface Configuration mode command to set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of IPv6 packets sent on an interface. Use the default parameter to restore the default MTU size.
Syntax
ipv6 set mtu {interface-id} {bytes / default}
Parameters
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
- bytes—Specifies the MTU in bytes.
- default—Sets the default MTU size 1500 bytes. Minimum is 1280 bytes
Default Configuration
1500 bytes
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command is intended for debugging and testing purposes and should be used only by technical support personnel.
Example
console# ipv6 set mtu gi1/0/1 default
ipv6 mld version
Use the ipv6 mld version Interface Configuration mode command to change the version of the Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol (MLD). Use the no form of this command to change to the default version.
Syntax
ipv6 mld version {1 / 2}
no ipv6 mld version
Parameters
1—Specifies MLD version 1.
2—Specifies MLD version 2.
Default Configuration
MLD version 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode
console(config)# interface vlan 1
console(config-if)# ipv6 mld version 2
ipv6 mld join-group
Use the ipv6 mld join-group Interface Configuration mode command to configure Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) reporting for a specified group. Use the no form of this command to cancel reporting and leave the group.
Syntax
ipv6 mld join-group group-address
no ipv6 mld join-group group-address
Parameters
group-address—Specifies the IPv6 address of the multicast group.
Default Configuration
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The ipv6 mld join-group command configures MLD reporting for a specified group. The packets that are addressed to a specified group address will be passed up to the client process in the device.
Example
The following example configures MLD reporting for specific groups:
ipv6 mld join-group ff02::10
show ipv6 neighbors
Use the show ipv6 neighbors Privileged EXEC mode command to display IPv6 neighbor discovery cache information.
Syntax
show ipv6 neighbors {static | dynamic}[ipv6-address ipv6-address] [mac-address mac-address] [interface-id]
Parameters
• static—Shows static neighbor discovery cash entries.
• dynamic—Shows dynamic neighbor discovery cash entries.
- ipv6-address—Shows the neighbor discovery cache information entry of a specific IPv6 address.
- mac-address—Shows the neighbor discovery cache information entry of a specific MAC address.
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Since the associated interface of a MAC address can be aged out from the FDB table, the Interface field can be empty.
When an ARP entry is associated with an IP interface that is defined on a port or port-channel, the VLAN field is empty.
The possible neighbor cash states are:
- INCMP (Incomplete)—Address resolution is being performed on the entry. Specifically, a Neighbor Solicitation has been sent to the solicited-node multicast address of the target, but the corresponding Neighbor Advertisement has not yet been received.
- REACH (Reachable)—Positive confirmation was received within the last ReachableTime milliseconds that the forward path to the neighbor was functioning properly. While REACHABLE, no special action takes place as packets are sent.
- STALE—More than ReachableTime milliseconds have elapsed since the last positive confirmation was received that the forward path was functioning properly. While stale, no action takes place until a packet is sent.
- DELAY—More than ReachableTime milliseconds have elapsed since the last positive confirmation was received that the forward path was functioning properly, and a packet was sent within the last DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds. If no reachability confirmation is received within DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds of entering the DELAY state, send a Neighbor Solicitation and change the state to PROBE.
- PROBE—A reachability confirmation is actively sought by retransmitting Neighbor Solicitations every RetransTimer milliseconds until a reachability confirmation is received.
Example
Console# show ipv6 neighbors dynamic
| Interface | IPv6 address | HW address | State | Router |
| VLAN 1 | fe80::200:cff:fe4a:dfa8 | 00:00:0c:4a:df:a8 | stale | yes |
| VLAN 1 | fe80::2d0:b7ff:fea1:264d | 00:d0:b7:a1:26:4d | stale | no |
clear ipv6 neighbors
Use the clear ipv6 neighbors Privileged EXEC mode command to delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache, except for static entries.
Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbors
Parameters
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
console# clear ipv6 neighbors
Tunnel Commands
interface tunnel
Use the interface tunnel Global Configuration mode command to enter the Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode.
Syntax
interface tunnel number
Parameters
number—Specifies the tunnel index.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enters the Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode.
Console(config)# interface tunnel 1 Console(config-tunnel)#
tunnel mode ipv6ip
Use the tunnel mode ipv6ip Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode command to configure an IPv6 transition-mechanism global support mode. Use the no form of this command to remove an IPv6 transition mechanism.
Syntax
tunnel mode ipv6ip {isatap}
no tunnel mode ipv6ip
Parameters
isatap—Enables an automatic IPv6 over IPv4 Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing Protocol (ISATAP) tunnel.
Default Configuration
The IPv6 transition-mechanism global support mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
The system can be enabled to ISATAP tunnel. When enabled, an automatic tunnel interface is created on each interface that is assigned an IPv4 address.
Note that on a specific interface (for example, port or VLAN), both native IPV6 and transition-mechanisms can coexist. The host implementation chooses the egress interface according to the scope of the destination IP address (such as ISATAP or native IPv6).
Example
The following example configures an IPv6 transition mechanism global support mode.
Console(config)# interface tunnel 1
Console(config-tunnel)# tunnel mode ipv6ip isatap
tunnel isatap router
Use the tunnel isatap router Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode command to configure a global string that represents a specific automatic tunnel router domain name. Use the no form of this command to remove the string associated with the router domain name and restore the default configuration.
Syntax
tunnel isatap router router-name
no tunnel isatap router
Parameters
router-name—Specifies the router's domain name.
Default Configuration
The automatic tunnel router's default domain name is ISATAP.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
The ipv6 tunnel routers-dns command determines the string that the host uses for automatic tunnel router lookup in the IPv4 DNS procedure. By default, the string ISATAP is used for the corresponding automatic tunnel types.
Only one string can represent the automatic tunnel router name per tunnel. Using this command, therefore, overwrites the existing entry.
Example
The following example configures the global string ISATAP2 as the automatic tunnel router domain name.
Console(config)# tunnel 1
Console(config-tunnel)# tunnel isatap router ISATAP2
tunnel source
Use the tunnel source Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode command to set the local (source) IPv4 address of a tunnel interface. The no form deletes the tunnel local address.
Syntax
tunnel source { auto / ipv4-address }
no tunnel source
Parameters
- auto—The system minimum IPv4 address is used as the source address for packets sent on the tunnel interface. If the IPv4 address is changed, then the local address of the tunnel interface is changed too.
- ip4-address—Specifies the IPv4 address to use as the source address for packets sent on the tunnel interface. The local address of the tunnel interface is not changed when the IPv4 address is moved to another interface (only if StackTable is changed).
Default
No source address is defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
The configured source IPv4 address is used for forming the tunnel interface identifier. The interface identifier is set to the 8 least significant bytes of the SIP field of the encapsulated IPv6 tunneled packets.
Example
console(config)# interface tunnel 1
console(config-tunnel)# tunnel source auto
tunnel isatap query-interval
Use the tunnel isatap query-interval Global Configuration mode command to set the time interval between Domain Name System (DNS) queries (before the ISATAP router IP address is known) for the automatic tunnel router domain name. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
tunnel isatap query-interval seconds
no tunnel isatap query-interval
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the time interval in seconds between DNS queries.
(Range: 10–3600)
Default Configuration
The default time interval between DNS queries is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command determines the time interval between DNS queries before the ISATAP router IP address is known. If the IP address is known, the robustness level that is set by the tunnel isatap robustness Global Configuration mode command determines the refresh rate.
Example
The following example sets the time interval between DNS queries to 30 seconds.
Console(config)# tunnel isatap query-interval 30
tunnel isatap solicitation-interval
Use the tunnel isatap solicitation-interval Global Configuration mode command to set the time interval between ISATAP router solicitation messages. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
tunnel isatap solicitation-interval seconds
no tunnel isatap solicitation-interval
Parameters
seconds—Specifies the time interval in seconds between ISATAP router solicitation messages. (Range: 10–3600)
Default Configuration
The default time interval between ISATAP router solicitation messages is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command determines the interval between router solicitation messages when there is no active ISATAP router. If there is an active ISATAP router, the robustness level set by the tunnel isatap robustness Global Configuration mode command determines the refresh rate.
Example
The following example sets the time interval between ISATAP router solicitation messages to 30 seconds.
Console(config)# tunnel isatap solicitation-interval 30
tunnel isatap robustness
Use the tunnel isatap robustness Global Configuration mode command to configure the number of DNS query/router solicitation refresh messages that the device sends. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
tunnel isatap robustness number
no tunnel isatap robustness
Parameters
number—Specifies the number of DNS query/router solicitation refresh messages that the device sends. (Range: 1–20)
Default Configuration
The default number of DNS query/router solicitation refresh messages that the device sends is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The DNS query interval (after the ISATAP router IP address is known) is the Time-To-Live (TTL) that is received from the DNS, divided by (Robustness + 1).
The router solicitation interval (when there is an active ISATAP router) is the minimum-router-lifetime that is received from the ISATAP router, divided by (Robustness + 1).
Example
The following example sets the number of DNS query/router solicitation refresh messages that the device sends to 5.
Console(config)# tunnel isatap robustness 5
show ipv6 tunnel
Use the show ipv6 tunnel EXEC mode command to display information on the ISATAP tunnel.
Syntax
show ipv6 tunnel
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays information on the ISATAP tunnel.
Console> show ipv6 tunnel
Tunnel 1
Tunnel status
: DOWN
| Tunnel protocol | : NONE |
| Tunnel Local address type | : auto |
| Tunnel Local IPv4 address | : 0.0.0.0 |
| Router DNS name | : ISATAP |
| Router IPv4 address | : 0.0.0.0 |
| DNS Query interval | : 300 seconds |
| Min DNS Query interval | : 0 seconds |
| Router Solicitation interval | : 10 seconds |
| Min Router Solicitation interval | : 0 seconds |
| Robustness | : 2 |
DHCP Relay Commands
ip dhcp relay enable (Global)
Use the ip dhcp relay enable Global Configuration mode command to enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay features on the device. Use the no form of this command to disable the DHCP relay agent.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay enable
no ip dhcp relay enable
Default Configuration
DHCP relay features are disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables DHCP features on the device.
Console(config)# ip dhcp relay enable
ip dhcp relay enable (Interface)
Use the ip dhcp relay enable Interface Configuration (VLAN, Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay features on the router. Use the no form of this command To disable the DHCP relay agent features.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay enable
no ip dhcp relay enable
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Enable DHCP relay globally before enabling DHCP relay on an interface.
Example
The following example enables DHCP features on VLAN 21.
Console(config)# interface vlan 21
Console(config-if)# ip dhcp relay enable
ip dhcp relay address (Global)
Use the ip dhcp relay address Global Configuration mode command to define the DHCP servers available for the DHCP relay. Use the no form of this command to remove servers from the list.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay address ip-address
no ip dhcp relay address [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the DHCP server IP address. Up to 8 servers can be defined.
Default Configuration
No server is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example defines the DHCP server on the device.
Console(config)# ip dhcp relay address 176.16.1.1
ip dhcp relay address (Interface)
Use the ip dhcp relay address Interface Configuration (VLAN, Ethernet, Port-channel) command to define the DHCP servers available by the DHCP relay for DHCP clients connected to the interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the server from the list.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay address ip-address
no ip dhcp relay address [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the DHCP server IP address. Up to 8 servers can be defined.
Default Configuration
No server is defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Use the ip dhcp relay address command to define a DHCP Server IP address per the interface. To define a few DHCP Servers, use the command a few times.
To remove a DHCP Server, use the no form of the command with the ip-address argument. The no form of the command without the ip-address argument deletes all DHCP servers defined per the interface.
You can use the command regardless if DIICP Relay is enabled on the interface.
Example
The following example defines the DHCP server on VLAN 21.
Console(config)# interface vlan 21
Console(config-if)# ip dhcp relay address 176.16.1.1
show ip dhcp relay
Use the show ip dhcp relay EXEC mode command to display the server addresses on the DHCP relay.
Syntax
show ip dhcp relay
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the server addresses on the DHCP relay.
Console> show ip dhcp relay
DHCP relay is globally enabled.
DHCP relay is enabled on VLANs: 1, 2
DHCP relay is enabled on ports: 1/1
DHCP relay is enabled on port-channels:
Servers: 172.16.1.11, 172.16.8.11
Console> show ip dhcp relay
DHCP relay is globally enabled.
DHCP relay is enabled on VLANs: 1, 2
Servers: 172.16.1.11, 172.16.8.11
ip dhcp information option
Use the ip dhcp information option Global Configuration command to enable DHCP option-82 data insertion. Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP option-82 data insertion.
Syntax
ip dhcp information option
no ip dhcp information option
Parameters
N/A
Default Configuration
DIICP option-82 data insertion is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DIICP option 82 would be enabled only if DIICP snooping or DIICP relay are enabled.
Example
The following example enable DHCP option-82 data insertion.
Console(config)# ip dhcp information option
show ip dhcp information option
The show ip dhcp information option EXEC mode command displays the DHCP Option 82 configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp information option
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the DHCP Option 82 configuration.
Console> show ip dhcp information option
Relay agent Information option is Enabled
DHCP Server Commands
ip dhcp server
Use the ip dhcp server Global Configuration mode command to enable the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server features on the device. Use the no form of this command to disable the DHCP server.
Syntax
ip dhcp server
no ip dhcp server
Default Configuration
The DHCP server is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables the DHCP server on the device:
Console(config)# ip dhcp server
ip dhcp pool host
Use the ip dhcp pool host Global Configuration mode command to configure a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) static address on a DHCP Server and enter the DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the address pool.
Syntax
ip dhcp pool host name
no ip dhcp pool host name
Parameters
name—Specifies the DHCP address pool name. It can be either a symbolic string (such as Engineering) or an integer (such as 8). (Length: 1–32 characters)
Default Configuration
DHCP hosts are not configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
During execution of this command, the configuration mode changes to the DHCP Pool Configuration mode, which is identified by the (config-dhcp)# prompt. In this mode, the administrator can configure host parameters, such as the IP subnet number and default router list.
Example
The following example configures Station as the DHCP address pool:
Console(config)# ip dhcp pool host station
Console(config-dhcp)#
ip dhcp pool network
Use the ip dhcp pool network Global Configuration mode command to configure a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) address pool on a DHCP Server and enter DHCP Pool Configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the address pool.
Syntax
ip dhcp pool network name
no ip dhcp pool network name
Parameters
name—Specifies the DHCP address pool name. It can be either a symbolic string (such as ‘engineering’) or an integer (such as 8). (Length: 1–32 characters)
Default Configuration
DHCP address pools are not configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
During execution of this command, the configuration mode changes to DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode, which is identified by the (config-dhcp)# prompt. In this mode, the administrator can configure pool parameters, such as the IP subnet number and default router list.
Example
The following example configures Pool1 as the DIICP address pool.
Console(config)# ip dhcp pool network pool1
Console(config-dhcp)#
address (DHCP Host)
Use the address DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode command to manually bind an IP address to a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the IP address binding to the client.
Syntax
address ip-address {mask | prefix-length} {client-identifier unique-identifier / hardware-address mac-address}
no address
Parameters
• address—Specifies the client IP address.
• mask—Specifies the client network mask.
- prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the address prefix. The prefix is an alternative way of specifying the client network mask. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/).
- unique-identifier—Specifies the distinct client identification in dotted hexadecimal notation: Each byte in a hexadecimal character string is two hexadecimal digits. Bytes are separated by a period or colon. For example, 01b7.0813.8811.66.
- hardware-address—Specifies the MAC address.
Default Configuration
DHCP hosts are not configured.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
Example
The following example manually binds an IP address to a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client.
Console(config-dhcp)# address 10.12.1.99 255.255.255.001b7.0813.8811.66
address (DHCP Network)
Use the address DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode command to configure the subnet number and mask for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) address pool on DHCP Server. Use the no form of this command to remove the subnet number and mask.
Syntax
address {network-number / low low-address high high-address} {mask / prefix-length} no address
Parameters
• network-number—Specifies the IP address of the DHCP address pool.
• mask—Specifies the pool network mask.
- prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the address prefix. The prefix is an alternative way of specifying the client network mask. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/).
- low /bw-address—Specifies the first IP address to use in the address range.
- high high-address—Specifies the last IP address to use in the address range.
Default Configuration
DHCP address pools are not configured.
If the low address is not specified, it defaults to the first IP address in the network.
If the high address is not specified, it defaults to the last IP address in the network.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures the subnet number and mask for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) address pool on DHCP Server.
Console(config-dhcp)# address 10.12.1.0 255.255.255.0
lease
Use the lease DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode command to configure the time duration of the lease for an IP address that is assigned from a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server to a DHCP client. Use the no form of this command to restore the default value.
Syntax
lease { days[{hours} [minutes] / infinite}
no lease
Parameters
• days—Specifies the number of days in the lease.
- hours—Specifies the number of hours in the lease. A days value must be supplied before configuring an hours value.
- minutes—Specifies the number of minutes in the lease. A days value and an hours value must be supplied before configuring a minutes value.
• infinite—Specifies that the duration of the lease is unlimited.
Default Configuration
The default lease duration is 1 day.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Examples
The following example shows a 1-day lease.
Console(config-dhcp)# lease 1
The following example shows a one-hour lease.
Console(config-dhcp)# lease 0 1
The following example shows a one-minute lease.
Console(config-dhcp)# lease 0 0 1
The following example shows an infinite (unlimited) lease.
Console(config-dhcp)# lease infinite
client-name
Use the client-name DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode command to define the name of a DHCP client. The client name should not include the domain name. Use the no form of this command to remove the client name.
Syntax
client-name name
no client-name
Parameters
name—Specifies the client name, using standard ASCII characters. The client name should not include the domain name. For example, the name Mars should not be specified as mars.yahoo.com. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No client name is defined.
Example
The following example defines the string Client1 as the client name.
Console(config-dhcp)# client-name client1
default-router
Use the default-router DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to configure the default router list for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the default router list.
Syntax
default-router ip-address [ip-address2 ... ip-address8]
no default-router
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the IP address of a router. One IP address is required, although up to eight addresses can be specified in one command line.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No default router is defined.
User Guidelines
The router IP address should be on the same subnet as the client subnet.
Example
The following example specifies 10.12.1.99 as the default router IP address.
Console(config-dhcp)# default-router 10.12.1.99
dns-server
Use the dns-server DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to configure the Domain Name System (DNS) IP servers available to a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the DNS server list.
Syntax
dns-server ip-address [ip-address2 ... ip-address8]
no dns-server
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies a DNS Server IP address. One IP address is required, although up to eight addresses can be specified in one command line.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No DNS server is defined.
User Guidelines
If DNS IP servers are not configured for a DHCP client, the client cannot correlate host names to IP addresses.
Example
The following example specifies 10.12.1.99 as the client domain name server IP address.
Console(config-dhcp)# dns-server 10.12.1.99
domain-name
Use the domain-name DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to specify the domain name for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DIICP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the domain name.
Syntax
domain-name domain
no domain-name
Parameters
domain—Specifies the DHCP client domain name string. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No domain name is defined.
Example
The following example specifies yahoo.com as the DHCP client domain name string.
Console(config-dhcp)# domain-name yahoo.com
netbios-name-server
Use the netbios-name-server DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to configure the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) servers that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Use the no form of this command to remove the NetBIOS name server list.
Syntax
netbios-name-server ip-address [ip-address2 ... ip-address8]
no netbios-name-server
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the NetBIOS WINS name server IP address. One IP address is required, although up to eight addresses can be specified in one command line.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No bios server is defined.
Example
The following example specifies the IP address of a NetBIOS name server available to the DHCP client.
Console(config-dhcp)# netbios-name-server 10.12.1.90
netbios-node-type
Use the netbios-node-type DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to configure the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Use the no form of this command to remove the NetBIOS node type.
Syntax
netbios-node-type {b-node / p-node / m-node / h-node}
no netbios-node-type
Parameters
• b-node—Specifies the Broadcast NetBIOS node type.
• p-node—Specifies the Peer-to-peer NetBIOS node type.
• m-node—Specifies the Mixed NetBIOS node type.
• h-node—Specifies the Hybrid NetBIOS node type.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No bios node type is defined.
Example
The following example specifies the client's NetBIOS type as hybrid.
Console(config-dhcp)# netbios node-type h-node
next-server
Use the next-server DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to configure the next server in the boot process of a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the boot server.
Syntax
next-server ip-address
no next-server
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the IP address of the next server in the boot process, which is typically a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server.
Default Configuration
If the next-server command is not used to configure a boot server list, the DHCP Server uses inbound interface helper addresses as boot servers.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies 10.12.1.99 as the IP address of the next server in the boot process.
Console(config-dhcp)# next-server 10.12.1.99
next-server-name
Use the next-server-name DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to configure the next server name in the boot process of a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the boot server name.
Syntax
next-server-name name
no next-server-name
Parameters
name—Specifies the name of the next server in the boot process. (Length: 1–64 characters)
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No next server name is defined.
Example
The following example specifies www.bootserver.com as the name of the next server in the boot process of a DHCP client.
Console (config-dhcp) # next-server www.bootserver.com
bootfile
Use the bootfile DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to specify the default boot image file name for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to delete the boot image file name.
Syntax
bootfile filename
no bootfile
Parameters
filename—Specifies the file name used as a boot image. (Length: 1–128 characters)
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies boot_image_file as the default boot image file name for a DHCP client.
Console(config-dhcp)# bootfile boot_image_file
time-server
Use the time-server DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to specify the time servers list for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client. Use the no form of this command to remove the time servers list.
Syntax
time-server ip-address [ip-address2 ... ip-address8]
no time-server
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the IP address of a time server. One IP address is required, although up to eight addresses can be specified in one command line.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No time server name is defined.
User Guidelines
The router IP address should be on the same subnet as the client subnet.
Example
The following example specifies 10.12.1.99 as the time server IP address.
Console(config-dhcp)# time-server 10.12.1.99
option
Use the option DHCP Pool Configuration mode command to configure the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server options. Use the no form of this command to remove the options.
Syntax
option code {ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | ip ip-address}
option ip-list code ip-address1 [ip-address2 ...]
no option code
Parameters
• code—Specifies the DHCP option code.
- ascii ascii-string—Specifies an NVT ASCII character string. ASCII character strings, which contain white space, must be delimited by quotation marks.
- hex hex-string—Specifies dotted hexadecimal data: Each byte in hexadecimal character strings is two hexadecimal digits. Bytes are separated by a period or colon.
- ip ip-address—Specifies an IP address.
- ip-list—Specifies that a list of IP addresses immediately follows the option code.
- ip-address1 [ip-address2 ...]—Specifies a list of one or more IP addresses.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Host Configuration mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DHCP provides a framework for passing configuration information to hosts on a TCP/IP network. Configuration parameters and other control information are carried in tagged data items that are stored in the DHCP message options field. The data items themselves are also called options. The
current set of DIICP options are documented in RFC 2131, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
For options in hexadecimal format, the string parameter should include all the bytes in the option value, including leading zeros.
Examples
The following example configures DHCP option 19, which specifies whether the client should configure its IP layer for packet forwarding. A value of 0 means disable Ip forwarding. A value of 1 means enable IP forwarding. IP forwarding is enabled in the following example.
Console(config-dhcp)# option 19 hex 01
The following example configures DHCP option 2, which specifies the offset of the client's subnet in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). A value of 0xE10 in the following example indicates a location 1 hour east of the meridian.
Console(config-dhcp)# option 2 hex 00000E10
The following example configures DHCP option 72, which specifies the World Wide Web servers for DIICP clients. World Wide Web servers 172.16.3.252 and 172.16.3.253 are configured in the following example.
Console(config-dhcp)# option ip-list 72 172.16.3.252 172.16.3.253
ip dhcp excluded-address
Use the ip dhcp excluded-address Global Configuration mode command to specify the IP addresses that a Dynamic I Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server should not assign to DHCP clients. Use the no form of this command to remove the excluded IP addresses.
Syntax
ip dhcp excluded-address low-address [high-address]
no ip dhcp excluded-address low-address [high-address]
Parameters
- low-address—Specifies the excluded IP address, or first IP address in an excluded address range.
- high-address—Specifies the last IP address in the excluded address range.
Default Configuration
All IP pool addresses are assignable.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The DHCP Server assumes that all pool addresses can be assigned to clients. Use this command to exclude a single IP address or a range of IP addresses.
Example
The following example configures an excluded IP address range from 172.16.1.100 through 172.16.1.199.
Console(config)# ip dhcp excluded-address 172.16.1.100 172.16.1.199
ip dhcp ping enable
Use the ip dhcp ping enable Global Configuration mode command to enable the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server to send ping packets before assigning the address to a requesting client. Use the no form of this command to prevent the server from pinging pool addresses.
Syntax
ip dhcp ping enable
no ip dhcp ping enable
Default Configuration
DHCP pinging is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The DHCP Server pings a pool address before assigning the address to a requesting client. If the ping is unanswered, the DHCP Server assumes (with a high probability) that the address is not in use and assigns the address to the requesting client.
Example
The following example enables the DHCP Server to send ping packets before assigning the address to a requesting client.
Console(config)# ip dhcp ping enable
ping enable
Use the ping enable DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode command to enable the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server to send ping packets before assigning the address to a requesting client. Use the no form of this command to prevent the server from pinging pool addresses.
Syntax
ping enable
no ping enable
Default Configuration
The default configuration is set to enable.
Command Mode
DHCP Pool Network Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The DHCP Server pings a pool address before assigning the address to a requesting client. If the ping is unanswered, the DHCP Server assumes (with a high probability) that the address is not in use and assigns the address to the requesting client.
Example
The following example enables the DHCP Server to send ping packets before assigning the address to a requesting client.
Console(config-dhcp)# ping enable
ip dhcp ping count
Use the ip dhcp ping count Global Configuration mode command to specify the number of packets a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server sends to a pool address as part of a ping operation. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
ip dhcp ping count number
no ip dhcp ping count
Parameters
number—Specifies the number of ping packets that are sent before assigning the address to a requesting client. (Range: 1-10)
Default Configuration
A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server sends two packets to a pool address as part of a ping operation.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example specifies that a DHCP Server sends five packets to a pool address as part of a ping operation.
Console(config)# ip dhcp ping count 5
ip dhcp ping timeout
The ip dhcp ping timeout Global Configuration mode command specifies the time interval during which a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server waits for a ping reply from an address pool. To restore the default timeout, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip dhcp ping timeout milliseconds
no ip dhcp ping timeout
Parameters
milliseconds — Specifies the amount of time (in milliseconds) that the DHCP server waits for a ping reply before it stops attempting to reach a pool address for client assignment. The timeout range is 300-10000 milliseconds.
Default Configuration
The default timeout is 500 milliseconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command specifies how long to wait for a ping reply (in milliseconds).
Example
The following example specifies that a DHCP Server waits 1 second for a ping reply from an address pool before it stops attempting to reach a pool address for client assignment.
Console(config)# ip dhcp ping timeout 1000
clear ip dhcp binding
The clear ip dhcp binding Privileged EXEC mode command deletes the dynamic address binding from the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server database.
Syntax
clear ip dhcp binding {address | *}
Parameters
- address — Specifies the binding address to delete from the DHCP database.
• * — Clears all automatic bindings.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Typically, the address denotes the client IP address. If the asterisk (*) character is specified as the address parameter, DIICP clears all dynamic bindings.
Use the no ip dhcp pool Global Configuration mode command to delete a manual binding.
Example
The following example deletes the address binding 10.12.1.99 from a DHCP server database:
Console# clear ip dhcp binding 10.12.1.99
show ip dhcp
The show ip dhcp EXEC mode command displays the DHCP configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the DHCP configuration.
Console> show ip dhcp
DHCP server is enabled.
DHCP ping packets is enabled with 2 retries and 500
milliseconds.
show ip dhcp excluded-addresses
The show ip dhcp excluded-addresses EXEC mode command displays the excluded addresses.
Syntax
show ip dhcp excluded-addresses
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the excluded addresses.
Console> show ip dhcp excluded-addresses
The number of excluded addresses ranges is 2
Excluded addresses:
show ip dhcp pool host
The show ip dhcp pool host EXEC mode command displays the DHCP pool host configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp pool host [address | name]
Parameters
- address — Specifies the client IP address.
- name — Specifies the DHCP pool name. (Length: 1-32 characters)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the DHCP pool host configuration.
Console> show ip dhcp pool host
The number of host pools is 1
| Name | IP Address | Hardware Address | Client Identifier |
| Station | 172.16.1.11 | 01b7.0813.8811.66 |
Console> show ip dhcp pool host station
| Name | IP Address | Hardware Address | Client Identifier |
| Station | 172.16.1.11 | 01b7.0813.8811.66 |
Mask: 255.255.0.0
Default router: 172.16.1.1
Client name: client1
DNS server: 10.12.1.99
Domain name: yahoo.com
NetBIOS name server: 10.12.1.90
NetBIOS node type: h-node
Next server: 10.12.1.99
Next-server-name: 10.12.1.100
Bootfile: Bootfile
Time server 10.12.1.99
Options:
Code Value
----
19 ----
Ox01
show ip dhcp pool network
The show ip dhcp pool network EXEC mode command displays the DHCP network configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp pool network [name]
Parameters
name — Specifies the DHCP pool name. (Length: 1-32 characters)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Router> show ip dhcp pool network
The number of network pools is 2
Name Address range mask Lease
marketing 10.1.1.17-10.1.1.178 255.255.255.0 0d:12h:0m
finance 10.1.2.8-10.1.2.178 255.255.255.0 0d:12h:0m
Router> show ip dhcp pool network marketing
Name Address range mask Lease
marketing 10.1.1.17-10.1.1.178 255.255.255.0 0d:12h:0m
Statistics:
All-range Available Free Pre-allocated Allocated Expired Declined
162 150 68 50 20 3 9
Default router: 10.1.1.1
Ping packets: enabled
DNS server: 10.12.1.99
Domain name: yahoo.com
NetBIOS name server: 10.12.1.90
NetBIOS node type: h-node
Next server: 10.12.1.99
Next-server-name: 10.12.1.100
Bootfile: Bootfile
Time server 10.12.1.99
Options:
Code Value
19 0x01
show ip dhcp binding
Use the show ip dhcp binding EXEC mode command to display the specific one or all the address bindings on the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp binding [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address— Specifies the IP address
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the DHCP Server binding address parameters.
Router> show ip dhcp binding
DHCP server enabled
The number of used (all types) entries is 5
The number of pre-allocated entries is 1
The number of allocated entries is 1
The number of expired entries is 1
The number of declined entries is 2
IP address Hardware Address Lease Expiration Type State
1.16.1.11 00a0.9802.32de Feb 01 1998 dynamic allocated
1.16.3.23 02c7.f801.0422 12:00AM dynamic expired
1.16.3.24 02c7.f802.0422 dynamic declined
1.16.3.25 02c7.f803.0422 dynamic pre-allocated
1.16.3.26 02c7.f804.0422 dynamic declined
Router> show ip dhcp binding 1.16.1.11
DHCP server enabled
The number of used (all types) entries is 5
The number of pre-allocated entries is 1
The number of allocated entries is 1
The number of expired entries is 1
The number of declined entries is 2
IP address Hardware Address Lease Expiration Type State
1.16.1.11 00a0.9802.32de Feb 01 1998 dynamic allocated
12:00 AM
Router> show ip dhcp binding 1.16.3.24
DHCP server enabled
The number of used (all types) entries is 5
The number of pre-allocated entries is 1
The number of allocated entries is 1
The number of expired entries is 1
The number of declined entries is 2
IP address Hardware Address Lease Expiration Type State
1.16.3.24 02c7.f802.0422
dynamic declined
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
| Field | Description |
| IP address The host | IP address as recorded on the DHCP Server. |
| Hardware address | The MAC address or client identifier of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server. |
| Lease expiration The lease expiration date of the host IP address. | |
| Type The manner in which the IP address was assigned to the host. | |
| State The IP Address state. | |
show ip dhcp server statistics
Use the show ip dhcp server statistics EXEC command to display Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server statistics.
Syntax
show ip dhcp server statistics
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays DHCP Server statistics
DHCP server enabled
The number of network pools is 6
The number of excluded pools is 2
The number of used (all types) entries is 7
The number of pre-allocated entries is 1
The number of allocated entries is 3
The number of static entries is 1
The number of dynamic entries is 1
The number of automatic entries is 1
The number of expired entries is 1
The number of declined entries is 2
show ip dhcp allocated
Use the show ip dhcp allocated EXEC mode command to display the specific one or all the allocated address on the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp allocated [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address — Specifies the IP address
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the DHCP Server allocated IP addresses.
Router> show ip dhcp allocated
DHCP server enabled
The number of allocated entries is 3 The number of static entries is 1 The number of dynamic entries is 1 The number of automatic entries is 1
| IP address | Hardware address | Lease expiration | Type |
| 172.16.1.11 | 00a0.9802.32de | Feb 01 1998 12:00 AM | Dynamic |
| 172.16.3.253 | 02c7.f800.0422 | Infinite | Automatic |
| 172.16.3.254 | 02c7.f800.0422 | Infinite | Static |
Router> show ip dhcp allocated 172.16.1.11 DHCP server enabled The number of allocated entries is 2 The number of static entries is 0 The number of dynamic entries is 2
| IP address | Hardware address | Lease expiration | Type |
| 172.16.1.11 | 00a0.9802.32de | Feb 01 1998 12:00 AM | Dynamic |
Router> show ip dhcp allocated 172.16.3.254 DHCP server enabled The number of allocated entries is 2 The number of static entries is 0 The number of dynamic entries is 2
| IP address | Hardware address | Lease expiration | Type |
| 172.16.3.254 | 02c7.f800.0422 | Infinite | Static |
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
| Field | Description |
| IP address The host | IP address as recorded on the DHCP Server. |
| Hardware address | The MAC address or client identifier of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server. |
| Lease expiration The lease expiration date of the host IP address. | |
| Type The manner in which the IP address was assigned to the host. | |
show ip dhcp declined
Use the show ip dhcp declined EXEC command to display the specific one or all the declined addresses on the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DIICP) server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp declined [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the IP address.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Router> show ip dhcp declined
DHCP server enabled
IP address Hardware address
172.16.1.11 00a0.9802.32de
172.16.3.254 02c7.f800.0422
Router> show ip dhcp declined 172.16.1.11
DHCP server enabled
IP address Hardware address
172.16.1.1100a0.9802.32de
172.16.1.12
show ip dhcp declined Field Descriptions
• IP address—The IP address of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server.
- Hardware address—The MAC address or client identifier of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server.
show ip dhcp expired
Use the show ip dhcp expired EXEC command to display the specific one or all the expired addresses on the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp expired [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the IP.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Router> show ip dhcp expired
DHCP server enabled
IP address Hardware address
172.16.1.11 00a0.9802.32de
172.16.3.254 02c7.f800.0422
Router> show ip dhcp expired 172.16.1.11
DHCP server enabled
IP address Hardware address
172.16.1.1300a0.9802.32de
172.16.1.14
show ip dhcp expired Field Descriptions
• IP address—The IP address of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server.
- Hardware address—The MAC address or client identifier of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server.
show ip dhcp pre-allocated
Use the show ip dhcp pre-allocated EXEC command to display the specific one or all the pre-allocated addresses on the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp pre-allocated [ip-address]
Parameters
ip-address—Specifies the IP.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Examples
Router> show ip dhcp pre-allocated
DHCP server enabled
IP address Hardware address
172.16.1.11 00a0.9802.32de
172.16.3.254 02c7.f800.0422
Router> show ip dhcp pre-allocated 172.16.1.11
DHCP server enabled
IP address Hardware address
172.16.1.1500a0.9802.32de
172.16.1.16
show ip dhcp declined Field Descriptions
• IP address—The IP address of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server.
- Hardware address—The MAC address or client identifier of the host as recorded on the DHCP Server.
IP Routing Protocol-Independent Commands
ip route
Use the ip route Global Configuration mode command to configure static routes. Use the no form of this command to remove static routes.
Syntax
ip route prefix{mask | prefix-length} ip-address [metric distance] [reject-route]
no ip route prefix {mask | prefix-length} [ip-address]
Parameters
- prefix—Specifies the IP address that is the IP route prefix for the destination IP.
- mask—Specifies the network subnet mask of the IP address prefix.
- prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the IP address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 0–32)
- ip-address—Specifies the IP address or IP alias of the next hop that can be used to reach the network.
- metric distance—Specifies an administrative distance. (Range: 1–255)
- reject-route—Stops routing to the destination network via all gateways.
Default Configuration
The default administrative distance is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example configures a static route with prefix 172.16.0.0, prefix length 16, and gateway 131.16.1.1.
Console(config)# ip route 172.16.0.0 /16 131.16.1.1
ip routing
Use the ip routing Global Configuration mode command to enable IPv4 Routing. Use the no format of the command to disable IPv4 Routing.
Syntax
ip routing
no ip routing
Default Configuration
Enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Default Configuration
No routing is defined
show ip route
Use the show ip route EXEC mode command to display the current routing table state.
Syntax
show ip route [connected | static | {address address [mask | prefix-length] [longer-prefixes]}]
Parameters
- connected—Displays connected routing entries only.
• static—Displays static routing entries only. - address address—Specifies the address for which routing information is displayed.
- mask—Specifies the network subnet mask of the IP address.
- prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the IP address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 1–32)
- longer-prefixes—Specifies that the address and mask pair becomes a prefix and any routes that match that prefix are displayed.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the current routing table state.
Console> show ip route
console# show ip route
Maximum Parallel Paths: 1 (1 after reset)
IP Forwarding: enabled
Codes: C - connected, S - static, D - DHCP
S 0.0.0.0/0 [1/1] via 10.5.234.254 119:9:27 vlan 1
C 10.5.234.0/24 is directly connected vlan 1
Console> show ip route address 172.1.1.0 255.255.255.0
Codes: C - connected, S - static, E - OSPF external, * - candidate default
S 172.1.1.0/24 [5/3] via 10.0.2.1, 17:12:19, Ethernet1
Console> show ip route address 172.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 longer-prefixes
Codes: C - connected, S - static, E - OSPF external
S 172.1.1.0/24 [5/3] via 10.0.2.1, 17:12:19, Ethernet1
S 172.1.1.1/32 [5/3] via 10.0.3.1, 19:51:18, Ethernet1
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
| Field Description |
| O The protocol that derived the route. |
| 10.8.1.0/24 The remote network address. |
| [30/2000] The first number in the brackets is the administrative distance of the information source; the second number is the metric for the route. |
| via 10.0.1.2 The address of the next router to the remote network. |
| 00:39:08 The last time the route was updated, in hours:minutes:seconds. |
| Ethernet 1 The interface through which the specified network can be reached. |
44
ACL Commands
Use the ip access-list global configuration mode command to define an IPv4 access list and to place the device in IPv4 access list configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the access list.
Syntax
ip access-list extended access-list-name
no ip access-list extended access-list-name
Parameters
- access-list-name—Name of the IPv4 access list.
- access-list-name—0–32 characters. (Use "" for empty string)
Default
No IPv4 access list is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
IPv4 ACL is defined by a unique name. IPv4 ACL, IPv6 ACL, MAC ACL or Policy Map cannot have the same name.
Example
console(config)# ip access-list extended server
permit (IP)
Use the permit IP Access-list Configuration mode command to set permit conditions for IPv4 access list.
Syntax
permit protocol {any / source source-wildcard} {any / destination destination-wildcard} [dscp number / precedence number] [time-range time-range-name]
permit icmp {any | source source-wildcard} {any | destination destination-wildcard} [any | icmp-type] [any | icmp-code]] [dscp number | precedence number] [time-range time-range-name]
permit igmp {any / source source-wildcard} {any / destination destination-wildcard}[igmp-type] [dscp number / precedence number] [time-range time-range-name]
permit tcp {any / source source-wildcard} {any/source-port/port-range}{any / destination destination-wildcard} {any/destination-port/port-range} [dscp number / precedence number] [match-all list-of-flags] [time-range time-range-name]
permit udp {any / source source-wildcard} {any/source-port/port-range} {any / destination destination-wildcard} {any/destination-port/port-range} [dscp number / precedence number] [match-all time-range-name] [time-range time-range-name]
Parameters
- protocol—The name or the number of an IP protocol. Available protocol names icmp, igmp, ip, tcp, egp, igp, udp, hmp, rdp, idpr, ipv6, ipv6:rout, ipv6:frag, idrp, rsvp, gre, esp, ah, ipv6:icmp, eigrp, ospf, ipinip, pim, l2tp, isis. To match any protocol use the ip keyword.(Range: 0–255)
- source—Source IP address of the packet.
- source-wildcard—Wildcard bits to be applied to the source IP address. Use ones in the bit position that you want to be ignored.
- destination—Destination IP address of the packet.
- destination-wildcard—Wildcard bits to be applied to the destination IP address. Use ones in the bit position that you want to be ignored.
- dscp number—Specifies the DSCP value.
• precedence number—Specifies the IP precedence value.
- icmp-type—Specifies an ICMP message type for filtering ICMP packets. Enter a number or one of the following values: echo-reply, destination-unreachable, source-quench, redirect, alternate-host-address, echo-request, router-advertisement, router-solicitation, time-exceeded, parameter-problem, timestamp, timestamp-reply, information-request, information-reply, address-mask-request, address-mask-reply, traceroute, datagram-conversion-error, mobile-host-redirect, mobile-registration-request, mobile-registration-reply, domain-name-request, domain-name-reply, skip, photuris. (Range: 0–255)
- icmp-code—Specifies an ICMP message code for filtering ICMP packets. (Range: 0–255)
- igmp-type—IGMP packets can be filtered by IGMP message type. Enter a number or one of the following values: host-query, host-report, dvmrp, pim, cisco-trace, host-report-v2, host-leave-v2, host-report-v3. (Range: 0–255)
- destination-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP destination port. You can enter range of ports by using hyphen. E.g. 20 - 21. For TCP enter a number or one of the following values: bgp (179), chargen (19), daytime (13), discard (9), domain (53), drip (3949), echo (7), finger (79), ftp (21), ftp-data (20), gopher (70), hostname (42), irc (194), klogin (543), kshell (544), lpd (515), nntp (119), pop2 (109), pop3 (110), smtp (25), sunrpc (1110, syslog (514), tacacs-ds (49), talk (517), telnet (23), time (37), uucp (117), whois (43), www (80). For UDP enter a number or one of the following values: biff (512), bootpc (68), bootps (67), discard (9), dnsix (90), domain (53), echo (7), mobile-ip (434), nameserver (42), netbios-dgm (138), netbios-ns (137), on500-isakmp (4500), ntp (123), rip (520), snmp (161), snmptrap (162), sunrpc (111), syslog (514), tacacs-ds (49), talk (517), tftp (69), time (37), who (513), xdmcp (177).(Range: 0–65535).
- source-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP source port. Predefined port names are defined in the destination-port parameter. (Range: 0–65535)
- match-all list-of-flags—List of TCP flags that should occur. If a flag should be set, it is prefixed by “+”. If a flag should be unset, it is prefixed by “-”. Available options are +urg, +ack, +psh, +rst, +syn, +fin, -urg, -
ack, -psh, -rst, -syn and -fin. The flags are concatenated to a one string. For example: +fin-ack.
- time-range-name—Name of the time range that applies to this permit statement. (Range: 1–32)
Default
No IPv4 access list is defined.
Command Mode
IP Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You enter IP-access list configuration mode by using the IP Access-list Global Configuration command.
After an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny any any condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However, before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
The number of TCP/UDP ranges that can be defined in ACLs is limited. You can define up to #ASIC-specific ranges for TCP and up to #ASIC-specific ranges for UDP. If a range of ports is used for source port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for source port in another ACE. If a range of ports is used for destination port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for destination port in another ACE.
If a range of ports is used for source port it would be counted again if it is also used for destination port.
Example
console(config)# ip access-list extended server console(config-ip-al)# permit ip 1.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 1.1.2.0 0.0.0.0
deny (IP)
Use the deny IP Access-list Configuration mode command to set deny conditions for IPv4 access list.
Syntax
deny protocol {any / source source-wildcard} {any / destination destination-wildcard} [dscp number / precedence number] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port / log-input]
deny icmp {any / source source-wildcard} {any / destination destination-wildcard{any/icmp-type} {any/icmp-code} [dscp number / precedence number] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port / log-input]
deny igmp {any / source source-wildcard} {any / destination destination-wildcard}[igmp-type] [dscp number / precedence number] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port | log-input]
deny tcp {any | source source-wildcard} {any/source-port/port-range}{any / destination destination-wildcard} {any/destination-port/port-range} [dscp number / precedence number] [match-all list-of-flags] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port / log-input]
deny udp {any / source source-wildcard} {any/source-port/port-range} {any / destination destination-wildcard} {any/destination-port/port-range} [dscp number / precedence number] [match-all time-range-name] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port / log-input]
Parameters
- protocol—The name or the number of an IP protocol. Available protocol names: icmp, igmp, ip, tcp, egp, igp, udp, hmp, rdp, idpr, ipv6, ipv6:rout, ipv6:frag, idrp, rsvp, gre, esp, ah, ipv6:icmp, eigrp, ospf, ipinip, pim, l2tp, isis. To match any protocol use the Ip keyword. (Range: 0–255)
- source—Source IP address of the packet.
- source-wildcard—Wildcard bits to be applied to the source IP address. Use ls in the bit position that you want to be ignored.
- destination—Destination IP address of the packet.
- destination-wildcard—Wildcard bits to be applied to the destination IP address. Use 1s in the bit position that you want to be ignored.
- dscp number—Specifies the DSCP value.
• precedence number—Specifies the IP precedence value.
- icmp-type—Specifies an ICMP message type for filtering ICMP packets. Enter a number or one of the following values: echo-reply, destination-unreachable, source-quench, redirect, alternate-host-address, echo-request, router-advertisement, router-solicitation, time-exceeded,
parameter-problem, timestamp, timestamp-reply, information-request, information-reply, address-mask-request, address-mask-reply, traceroute, datagram-conversion-error, mobile-host-redirect, mobile-registration-request, mobile-registration-reply, domain-name-request, domain-name-reply, skip, photuris. (Range: 0–255)
- icmp-code—Specifies an ICMP message code for filtering ICMP packets. (Range: 0–255)
- igmp-type—IGMP packets can be filtered by IGMP message type. Enter a number or one of the following values: host-query, host-report, dvmrp, pim, cisco-trace, host-report-v2, host-leave-v2, host-report-v3. (Range: 0–255)
- destination-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP destination port. You can enter range of ports by using hyphen. E.g. 20 - 21. For TCP enter a number or one of the following values: bgp (179), chargen (19), daytime (13), discard (9), domain (53), drip (3949), echo (7), finger (79), ftp (21), ftp-data (20), gopher (70), hostname (42), irc (194), klogin (543), kshell (544), lpd (515), nntp (119), pop2 (109), pop3 (110), smtp (25), sunrpc (1110, syslog (514), tacacs-ds (49), talk (517), telnet (23), time (37), uucp (117), whois (43), www (80). For UDP enter a number or one of the following values: biff (512), bootpc (68), bootps (67), discard (9), dnsix (90), domain (53), echo (7 ), mobile-ip (434), nameserver (42), netbios-dgm (138), netbios-ns (137), non500-isakmp (4500), ntp (123), rip (520), snmp 161), snmptrap (162), sunrpc (111), syslog (514), tacacs-ds (49), talk (517), tftp (69), time (37), who (513), xdmcp (177). (Range: 0–65535)
- source-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP source port. Predefined port names are defined in the destination-port parameter. (Range: 0–65535)
- match-all list-of-flags—List of TCP flags that should occur. If a flag should be set it is prefixed by “+”. If a flag should be unset it is prefixed by “-”. Available options are +urg, +ack, +psh, +rst, +syn, +fin, -urg, -ack, -psh, -rst, -syn and -fin. The flags are concatenated to a one string. For example: +fin-ack.
- time-range-name—Name of the time range that applies to this permit statement. (Range: 1–32)
- disable-port—The Ethernet interface is disabled if the condition is matched.
- log-input—Specifies sending an informational syslog message about the packet that matches the entry. Because forwarding is done in hardware and logging is done in software, if a large number of packets match a deny ACE containing a log-input keyword, the software might not be able to match the hardware processing rate, and not all packets will be logged.
Default
No IPv4 access list is defined.
Command Mode
IP Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You enter IP-access list configuration mode by using the IP Access-list Global Configuration command.
After an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny any any condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However, before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
The number of TCP/UDP ranges that can be defined in ACLs is limited. You can define up to #ASIC-specific ranges for TCP and up to #ASIC-specific ranges for UDP. If a range of ports is used for source port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for source port in another ACE. If a range of ports is used for destination port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for destination port in another ACE.
If a range of ports is used for source port, it would be counted again if it is also used for destination port.
Example
console(config)# ip access-list extended server console(config-ip-al)# deny ip 1.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 1.1.2.0 0.0.0.0
ipv6 access-list
Use the ipv6 access-list global configuration mode command to define an IPv6 access list and to place the device in IPv6 access list configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the access list.
Syntax
ipv6 access-list [access-list-name]
no ipv6 access-list [access-list-name]
Parameters
- access-list-name—Name of the IPv6 access list.
- access-list-name—0–32 characters (use "" for empty string)
Default
No IPv6 access list is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
IPv6 ACL is defined by a unique name. IPv4 ACL, IPv6 ACL, MAC ACL or Policy Map cannot have the same name.
Every IPv6 ACL has implicit permit icmp any any nd-ns any, permit icmp any any nd-na any, and deny ipv6 any any statements as its last match conditions. (The former two match conditions allow for ICMPv6 neighbor discovery.)
The IPv6 neighbor discovery process makes use of the IPv6 network layer service, therefore, by default, IPv6 ACLs implicitly allow IPv6 neighbor discovery packets to be sent and received on an interface. In IPv4, the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), which is equivalent to the IPv6 neighbor discovery process, makes use of a separate data link layer protocol; therefore, by default, IPv4 ACLs implicitly allow ARP packets to be sent and received on an interface.
Example
permit (IPv6)
Use the permit command in IPv6 Access-list Configuration mode to set permit conditions for IPv6 access list.
Syntax
permit protocol {any | {source-prefix/length }{any | destination-prefix/length } [dscp number | precedence number] [time-range time-range-name]
permit icmp {any | {source-prefix/length }{any | destination- prefix/length } {any/icmp-type} {any/icmp-code} [dscp number | precedence number] [time-range time-range-name]
permit tcp {any | {source-prefix/length} {any | source-port/port-range} {any | destination- prefix/length} {any|destination-port/port-range}[dscp number | precedence number] [match-all list-of-flags] [time-range time-range-name]
permit udp {any | {source-prefix/length }} {any | source-port/port-range} {any | destination-prefix/length } {any|destination-port/port-range}[dscp number | precedence number] [time-range time-range-name]
Parameters
- protocol—The name or the number of an IP protocol. Available protocol names are: icmp (58), tcp (6) and udp (17). To match any protocol, use the ipv6 keyword. (Range: 0–255)
- source-prefix/length—The source IPv6 network or class of networks about which to set permit conditions. This argument must be in the form documented in RFC 3513 where the address is specified in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons.
- destination-prefix/length—The destination IPv6 network or class of networks about which to set permit conditions. This argument must be in the form documented in RFC 3513 where the address is specified in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons.
- dscp number—Specifies the DSCP value. (Range: 0–63)
• precedence number—Specifies the IP precedence value.
- icmp-type—Specifies an ICMP message type for filtering ICMP packets. Enter a number or one of the following values: destination-unreachable (1), packet-too-big (2), time-exceeded (3), parameter-problem (4), echo-request (128), echo-reply (129), mld-query (130), mld-report (131), mldv2-report (143), mld-done (132), router-solicitation (133), router-advertisement (134), nd-ns (135), nd-na (136). (Range: 0–255)
- icmp-code—Specifies an ICMP message code for filtering ICMP packets. (Range: 0–255)
- destination-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP destination port. You can enter a range of ports by using a hyphen. E.g. 20 - 21. For TCP enter a number or one of the following values: bgp (179), chargen (19), daytime (13), discard (9), domain (53), drip (3949), echo (7), finger (79), ftp (21), ftp-data (20), gopher (70), hostname (42), irc (194), klogin (543), kshell (544), lpd (515), nntp (119), pop2 (109), pop3 (110), smtp (25), sunrpc (1110, syslog (514), tacacs-ds (49), talk (517), telnet (23), time (37), uucp (117), whois (43), www (80). For UDP enter a number or one of the following values: biff (512), bootpc (68), bootps (67), discard (9), dnsix (90), domain (53), echo (7 ), mobile-ip (434), nameserver (42), netbios-dgm (138), netbios-ns (137), non500-isakmp (4500), ntp (123), rip (520), snmp (161), snmptrap (162), sunrpc (111), syslog (514), tacacs (49), talk (517), tftp (69), time (37), who (513), xdmcp (177). (Range: 0–65535)
- source-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP source port. Predefined port names are defined in the destination-port parameter. (Range: 0–65535)
- match-all list-of-flag—List of TCP flags that should occur. If a flag should be set it is prefixed by “+”. If a flag should be unset it is prefixed by “-”. Available options are +urg, +ack, +psh, +rst, +syn, +fin, -urg, -ack, -psh, -rst, -syn and -fin. The flags are concatenated to a one string. For example: +fin-ack.
- time-range-name—Name of the time range that applies to this permit statement. (Range: 1–32)
Default
No IPv6 access list is defined.
Command Mode
Ipv6 Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The number of TCP/UDP ranges that can be defined in ACLs is limited. You can define up to #ASIC-specific ranges for TCP and up to #ASIC-specific ranges for UDP. If a range of ports is used for a source port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for a source port in another ACE. If a range of ports is used for destination port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for destination port in another ACE.
If a range of ports is used for source port it would be counted again if it is also used for destination port.
Example
console(config)# ipv6 access-list server
console(config-ipv6-al)# permit tcp 3001::2/64 any any 80
deny (IPv6)
Use the deny command in IPv6 access list configuration mode to set permit conditions for IPv6 access list.
Syntax
deny protocol {any | {source-prefix/length }{any | destination- prefix/length } [dscp number | precedence number] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port | log-input]
deny icmp {any | {source-prefix/length }{any | destination- prefix/length }{any/icmp-type} {any/icmp-code} [dscp number | precedence number] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port | log-input]
deny tcp {any | {source-prefix/length} {any | source-port/port-range} }{any / destination- prefix/length} {any|destination-port/port-range} [dscp number | precedence number] [match-all list-of-flags] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port | log-input]
deny udp {any | {source-prefix/length }} {any | source-port/port-range} {any | destination- prefix/length } {any|destination-port/port-range}[dscp number | precedence number] [time-range time-range-name] [disable-port | log-input]
Parameters
- protocol—The name or the number of an IP protocol. Available protocol names are: icmp (58), tcp (6) and udp (17). To match any protocol use the ipv6 keyword. (Range: 0–255)
- source-prefix/length—The source IPv6 network or class of networks about which to set permit conditions. This argument must be in the form documented in RFC 3513 where the address is specified in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons.
- destination-prefix/length—The destination IPv6 network or class of networks about which to set permit conditions. This argument must be in the form documented in RFC 3513 where the address is specified in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons.
• dscp number—Specifies the DSCP value. (Range: 0–63)
• precedence number—Specifies the IP precedence value. - icmp-type—Specifies an ICMP message type for filtering ICMP packets. Enter a number or one of the following values: destination-unreachable (1), packet-too-big (2), time-exceeded (3), parameter-problem (4), echo-request (128), echo-reply (129), mld-query (130), mld-report (131), mldv2-report (143), mld-done (132), router-solicitation (133), router-advertisement (134), nd-ns (135), nd-na (136). (Range: 0–255)
- icmp-code—Specifies an ICMP message code for filtering ICMP packets. (Range: 0–255)
- destination-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP destination port. You can enter a range of ports by using a hyphen. E.g. 20 - 21. For TCP enter a number or one of the following values: bgp (179), chargen (19), daytime (13), discard (9), domain (53), drip (3949), echo (7), finger (79), ftp (21), ftp-data 20), gopher (70), hostname (42), irc (194), klogin (543), kshell (544), lpd (515), nntp (119), pop2 (109), pop3 (110), smtp (25), sunrpc (1110, syslog (514), tacacs-ds (49), talk (517), telnet (23), time (37), uucp (117), whois (43), www (80). For UDP enter a number or one of the following values: biff (512), bootpc (68), bootps (67), discard (9), dnsix (90), domain (53), echo (7 ), mobile-ip (434), nameserver (42),
netbios-dgm (138), netbios-ns (137), non500-isakmp (4500), ntp (123), rip (520), snmp (161), snmptrap (162), sunrpc (111), syslog (514), tacacs (49), talk (517), tftp (69), time (37), who (513), xdmcp (177). (Range: 0–65535)
- source-port—Specifies the UDP/TCP source port. Predefined port names are defined in the destination-port parameter. (Range: 0–65535)
- match-all list-of-flags—List of TCP flags that should occur. If a flag should be set it is prefixed by “+”. If a flag should be unset it is prefixed by “-”. Available options are +urg, +ack, +psh, +rst, +syn, +fin, -urg, -ack, -psh, -rst, -syn and -fin. The flags are concatenated to a one string. For example: +fin-ack.
- time-range-name—Name of the time range that applies to this permit statement. (Range: 1–32)
- disable-port—The Ethernet interface would be disabled if the condition is matched.
- log-input—Specifies to send an informational syslog message about the packet that matches the entry. Because forwarding is done in hardware and logging is done in software, if a large number of packets match a deny ACE containing a log-input keyword, the software might not be able to match the hardware processing rate, and not all packets will be logged.
Default
No IPv6 access list is defined.
Command Mode
IPv6 Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The number of TCP/UDP ranges that can be defined in ACLs is limited. You can define up to #ASIC-specific ranges for TCP and up to #ASIC-specific ranges for UDP. If a range of ports is used for source port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for source port in another ACE. If a range of ports is used for a destination port in ACE it would be not be counted again if it is also used for a destination port in another ACE.
If a range of ports is used for source port it would be counted again if it is also used for destination port.
Example
console(config)# ipv6 access-list server
console(config-ipv6-al)# deny tcp 3001::2/64 any any 80
mac access-list
Use the mac access-list Global Configuration mode command to define a Layer 2 access list and to place the device in MAC access list configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the access list.
Syntax
mac access-list extended access-list-name
no mac access-list extended access-list-name
Parameters
access-list-name—Specifies the name of the MAC access list. (Range: access-list-name0–32 characters - use "" for empty string)
Default
No MAC access list is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
MAC ACL is defined by a unique name. IPv4 ACL, IPv6 ACL, MAC ACL or Policy Map cannot have the same name.
Example
console(config)# mac access-list extended server1
permit ( MAC )
Use the permit command in MAC Access List Configuration mode to set permit conditions for an MAC access list,.
Syntax
permit {any | source source-wildcard}{any | destination destination-wildcard}[eth-type 0| aarp | amber | dec-spanning | decnet-iv | diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000] [vlan vlan-id] [cos cos cos-wildcard] [time-range time-range-name]
Parameters
- source—Source MAC address of the packet.
- source-wildcard—Wildcard bits to be applied to the source MAC address. Use 1s in the bit position that you want to be ignored.
- destination—Destination MAC address of the packet.
- destination-wildcard—Wildcard bits to be applied to the destination MAC address. Use ls in the bit position that you want to be ignored.
• eth-type—The Ethernet type in hexadecimal format of the packet. - vlan-id—The VLAN ID of the packet. (Range: 1–4094)
- cos—The Class of Service of the packet. (Range: 0–7)
- cos-wildcard—Wildcard bits to be applied to the CoS.
- time-range-name—Name of the time range that applies to this permit statement. (Range: 1–32)
Default
No MAC access list is defined.
Command Mode
MAC Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You enter MAC-access list configuration mode by using the MAC Access-list Global Configuration command.
After an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny-any-any condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However, before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
Example
service-acl input
use the service-acl input command in interface configuration mode to control access to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the access control.
Syntax
service-acl input acl-name1 [acl-name2]
no service-acl input
Parameters
acl-name—Specifies an ACL to apply to the interface. See the usage guidelines. (Range: acl-name0–32 characters. Use "" for empty string)
Default
No ACL is assigned.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode. Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-Channel) mode.
User Guidelines
IPv4 ACL and IPv6 ACL can be bound together to an interface.
MAC ACL cannot be bound on an interface with IPv4 ACL or IPv6 ACL.
Two ACLs of the same type can't be added to a port.
An ACL cannot be added to a port that is already bounded to an ACL, without first removing the current ACL and binding the two ACLs together.
Example
console(config)# mac access-list extended server
console(config-mac-al)# permit 00:00:00:00:00:01 00:00:00:00:00:ff any
console(config-mac-al)# exit
console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
service-acl output
Use the service-acl output command in Interface Configuration mode to control access to an interface on the Egress (transmit path). Use the no form of this command to remove the access control..
Syntax
service-acl output acl-name1 [acl-name2]
no service-acl output
Parameters
acl-name—Specifies an ACL to apply to the interface. See the Usage Guidelines. Range: acl-name -32 characters. Use "" for empty string
Default
No ACL is assigned.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode.
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-Channel) mode.
User Guidelines
The deny rule actions: log-input and disable-port are not supported. Trying to use these actions will result in an error.
IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs can be bound together on an interface.
A MAC ACL cannot be bound on an interface together with an IPv4 ACL or IPv6 ACL.
Two ACLs of the same type cannot be added to a port.
An ACL cannot be added to a port that is already bound to an ACL, without first removing the current ACL and binding the two ACLs together
Example
console(config)# mac access-list extended server console(config-mac-al)# permit 00:00:00:00:00:01 00:00:00:00:00:ff any console(config-mac-al)# exit console(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 console(config-if)# service-acl output server
service-acl input block
Use the service-acl input block Interface Configuration mode commands to discard packets that are classified to specific protocols. Use the no form of those commands to disable discarding of the packets.
Syntax
service-acl input protocol1 [protocol2 ... protocol6]
no service-acl input
Parameters
protocol—Specifies a protocol to filter. Available values are: blockedp, blockvtp, blockdtp, blockudld, blockpagp, blocksstp, and blockall.
Default Configuration
No protocol is defined
Command Mode
Interface Configuration ((Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
If you want to define multiple protocols on the same interface, those protocols should be defined in the same command.
To change configuration of the protocol filtering for an interface, you should first remove the current assignment of protocol filtering assignment, and then assign the new configuration of the protocol filtering.
If Proprietary Protocol Filtering rules are assigned on an interface, the user is not able to assign ACL or Policy Map or Security suite rules to that interface and to enable 802.1X Dynamic Policy Assignment to that interface.
If ACL or Policy Map or Security suite rules are assigned to an interface or 802.1X Dynamic Policy Assignment is enabled for an interface, the user is not able to assign Proprietary Protocol Filtering rules to that interface.
The following table defines the DA and protocol types of the packets that are subject for discarding per each command:
| Command Destination Address Protocol Type |
| blockcdp 0100.0ccc.cccc 0x2000 |
| blockvtp 0100.0ccc.cccc 0x2003 |
| blockdtp 0100.0ccc.cccc 0x2004 |
| blockudld 0100.0ccc.cccc 0x0111 |
| blockpagp 0100.0ccc.cccc 0x0104 |
| blocksstp 0100.0ccc.cccd - |
| blockall 0100.0ccc.ccc0 - 0100.0ccc.cccf - |
Example
Console (Config-if)# service-acl input blockcdp blockvtp
time-range
use the time-range global configuration mode command to enable time-range configuration mode and define time ranges for functions (such as access lists). Use the no form of this command To remove the time range configuration.
Syntax
time-range time-range-name
no time-range time-range-name
Parameters
time-range-name—Specifies the name for the time range. (Range: 1–32 characters)
Default
No time range is defined
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
After the time-range command, use the periodic time-range configuration command and the absolute time-range configuration command. Multiple periodic commands are allowed in a time range. Only one absolute command is allowed.
If a time-range command has both absolute and periodic values specified, then the periodic items are evaluated only after the absolute start time is reached, and are not further evaluated after the absolute end time is reached.
All time specifications are interpreted as local time.
To ensure that the time range entries take effect at the desired times, the software clock should be set by the user or by SNTP. If the software clock is not set by the user or by SNTP, the time range ACEs are not activated.
The user cannot delete a time-range that is bounded to an ACE or to any other feature.
Example
Console (config)# time-range http-allowed
Console (config-time-range)# absolute start 12:00 1 jan 2005 end 12:00 31 dec 2005 Console (config-time-range)# periodic monday 8:00 to friday 20:00
absolute
Use the absolute Time-range Configuration mode command to specify an absolute time when a time range is in effect. Use the no form of this command To remove the time limitation.
Syntax
absolute start hh:mm day month year
no absolute start
absolute end hh:mm day month year
no absolute end
Parameters
- start—Absolute time and date that the permit or deny statement of the associated access list starts going into effect. If no start time and date are specified, the permit or deny statement is in effect immediately.
• end—Absolute time and date that the permit or deny statement of the associated access list is no longer in effect. If no end time and date are specified, the permit or deny statement is in effect indefinitely. - hh:mm—Time in hours (military format) and minutes (Range: 0–23, mm: 0–5)
• day—Day (by date) in the month. (Range: 1–31)
• month—Month (first three letters by name). (Range: Jan...Dec)
• year—Year (no abbreviation) (Range: 2000–2097)
Default
There is no absolute time when the time range is in effect.
Command Mode
Time-range Configuration mode
periodic
Use the periodic Time-range Configuration mode command to specify a recurring (weekly) time range for functions that support the time-range feature. Use the no form of this command To remove the time limitation, .
Syntax
periodic day-of-the-week hh:mm to day-of-the-week hh:mm
no periodic day-of-the-week hh:mm to day-of-the-week hh:mm
periodic list hh:mm to hh:mm day-of-the-week1 [day-of-the-week2... day-of-the-week7]
no periodic list hh:mm to hh:mm day-of-the-week1 [day-of-the-week2... day-of-the-week7]
- day-of-the-week—The starting day that the associated time range is in effect. The second occurrence is the ending day the associated statement is in effect. The second occurrence can be the following week (see description in the User Guidelines). Possible values are: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, and Sunday.
- hh:mm—The first occurrence of this argument is the starting hours:minutes (military format) that the associated time range is in effect. The second occurrence is the ending hours:minutes (military format) the associated statement is in effect. The second occurrence can be at the following day (see description in the User Guidelines). (Range: 0–23, mm: 0–59)
- list day-of-the-week1—Specifies a list of days that the time range is in effect.
Default
There is no periodic time when the time range is in effect.
Command Mode
Time-range Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The second occurrence of the day can be at the following week. E.g. Thursday–Monday means that the time range is effective on Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday, and Monday.
The second occurrence of the time can be at the following day. E.g. "22:00–2:00".
show time-range
Use the show time-range EXEC command To display the time range configuration.
Syntax
show time-range time-range-name
Parameters
time-range-name—Specifies the name of the time range. (Range: 1–32)
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
Console# show time-range
http-allowed
absolute start 12:00 1 jan 2005
absolute end 12:00 31 dec 2005
periodic monday 8:00 to friday 20:00
show access-lists
Use the show access-lists Privileged EXEC mode command to display access control lists (ACLs) configured on the switch.
Syntax
show access-lists [name | access-list-number]
show access-lists time-range-active [name]
Parameters
- name—Specifies the name of the ACL.
- access-list-number—Specifies the number of the IP standard ACL list.
- time-range-active—Shows only the Access Control Entries (ACEs) that their time-range is currently active (including those that are not associated with time-range).
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
Router# show access-lists
Standard IP access list 1
deny any
Standard IP access list 2
deny 192.168.0.0, wildcard bits 0.0.0.255
permit any
Standard IP access list 3
deny 0.0.0.0
deny 192.168.0.1, wildcard bits 0.0.0.255
permit any
Standard IP access list 4
permit 0.0.0.0
permit 192.168.0.2, wildcard bits 0.0.0.255
Extended IP access list ACL1
permit 234 172.30.40.1 0.0.0.0 any
permit 234 172.30.8.8 0.0.0.0 any
Extended IP access list ACL2
permit 234 172.30.19.1 0.0.0.255 any time-range weekdays
permit 234 172.30.23.8 0.0.0.255 any time-range weekends
Switch# show access-lists time-range-active
Extended IP access list ACL1
permit 234 172.30.40.1 0.0.0.0 any
permit 234 172.30.8.8 0.0.0.0 any
Extended IP access list ACL2
permit 234 172.30.19.1 0.0.0.255 any time-range weekdays
Switch# show access-lists
show interfaces access-lists
Use the show interfaces access-lists Privileged EXEC mode command to display access lists applied on interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces access-lists [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, Port-channel or VLAN.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
Console# show interfaces access-lists
Interface ACL
-------- ----
gil/0/1 Ingress: ip, ipv6
Egress : mac
gil/0/4 Egress : mac
gil/0/5 Ingress: ip
clear access-lists counters
Use The Clear Access-lists Counters Privileged EXEC mode command to clear access-lists counters.
Syntax
clear access-lists counters [interface-id]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
console# clear access-lists counters gigabitethernet 1/0/1
show interfaces access-lists counters
Use the show interfaces access-lists counters Privileged EXEC mode command to display Access List counters.
Syntax
show interfaces access-lists counters [ ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number ]
Parameters
interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port or Port-channel.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The counter of deny ACE hits counts only ACEs with the log-input keyword.
Because forwarding is done in hardware and counting is done in software, if a large number of packets match a deny ACE containing a log-input keyword, the software might not be able to match the hardware processing rate, and not all packets are counted.
Example
console# show interfaces access-lists counters
| Interface | Deny ACE hits |
| gi1/0/1 | 79 |
| gi1/0/2 | 9 |
gi1/0/3
0
Number of hits that were counted in global counter (due to lack of resources) =19
Quality of Service (QoS) Commands
qos
Use the qos Global Configuration mode command to enable Quality of Service (QoS) on the device. Use the no form of this command to disable QoS on the device
Syntax
qos [basic | advanced]
no qos
Parameters
- basic—QoS basic mode. If no option is specified, the QoS mode defaults to the basic mode.
- advanced—Specifies the QoS advanced mode, which enables the full range of QoS configuration.
Default Configuration
If the qos command is entered without any parameters, the QoS basic mode is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables the QoS basic mode on the device.
show qos
Use the show qos EXEC mode command to display the Quality of Service (QoS) mode for the device. The trust mode is displayed for the QoS basic mode.
Syntax
show qos
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled Command Mode
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Trust mode is displayed if QoS is enabled in basic mode.
Example
The following example displays QoS attributes when QoS is enabled in basic mode on the device and the advanced mode is supported.
Console> show qos
Qos: basic
Basic trust: dscp
The following example displays QoS attributes when QoS is enabled in basic mode on the device and the advanced mode is not supported.
Console> show qos
class-map
Use the class-map Global Configuration mode command to create or modify a class map and enters the Class-map Configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete a class map.
Syntax
class-map class-map-name [match-all / match-any]
no class-map class-map-name
Parameters
• class-map-name—Specifies the class map name.
- match-all—Performs a logical AND of all the matching statements under this class map. All match criteria in this class map must be matched.
- match-any—Performs a logical OR of all the matching statements under this class map. One or more match criteria in this class map must be matched.
Default Configuration
If neither match-all nor match-any is specified, the match-all parameter is selected by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The class-map Global Configuration mode command specifies the name of the class map for which class-map match criteria are to be created or modified and enters class-map configuration mode. In this mode, up to two match commands can be entered to configure the match criteria for this class. When using two match commands, each has to point to a different type of ACL (one IP and one MAC). The classification is by first match, therefore, the
order is important. The class-map command and its subcommands are used to define packet classification, marking, and aggregate policing as part of a globally named service policy applied on a per-interface basis. If there is more than one match statement in a match-all class map and if there is a repetitive classification field in the participating ACLs, an error message is generated.
After entering the Quality of Service (QoS) Class-map Configuration mode, the following configuration commands are available:
exit: Exits the QoS Class-map Configuration mode.
match: Configures classification criteria.
no: Removes a match statement from a class map.
Example
The following example creates a class map called Class1 and configures it to check that packets match all classification criteria in the class map match statement.
Console(config)# class-map class1 match-all
Console(config-cmap)#
show class-map
The show class-map EXEC mode command displays all class maps.
Syntax
show class-map [class-map-name]
Parameters
class-map-name—Specifies the name of the class map to be displayed.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the class map for Class1.
Console> show class-map class1
Class Map match-any class1 (id4)
Match Ip dscp 11 21
match
Use the match Class-map Configuration mode command to define the match criteria for classifying traffic. Use the no form of this command to delete the match criteria.
Syntax
match access-group acl-name
no match access-group acl-name
Parameters
acl-name—Specifies the MAC or IP Access Control List (ACL) name.
Default Configuration
No match criterion is supported.
Command Mode
Class-map Configuration mode.
Example
The following example defines the match criterion for classifying traffic as an access group called Enterprise in a class map called Class1.
Console(config)# class-map class1
Console(config-cmap)# match access-group enterprise
policy-map
Use the policy-map Global Configuration mode command to create a policy map and enter the Policy-map Configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete a policy map.
Syntax
policy-map policy-map-name
no policy-map policy-map-name
Parameters
policy-map-name—Specifies the policy map name.
Default Configuration
The default behavior of the policy map is to set the DSCP value to 0 if the packet is an IP packet, and to set the CoS value to 0 if the packet is tagged.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the policy-map Global Configuration mode command to specify the name of the policy map to be created, added to, or modified before configuring policies for classes whose match criteria are defined in a class map.
Entering the policy-map Global Configuration mode command also enables configuring or modifying the class policies for that policy map. Class policies in a policy map can be configured only if the classes have match criteria defined for them. Use the class-map Global Configuration mode and match Class-map Configuration mode commands to configure the match criteria for a class.
The match criteria is for a class. Only one policy map per interface per direction is supported. The same policy map can be applied to multiple interfaces and directions.
Example
The following example creates a policy map called Policy1 and enters the Policy-map Configuration mode.
Console(config)# policy-map policy1
Console(config-pmap)#
class
The class Policy-map Configuration mode command defines a traffic classification and enters the Policy-map Class Configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to detach a class map from the policy map.
Syntax
class class-map-name [access-group acl-name]
no class class-map-name
Parameters
- class-map-name—Specifies the name of an existing class map. If the class map does not exist, a new class map is created under the specified name.
- acl-name—Specifies the name of an IP or MAC Access Control List (ACL).
Default Configuration
No class map is defined for the policy map.
Command Mode
Policy-map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the policy-map Global Configuration mode command to identify the policy map and to enter the Policy-map Configuration mode before using the class command. After specifying a policy map, a policy for new classes can be configured or a policy for any existing classes in that policy map can be modified.
Use the service-policy Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to attach a policy map to an interface. Use an existing class map to attach classification criteria to the specified policy map and use the access-group parameter to modify the classification criteria of the class map.
If this command is used to create a new class map, the name of an IP or MAC ACL must also be specified with the access-group parameter.
Example
The following example defines a traffic classification called Class1 with an access-group called Enterprise. The class is in a policy map called policy1.
Console(config)# policy-map policy1
Console(config-pmap)# class class1 access-group enterprise
show policy-map
Use the show policy-map EXEC mode command to display all policy maps or a specific policy map.
Syntax
show policy-map [policy-map-name]
Parameters
policy-map-name—Specifies the policy map name.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays all policy maps.
Console> show policy-map
Policy Map policy1
class class1
set Ip dscp 7
Policy Map policy2
class class 2
police 96000 4800 exceed-action drop
class class3
police 124000 96000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
trust
Use the trust Policy-map Class Configuration mode command to configure the trust state, which selects the value that QoS uses as the source of the internal DSCP value. Use the no form of this command to return to the default trust state.
Syntax
trust cos-dscp
no trust
Parameters
cos-dscp—Specifies that if the packet is IP, then QoS acts as for dscp; otherwise QoS acts as for cos.
Default Configuration
The default state is untrusted.
If the trust command is specified with no parameters, the default mode is dscp.
Command Mode
Policy-map Class Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to distinguish the Quality of Service (QoS) trust behavior for certain traffic from others. For example, incoming traffic with certain DSCP values can be trusted. A class map can be configured to match and trust the DSCP values in the incoming traffic.
Trust values set with this command supersede trust values set on specific interfaces with the qos trust Interface Configuration mode command.
The trust command and the set Policy-map Class Configuration mode command are mutually exclusive within the same policy map.
Policy maps that contain set or trust Policy-map Class Configuration mode commands cannot be attached, or that have Access Control List (ACL) classification to an egress interface by using the service-policy Interface Configuration mode command.
If specifying trust cos, QoS maps a packet to a queue, the received or default port CoS value, and the CoS-to-queue map.
If specifying trust dscp, QoS maps the packet using the DSCP value from the ingress packet.
If specifying tcp-udp-port, QoS maps the packet to a queue using the TCP\UDP port value from the ingress packet and the tcp-udp-port-to-queue map.
Example
The following example creates an ACL, places it into a class map, places the class map into a policy map and configures the trust state using the DSCP value in the ingress packet.
console(config)# mac access-list extended m1
console(config-mac-al)# permit any any
console(config-mac-al)# exit
console(config)# class-map c1
console(config-cmap)# match access-group m1
console(config-cmap)# exit
console(config)# policy-map p1
console(config-pmap)# class c1
console(config-pmap-c)# trust cos-dscp
set
Use the set Policy-map Class Configuration mode command to set new values in the IP packet.
Syntax
set {dscp new-dscp / queue queue-id / cos new-cos}
no set
Parameters
- dscp new-dscp—Specifies the new DSCP value for the classified traffic. (Range: 0–63)
- queue queue-id—Specifies the explicit queue id to set the egress queue.
- cos new-cos—Specifies the new User priority to be marked in the packet. (Range: 0–7)
Command Mode
Policy-map Class Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command and the trust Policy-map Class Configuration mode command are mutually exclusive within the same policy map.
Policy maps that contain set or trust Policy-map Class Configuration mode commands or that have ACL classifications cannot be attached to an egress interface using the Service-policy Interface Configuration mode command.
To return to the Policy-map Configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to the Privileged EXEC mode, use the end command.
Example
The following example creates an ACL, places it into a class map, places the class map into a policy map and sets the DSCP value in the packet to 56 for classes in policy map called p1.
console(config)# mac access-list extended m1
console(config-mac-al)# permit any any
console(config-mac-al)# exit
console(config)# class-map c1
console(config-cmap)# match access-group m1
console(config-cmap)# exit
console(config)# policy-map p1
console(config-pmap)# class c1
Console(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 56
police
Use the police Policy-map Class Configuration mode command to define the policer for classified traffic. Use the no form of this command to remove a policer.
Syntax
police committed-rate-kbps committed-burst-byte [exceed-action {drop / policed-dscp-transmit}]
no police
Parameters
- committed-rate-kbps—Specifies the average traffic rate (CIR) in kbits per second (bps). (Range: 3–12582912)
- committed-burst-byte—Specifies the normal burst size (CBS) in bytes. (Range: 3000–19173960)
- exceed-action {drop | policed-dscp-transmit}—Specifies the action taken when the rate is exceeded. The possible values are:
- drop—Drops the packet.
- policed-dscp-transmit—Remarks the packet DSCP, according to the policed-DSCP map as configured by the qos map policed-dscp Global Configuration mode command.
Command Mode
Policy-map Class Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Policing uses a token bucket algorithm. CIR represents the speed with which the token is removed from the bucket. CBS represents the depth of the bucket.
Example
The following example defines a policer for classified traffic. When the traffic rate exceeds 124,000 kbps or the normal burst size exceeds 9600 bytes, the packet is dropped. The class is called Class1 and is in a policy map called Policy1.
Console(config)# policy-map policy1
Console(config-pmap)# class class1
Console(config-pmap-c)# police 124000 9600 exceed-action drop
service-policy
Use the service-policy Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode command to apply a policy map to the input of a particular interface. Use the no form of this command to detach a policy map from an interface.
Syntax
service-policy input policy-map-name
no service-policy input
Parameters
policy-map-name—Specifies the policy map name to apply to the input interface. (Length: 1–32 characters)
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Only one policy map per interface per direction is supported.
Example
The following example attaches a policy map called Policy1 to the input interface.
Console(config-if)# service-policy input policy1
qos aggregate-policer
Use the qos aggregate-policer Global Configuration mode command to define the policer parameters that can be applied to multiple traffic classes. Use the no form of this command to remove an existing aggregate policer.
Syntax
qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name committed-rate-kbps excess-burst-byte [exceed-action {drop / policed-dscp-transmit}]
no qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name
Parameters
• aggregate-policer-name—Specifies the aggregate policer name.
- committed-rate-kbps—Specifies the average traffic rate (CIR) in kbits per second (kbps). (Range: 3–57982058)
- excess-burst-byte—Specifies the normal burst size (CBS) in bytes. (Range: 3000–19173960)
- exceed-action {drop | policed-dscp-transmit}—Specifies the action taken when the rate is exceeded. The possible values are:
- drop—Drops the packet.
- policed-dscp-transmit—Remarks the packet DSCP.
Default Configuration
No aggregate policer is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Define an aggregate policer if the policer is shared with multiple classes.
Policers in one port cannot be shared with other policers in another device. Traffic from two different ports can be aggregated for policing purposes.
An aggregate policer can be applied to multiple classes in the same policy map. An aggregate policer cannot be applied across multiple policy maps.
An aggregate policer cannot be deleted if it is being used in a policy map. The no police aggregate Policy-map Class Configuration mode command must first be used to delete the aggregate policer from all policy maps before using the no mls qos aggregate-policer command.
Policing uses a token bucket algorithm. CIR represents the speed with which the token is removed from the bucket. CBS represents the depth of the bucket.
Example
The following example defines the parameters of a policer called Policer1 that can be applied to multiple classes in the same policy map. When the average traffic rate exceeds 124,000 kbps or the normal burst size exceeds 9600 bytes, the packet is dropped.
Console(config)# qos aggregate-policer policer1 124000 9600 exceed-action drop
show qos aggregate-policer
Use the show qos aggregate-policer EXEC mode command to display the aggregate policer parameter.
Syntax
show qos aggregate-policer [aggregate-policer-name]
Parameters
aggregate-policer-name—Specifies the aggregate policer name.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the parameters of the aggregate policer called Policer1.
Console> show qos aggregate-policer policer1
aggregate-policer policer1 96000 4800 exceed-action drop
not used by any policy map
police aggregate
Use the police aggregate Policy-map Class Configuration mode command to apply an aggregate policer to multiple classes within the same policy map. Use
the no form of this command to remove an existing aggregate policer from a policy map.
Syntax
police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
no police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
Parameters
aggregate-policer-name—Specifies the aggregate policer name.
Command Mode
Policy-map Class Configuration mode
User Guidelines
An aggregate policer can be applied to multiple classes in the same policy map. An aggregate policer cannot be applied across multiple policy maps or interfaces.
Use the exit command to return to the Policy-map Configuration mode. Use the end command to return to the Privileged EXEC mode.
Example
The following example applies the aggregate policer called Policer1 to a class called Class1 in a policy map called Policy1.
Console(config)# policy-map policy1
Console(config-pmap)# class class1
Console(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate policer1
wrr-queue cos-map
Use the wrr-queue cos-map Global Configuration mode command maps Class of Service (CoS) values to a specific egress queue. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
wrr-queue cos-map queue-id cos0 ... cos7
no wrr-queue cos-map [queue-id]
Parameters
- queue-id—Specifies the queue number to which the CoS values are mapped.
- cos0 ... cos7—Specifies up to 7 CoS values to map to the specified queue number. (Range: 1–7)
Default Configuration
The default CoS value mapping to 8 queues is as follows:
CoS value 0 is mapped to queue 3.
CoS value 1 is mapped to queue 1.
CoS value 2 is mapped to queue 2.
CoS value 3 is mapped to queue 4.
CoS value 4 is mapped to queue 5.
CoS value 5 is mapped to queue 6.
CoS value 6 is mapped to queue 7.
CoS value 7 is mapped to queue 8.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to distribute traffic to different queues, where each queue is configured with different weighted round robin (WRR) and Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED) parameters.
The expedite queues are enabled using the priority-queue out Interface Configuration mode commans
Example
The following example maps CoS value 7 to queue 2.
wrr-queue bandwidth
Use the wrr-queue bandwidth global Configuration command to assign Weighted Round Robin (WRR) weights to egress queues. The weight ratio determines the frequency at which the packet scheduler removes packets from each queue. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
wrr-queue bandwidth weight1 weight2 ... weight_n
no wrr-queue bandwidth
Parameters
weight1 weight2 ... weight_n—Specifies the ratio of the bandwidth assigned by the WRR packet scheduler to the packet queues. Separate values by a space. (Range: 0–255)
Default Configuration
wrr is disabled by default. The default wrr weight is 'l' for all queues.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ratio for each queue is defined as the queue weight divided by the sum of all queue weights (the normalized weight). This sets the bandwidth allocation of each queue.
A weight of 0 indicates that no bandwidth is allocated for the same queue, and the shared bandwidth is divided among the remaining queues. It is not recommended to set the weight of a queue to a 0 as it might stop transmission of control-protocols packets generated by the device.
All eight queues participate in the WRR, excluding the expedite queues, in which case the corresponding weight is ignored (not used in the ratio calculation). The expedite queue is a priority queue; it is serviced until empty before the other queues are serviced. The expedite queues are enabled by using the priority-queue out Interface Configuration mode command.
Console(config)# wrr-queue bandwidth 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
priority-queue out num-of-queues
Use the priority-queue out num-of-queues Global Configuration mode command to configure the number of expedite queues. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
priority-queue out num-of-queues number-of-queues
no priority-queue out num-of-queues
Parameters
number-of-queues—Specifies the number of expedite queues. Expedite queues have higher indexes. (Range: 0–8). If number-of-queues = 0, all queues are assured forwarding. If number-of-queues = 8, all queues are expedited.
Default Configuration
All queues are expedite queues.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
While configuring the priority-queue num-of-queues command, the weighted round robin (WRR) weight ratios are affected because there are fewer queues participating in WRR. This indicates that the corresponding weight in the wrr-queue bandwidth Interface Configuration mode command is ignored (not used in the ratio calculation).
Example
The following example configures the number of expedite queues as 2.
Console(config)# priority-queue out num-of-queues 2
traffic-shape
Use the traffic-shape Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the egress port shaper. Use the no form of this command to disable the shaper.
Syntax
traffic-shape committed-rate [committed-burst]
no traffic-shape
Parameters
- committed-rate—Specifies the average traffic rate (CIR) in kbits per second (kbps). (Range: GE: 64kbps–maximum port speed; 10GE: 64Kbps–maximum port speed)
- committed-burst—Specifies the excess burst size (CBS) in bytes. (Range: 4KB -16MB)
Default Configuration
The shaper is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example sets a shaper on gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 on queue 1 when the average traffic rate exceeds 124000 kbps or the normal burst size exceeds 9600 bytes.
Console(config)# interface gi1/0/5
Console(config-if)# traffic-shape 1 124000 9600
traffic-shape queue
Use the traffic-shape queue Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to configure the egress queue shaper. Use the no form of this command to disable the shaper.
Syntax
traffic-shape queue queue-id committed-rate [committed-burst]
no traffic-shape queue queue-id
Parameters
- queue-id—Specifies the queue number to which the shaper is assigned.
- committed-rate—Specifies the average traffic rate (CIR) in kbits per second (kbps). (Range: 64 kbps–maximum port speed)
- committed-burst—Specifies the excess burst size (CBS) in bytes. (Range: 4 KB - 16 MB)
Default Configuration
The shaper is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example sets a shaper on gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 when the average traffic rate exceeds 124000 kbps or the normal burst size exceeds 9600 bytes.
Console(config)# interface gi1/0/5
Console(config-if)# traffic-shape 124000 9600
rate-limit (Ethernet)
Use the rate-limit Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode command to limit the incoming traffic rate on a port. Use the no form of this command to disable the rate limit.
Syntax
rate-limit committed-rate-kbps [burst committed-burst-byte]
no rate-limit
Parameters
- rate—Specifies the maximum number of kilobits per second of ingress traffic on a port. The range is 3–10000000.
- burst bytes—The burst size in bytes (3000–19173960). If unspecified, defaults to 128K.
Default Configuration
Rate limiting is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Example
The following example limits the incoming traffic rate on gigabitethernet port 1/0/5 to 150,000 kbps.
Console(config)# interface gi1/0/5
Console(config-if)# rate-limit 150000
qos wrr-queue wrtd
Use the qos wrr-queue wrtd Global Configuration mode command to enable Weighted Random Tail Drop (WRTD). Use the no form of this command to disable WRTD.
Syntax
qos wrr-queue wrtd
no qos wrr-queue wrtd
Parameters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The command is effective after reset.
show qos interface
Use the show qos interface EXEC mode command to display Quality of Service (QoS) information on the interface.
Syntax
show qos interface [buffers / quecuing / policers / shapers / rate-limit] [interface-id]
Parameters
- buffers—Displays the buffer settings for the interface's queues. For GE ports, displays the queue depth for each of the 8 queues.
- queueing—Displays the queue's strategy (WRR or EF), the weight for WRR queues, the CoS to queue map and the EF priority.
- policers—Displays all the policers configured for this interface, their settings, and the number of policers currently unused.
- shapers—Displays the shaper of the specified interface and the shaper for the queue on the specified interface.
• rate-limit—Displays the rate-limit configuration.
- interface-id—Specifies an interface ID. The interface ID can be one of the following types: Ethernet port, or Port-channel.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The policers option is relevant for a VLAN interface only.
If no parameter is specified with the show qos interface command, the port QoS mode (DSCP trusted, CoS trusted, untrusted, and so on), default CoS value, DSCP-to-DSCP- map (if any) attached to the port, and policy map (if any) attached to the interface are displayed. If a specific interface is not specified, the information for all interfaces is displayed.
Example
This is an example of the output from the show qos interface buffers command for 8 queues.
Console> show qos interface buffers gi1/0/1
gi1/0/1
Notify Q depth:
buffers gi2/0/1
Ethernet gi2/0/1
| qid | thresh0 | thresh1 | thresh2 |
| 1 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
| 2 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
| 3 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
| 4 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
| 5 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
| 6 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
| 7 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
| 8 | 100 | 100 | 80 |
This is an example of the output from the show qos interface shapers command for 8 queues.
Console> show qos interface shapers gi1/0/1
gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Port shaper: enable
Committed rate: 192000 bps
Committed burst: 9600 bytes
| Target | Target | ||
| QID | Status | Committed | Committed |
| Rate [bps] | Burst [bytes] | ||
| 1 | Enable | 100000 | 17000 |
| 2 | Disable | N/A | N/A |
| 3 | Enable | 200000 | 19000 |
| 4 | Disable | N/A | N/A |
| 5 | Disable | N/A | N/A |
| 6 | Disable | N/A | N/A |
| 7 | Disable | N/A | N/A |
| 8 | Enable | 178000 | 8000 |
| Enable | 23000 | 1000 |
This is an example of the output from the show qos interface policer command.
Console> show qos interface policer gi1/0/1
Ethernet gi1/0/1
Class map: A
Policer type: aggregate
Committed rate: 192000 bps
Committed burst: 9600 bytes
Exceed-action: policed-dscp-transmit
Class map: B
Policer type: single
Committed rate: 192000 bps
Committed burst: 9600 bytes
Exceed-action: drop
Class map: C
Policer type: none
Committed rate: N/A
Committed burst: N/A
Exceed-action: N/A
This is an example of the output from the show qos interface rate-limit command.
Console> show qos interface rate-limit gi1/0/1
| Port | rate-limit [kbps] | Burst [KBytes] |
| ---- | ---- | ---- |
| gi1/0/1 | 1000 | 512K |
qos wrr-queue threshold
Use the qos wrr-queue threshold Global Configuration mode command to assign queue thresholds globally. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
qos wrr-queue threshold gigabitethernet queue-id threshold-percentage no qos wrr-queue threshold gigabitethernet queue-id
Parameters
- gigabitethernet—Specifies that the thresholds are to be applied to Gigabit Ethernet ports.
- queue-id—Specifies the queue number to which the tail-drop threshold is assigned.
• threshold-percentage—Specifies the queue threshold percentage value.
Default Configuration
The default threshold is 80 percent.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If the threshold is exceeded, packets with the corresponding DP are dropped until the threshold is no longer exceeded.
Example
The following example assigns a threshold of 80 percent to WRR queue 1.
Console(config)# qos wrr-queue threshold gigabitethernet 1 80
qos map policed-dscp
Use the qos map policed-dscp Global Configuration mode command to configure the policed-DSCP map for remarking purposes. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
qos map policed-dscp dscp-list to dscp-mark-down
no qos map policed-dscp [dscp-list]
Parameters
- dscp-list—Specifies up to 8 DSCP values, separated by spaces. (Range: 0–63)
- dscp-mark-down—Specifies the DSCP value to mark down. (Range: 0–63)
Default Configuration
The default map is the Null map, which means that each incoming DSCP value is mapped to the same DSCP value.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
Example
The following example marks incoming DSCP value 3 as DSCP value 43 on the policed-DSCP map.
Console(config)# qos map policed-dscp 3 to 43
Reserved DSCP. DSCP 3 was not configured.
qos map dscp-queue
Use the qos map dscp-queue Global Configuration mode command to configure the DSCP to CoS map. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
qos map dscp-queue dscp-list to queue-id
no qos map dscp-queue [dscp-list]
Parameters
- dscp-list—Specifies up to 8 DSCP values, separated by spaces. (Range: 0–63)
- queue-id—Specifies the queue number to which the DSCP values are mapped.
Default Configuration
The default map for 8 queues is as follows.
| DSCP value | 0-7 8 | 15 16-23 | 24-31 | 32-39 40- | 47 48-56 | 57-63 | ||
| Queue-ID | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 |
8
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example maps DSCP values 33, 40 and 41 to queue 1.
Console(config)# qos map dscp-queue 33 40 41 to 1
qos map dscp-dp
Use the qos map dscp-dp Global Configuration mode command to map the DSCP to Drop Precedence. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
qos map dscp-dp dscp-list to dp
no qos map dscp-dp [dscp-list]
Parameters
- dscp-list—Specifies up to 8 DSCP values, with values separated by a space. (Range: 0–63)
- dp—Specifies the Drop Precedence value to which the DSCP values are mapped. (values: 0,2) where 2 is the highest Drop Precedence)
Default Configuration
All the DSCPs are mapped to Drop Precedence 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
Example
The following example maps DSCP values 25, 27 and 29 to Drop Precedence 2.
Console(config)# qos map dscp-dp 25 27 29 to 2
qos trust (Global)
Use the qos trust Global Configuration mode command to configure the system to the basic mode and trust state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default configuration.
Syntax
qos trust {cos / dscp}
no qos trust
Parameters
- cos— Specifies that ingress packets are classified with packet CoS values. Untagged packets are classified with the default port CoS value.
- dscp—Specifies that ingress packets are classified with packet DSCP values.
Default Configuration
CoS is the default trust mode.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command can be used only in QoS basic mode.
Packets entering a quality of service (QoS) domain are classified at the edge of the QoS domain. When the packets are classified at the edge, the switch port within the QoS domain can be configured to one of the trusted states
because there is no need to classify the packets at every switch within the domain.
Use this command to specify whether the port is trusted and which fields of the packet to use to classify traffic.
When the system is configured with trust DSCP, the traffic is mapped to the queue by the DSCP-queue map.
When the system is configured with trust CoS, the traffic is mapped to the queue by the CoS-queue map.
Example
The following example configures the system to the DSCP trust state.
Console(config)# qos trust dscp
qos trust (Interface)
Use the qos trust Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable each port trust state while the system is in the basic QoS mode. Use the no form of this command to disable the trust state on each port.
Syntax
qos trust
no qos trust
Default Configuration
Each port is enabled while the system is in basic mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example configures gigabitethernet port 1/0/15 to the default trust state.
qos cos
Use the qos cos Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to define the default CoS value of a port. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
qos cos default-cos
no qos cos
Parameters
default-cos—Specifies the default CoS value of the port. If the port is trusted and the packet is untagged, then the default CoS value become the CoS value. (Range: 0–7)
Default Configuration
The default CoS value of a port is 0.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
Use the default CoS value to assign a CoS value to all untagged packets entering the port. Use the qos cos override command to assign this default CoS value to tagged packets.
Example
The following example defines the port gi1/0/15 default CoS value as 3.
qos dscp-mutation
Use the qos dscp-mutation Global Configuration mode command to apply the DSCP Mutation map to system DSCP trusted ports. Use the no form of this command to restore the trusted port with no DSCP mutation.
Syntax
qos dscp-mutation
no qos dscp-mutation
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
Apply the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to a port at the boundary of a Quality of Service (QoS) administrative domain. If two QoS domains have different DSCP definitions, use the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to translate a set of DSCP values to match the definition of another domain. Apply the map to ingress and to DSCP-trusted ports only. Applying this map to a port causes IP packets to be rewritten with newly mapped DSCP values at the ingress ports. If applying the DSCP mutation map to an untrusted port, to class of service (CoS), or to an IP-precedence trusted port, the command has no immediate effect until the port becomes DSCP-trusted.
Example
The following example applies the DSCP Mutation map to system DSCP trusted ports.
Console(config)# qos dscp-mutation
qos map dscp-mutation
Use the qos map dscp-mutation Global Configuration mode command to configure the DSCP to DSCP Mutation table. Use the no form of this command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax
qos map dscp-mutation in-dscp to out-dscp
no qos map dscp-mutation [in-dscp]
Parameters
- in-dscp—Specifies up to 8 DSCP values to map, separated by spaces. (Range: 0–63)
- out-dscp—Specifies up to 8 DSCP mapped values, separated by spaces. (Range: 0–63)
Default Configuration
The default map is the Null map, which means that each incoming DSCP value is mapped to the same DSCP value.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This is the only map that is not globally configured. It is possible to have several maps and assign each one to a different port.
Example
The following example changes DSCP values 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 to DSCP Mutation Map value 63.
Console(config)# qos map dscp-mutation 1 2 4 5 6 to 63
show qos map
Use the show qos map EXEC mode command to display the QoS mapping information.
Syntax
show qos map [dscp-queue | dscp-dp | policed-dscp | dscp-mutation]
Parameters
- dscp-queue—Displays the DSCP to queue map.
• dscp-dp—Displays the DSCP to Drop Precedence map. - policed-dscp—Displays the DSCP to DSCP remark table.
- dscp-mutation—Displays the DSCP-DSCP mutation table.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the QoS mapping information.
Console> show qos map
Dscp-queue map:
The following table appears:.
Dscp-DP map:
| d1 | : | d2 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
| -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- |
| 0 | : | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 |
| 1 | : | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 |
| 2 | : | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 |
| 3 | : | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 |
| 4 | : | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 |
| 5 | : | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 |
| 6 | : | 00 | 00 | 00 | 00 |
The following table appears:.
The following table appears:.
clear qos statistics
Use the clear qos statistics EXEC mode command to clear the QoS statistics counters.
Syntax
clear qos statistics
Command Mode
EXEC mode
Example
The following example clears the QoS statistics counters.
Console# clear qos statistics
qos statistics policer
Use the qos statistics policer Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode command to enable counting in-profile and out-of-profile. Use the no form of this command to disable counting.
Syntax
qos statistics policer policy-map-name class-map-name no qos statistics policer policy-map-name class-map-name
Parameters
• policy-map-name—Specifies the policy map name.
• class-map-name—Specifies the class map name.
Default Configuration
Counting in-profile and out-of-profile is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
Example
The following example enables counting in-profile and out-of-profile on the interface.
Console(config-if)# qos statistics policer policy1 class1
qos statistics aggregate-policer
Use the qos statistics aggregate-policer Global Configuration mode command to enable counting in-profile and out-of-profile. Use the no form of this command to disable counting.
Syntax
qos statistics aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name
no qos statistics aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name
Parameters
aggregate-policer-name—Specifies the aggregate policer name.
Default Configuration
Counting in-profile and out-of-profile is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
The following example enables counting in-profile and out-of-profile on the interface.
Console(config)# qos statistics aggregate-policer policer1
qos statistics queues
Use the qos statistics queues Global Configuration mode command to enable QoS statistics for output queues. Use the no form of this command to disable QoS statistics for output queues.
Syntax
qos statistics queues set {queue / all} {dp / all} {interface / all}
no qos statistics queues set
Parameters
- set—Specifies the counter set number.
• interface—Specifies the Ethernet port. - queue—Specifies the output queue number.
- dp—Specifies the drop precedence. The available values are: high, low.
Default Configuration
Set 1: All interfaces, all queues, high DP.
Set 2: All interfaces, all queues, low DP.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables QoS statistics for output queues for counter set 1.
Console(config)# qos statistics queues 1 all all all
show qos statistics
Use the show qos statistics EXEC mode command to display Quality of Service statistical information.
Syntax
show qos statistics
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Up to 16 sets of counters can be enabled for policers. The counters can be enabled in the creation of the policers.
Use the qos statistics queues Global Configuration mode command to enable QoS statistics for output queues.
Example
The following example displays Quality of Service statistical information.
Console# show qos statistics
Policers
| Interface | Policy map | Class Map | In-profile bytes | Out-of-profile bytes |
| gi1/0/1 | Policy1 | Class1 | 7564575 | 5433 |
| gi1/0/1 | Policy1 | Class2 | 8759 | 52 |
| gi1/0/2 | Policy1 | Class1 | 746587458 | 3214 |
| gi1/0/2 | Policy1 | Class2 | 5326 | 23 |
Aggregate Policers
Name In-profile bytes Out-of-profile bytes
Policer1 7985687 121322
Output Queues
| Interface | Queue | DP | Total packets | %TD packets |
| gi1/0/1 | 2 | High | 799921 | 1.2% |
| gi1/0/2 | All | High | 5387326 | 0.2% |
- Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
- Contents
- Macro Commands 63
- System Management Commands ..... 71
- Clock Commands 107
- Configuration/Image File Commands .. 127
- Auto-Update and Auto-Configuration .. 143
- Management ACL Commands.....151
- SNMP Commands ..... 159
- RSA and Certificate Commands ..... 183
- Web Server Commands ..... 195
- Telnet, SSH and Slogin Commands .... 203
- Line Commands....213
- AAA Commands.... 219
- RADIUS Commands....249
- TACACS+ Commands 259
- Syslog Commands 265
- RMON Commands 277
- 802.1x Commands ..... 295
- Ethernet Configuration Commands .... 329
- PHY Diagnostics Commands....351
- Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands . 357
- EEE Commands 369
- Green Ethernet 377
- Port Channel Commands.... 383
- Address Table Commands.... 387
- LLDP Commands 423
- Spanning-Tree Commands ..... 453
- VLAN Commands 493
- IGMP Snooping Commands ..... 523
- LACP Commands 541
- GVRP Commands 547
- Voice VLAN Commands ..... 557
- DHCP Snooping and ARP Inspection Commands 567
- iSCSI Commands 589
- IP Addressing Commands.....599
- IPv6 Addressing Commands ..... 623
- Tunnel Commands 643
- DHCP Relay Commands ..... 651
- DHCP Server Commands 657
- IP Routing Protocol-Independent Commands 691
- ACL Commands 695
- Quality of Service (QoS) Commands ... 723
- Preface
- About this Document
- CLI Command Modes
- User EXEC Mode
- Privileged EXEC Mode
- Global Configuration Mode
- Interface Configuration Modes
- Starting the CLI
- Accessing the CLI from the Console Line
- Accessing the CLI from Telnet
- CLI Command Conventions
- Entering Commands
- Terminal Command Buffer
- Negating the Effect of Commands
- Command Completion
- Keyboard Shortcuts
- User Interface Commands
- enable
- Syntax
- Parameters
- Default Configuration
- Command Mode
- Example
- disable
- login
- configure
- exit (Configuration)
- Examples
- exit (EXEC)
- end
- help
- history
- User Guidelines
- history size
- terminal history
- terminal history size
- terminal datadump
- debug-mode
- show history
- show privilege
- do
- banner exec
- banner login
- banner motd
- exec-banner
- login-banner
- motd-banner
- show banner
- Macro Commands
- macro name
- macro apply
- macro description
- macro global
- macro global description
- show parser macro
- System Management Commands
- ping
- System Management Commands
- traceroute
- telnet
- Keywords Table
- resume
- hostname
- reload
- stack master
- system light
- switch renumber
- show switch
- service cpu-utilization
- show cpu utilization
- clear cpu counters
- service cpu-counters
- show cpu counters
- show users
- show sessions
- show system
- System Management Commands
- show version
- system resources routing
- show system resources routings
- show system tcam utilization
- show system defaults
- show tech-support
- Command Types
- system fans always-on
- show system fans
- asset-tag
- show system id
- Clock Commands
- clock set
- clock source
- clock timezone
- clock summer-time
- sntp authentication-key
- sntp authenticate
- sntp trusted-key
- sntp client poll timer
- sntp broadcast client enable
- sntp anycast client enable
- sntp client enable
- sntp client enable (Interface)
- sntp unicast client enable
- sntp unicast client poll
- sntp server
- sntp port
- show clock
- show sntp configuration
- show sntp status
- Configuration/Image File Commands
- copy
- Understanding Invalid Combinations of Source and Destination
- ■ mirror-config cannot be used as a destination
- Copying an Image File from a Server to Flash Memory
- Copying a Boot File from a Server to Flash Memory
- Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Startup Configuration
- Storing the Running or Startup Configuration on a Server
- Saving The Running Configuration To The Startup Configuration
- -Backing Up the Running Configuration or Startup Configuration to a Backup Configuration file
- Copying an Image from a Server to Flash Memory
- write memory
- delete
- pwd
- dir
- more
- cd
- rename
- boot system
- show running-config
- show startup-config
- show bootvar
- Auto-Update and Auto-Configuration
- boot host auto-config
- boot host auto-update
- boot host dhcp
- boot host auto-save
- show boot
- ip dhcp tftp-server ip addr
- ip dhcp tftp-server file
- show ip dhcp tftp-server
- Management ACL Commands
- management access-list
- permit (Management)
- deny (Management)
- management access-class
- show management access-list
- show management access-class
- SNMP Commands
- snmp-server
- Default
- snmp-server community
- snmp-server view
- snmp-server group
- snmp-server user
- snmp-server filter
- snmp-server host
- snmp-server engineID local
- snmp-server engineID remote
- snmp-server enable traps
- snmp-server trap authentication
- snmp-server contact
- snmp-server location
- snmp-server set
- show snmp
- show snmp engineID
- show snmp views
- show snmp groups
- show snmp filters
- show snmp users
- RSA and Certificate Commands
- crypto key generate dsa
- crypto key generate rsa
- show crypto key mypubkey
- crypto certificate generate
- crypto certificate request
- crypto certificate import
- crypto certificate export pkcs12
- crypto certificate import pkcs12
- show crypto certificate mycertificate
- Web Server Commands
- ip http server
- ip http port
- ip http timeout-policy
- ip http secure-server
- ip http secure-port
- ip https certificate
- show ip http
- show ip https
- Telnet, SSH and Slogin Commands
- ip telnet server
- ip ssh port
- ip ssh server
- ip ssh pubkey-auth
- crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
- user-key
- Exampe
- key-string
- show ip ssh
- show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
- Line Commands
- line
- speed
- autobaud
- exec-timeout
- show line
- AAA Commands
- aaa authentication login
- aaa authentication enable
- login authentication
- enable authentication
- ip http authentication
- show authentication methods
- password
- service password-recovery
- enable password
- username
- show user accounts
- aaa accounting login
- aaa accounting dot1x
- show accounting
- passwords min-length
- passwords strength-check enable
- passwords strength minimum character-classes
- passwords strength max-limit repeated-characters
- passwords aging
- passwords history
- passwords history hold-time
- passwords lockout
- aaa login-history file
- set username active
- set line active
- set enable-password active
- show passwords configuration
- show users login-history
- Console# show users login-history
- RADIUS Commands
- radius-server host
- radius-server key
- radius-server retransmit
- radius-server source-ip
- radius-server source-ipv6
- radius-server timeout
- radius-server deadtime
- show radius-servers
- TACACS+ Commands
- tacacs-server host
- tacacs-server key
- tacacs-server timeout
- tacacs-server source-ip
- show tacacs
- Syslog Commands
- logging on
- Logging host
- logging console
- logging buffered
- clear logging
- logging file
- clear logging file
- aaa logging
- file-system logging
- management logging
- show logging
- show logging file
- show syslog-servers
- RMON Commands
- show rmon statistics
- rmon collection stats
- show rmon collection stats
- show rmon history
- rmon alarm
- show rmon alarm-table
- show rmon alarm
- rmon event
- show rmon events
- show rmon log
- rmon table-size
- 802.1x Commands
- aaa authentication dot1x
- dot1x system-auth-control
- dot1x port-control
- dot1x re-authentication
- dot1x timeout reauth-period
- dot1x re-authenticate
- dot1x timeout quiet-period
- dot1x timeout tx-period
- dot1x max-req
- dot1x timeout supp-timeout
- dot1x timeout server-timeout
- show dot1x
- show dot1x users
- show dot1x statistics
- clear dot1x statistics
- dot1x auth-not-req
- dot1x host-mode
- dot1x violation-mode
- dot1x guest-vlan
- dot1x guest-vlan timeout
- dot1x guest-vlan enable
- dot1x mac-authentication
- dot1x traps mac-authentication success
- dot1x traps mac-authentication failure
- dot1x radius-attributes vlan
- dot1x radius-attributes filter-id
- dot1x radius-attributes errors
- dot1x legacy-supp-mode
- show dot1x advanced
- dot1x system-auth-control monitor
- show dot1x monitoring result
- Ethernet Configuration Commands
- interface
- interface range
- description
- duplex
- negotiation
- flowcontrol
- flowcontrol (Global)
- show flowcontrol
- mdix
- back-pressure
- port jumbo-frame
- clear counters
- set interface active
- show interfaces configuration
- show interfaces status
- show interfaces advertise
- show interfaces description
- show interfaces counters
- show port jumbo-frame
- show errdisable interfaces
- storm-control broadcast enable
- storm-control broadcast level kbps
- storm-control include-multicast
- show storm-control
- PHY Diagnostics Commands
- test cable-diagnostics tdr
- show cable-diagnostics tdr
- show cable-diagnostics cable-length
- show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
- Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
- power inline
- power inline powered-device
- power inline priority
- power inline usage-threshold
- power inline traps enable
- power inline limit
- show power inline
- Example 1:
- Example 2:
- show power inline consumption
- show power inline version
- EEE Commands
- eee enable (global)
- eee enable (interface)
- eee lldp enable
- show eee
- Green Ethernet
- show green-ethernet
- Parameters Range
- green-ethernet short-reach (global)
- green-ethernet short-reach (interface)
- green-ethernet short-reach force
- green-ethernet short-reach threshold
- green-ethernet power-meter reset
- Port Channel Commands
- port-channel load-balance
- show interfaces port-channel
- Address Table Commands
- bridge multicast filtering
- bridge multicast address
- bridge multicast forbidden address
- bridge multicast unregistered
- bridge multicast forward-all
- bridge multicast forbidden forward-all
- mac address-table static
- clear mac address-table
- mac address-table aging-time
- port security
- port security mode
- port security max
- port security routed secure-address
- show mac address-table
- show mac address-table count
- show bridge multicast address-table
- show bridge multicast address-table static
- show bridge multicast filtering
- show bridge multicast unregistered
- show ports security
- Addresses
- show ports security addresses
- Port Monitor Commands
- port monitor
- Notes:
- show ports monitor
- sFlow Commands
- sflow receiver
- sflow flow-sampling
- sflow counters-sampling
- clear sflow statistics
- show sflow configuration
- show sflow statistics
- LLDP Commands
- Ildp run
- Ildp transmit
- Ildp receive
- Ildp timer
- Ildp hold-multiplier
- Ildp reinit
- Ildp tx-delay
- Ildp optional-tlv
- Ildp management-address
- Ildp notifications
- Ildp notifications interval
- Ildp optional-tlv 802.1
- Ildp med enable
- Ildp med notifications topology-change
- Ildp med network-policy (global)
- Ildp med network-policy (interface)
- clear lldp table
- Ildp med location
- show lldp configuration
- show lldp med configuration
- show lldp local tlvs-overloading
- show lldp local
- show lldp neighbors
- show lldp statistics
- Spanning-Tree Commands
- spanning-tree
- spanning-tree mode
- spanning-tree forward-time
- spanning-tree hello-time
- spanning-tree max-age
- spanning-tree priority
- spanning-tree disable
- spanning-tree cost
- spanning-tree port-priority
- spanning-tree portfast
- spanning-tree link-type
- spanning-tree pathcost method
- spanning-tree bpdu (Global)
- spanning-tree bpdu (Interface)
- spanning-tree guard root
- spanning-tree bpduguard
- clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
- spanning-tree mst priority
- spanning-tree mst max-hops
- spanning-tree mst port-priority
- spanning-tree mst cost
- spanning-tree mst configuration
- instance (MST)
- name (MST)
- revision (MST)
- show (MST)
- exit (MST)
- abort (MST)
- show spanning-tree
- Console# show spanning-tree
- Console# show spanning-tree blockedports
- Console# show spanning-tree detail
- show spanning-tree bpdu
- VLAN Commands
- vlan database
- vlan
- interface vlan
- interface range vlan
- name
- switchport protected-port
- switchport community
- show interfaces protected-ports
- switchport
- switchport mode
- switchport access vlan
- switchport access multicast-tv vlan
- switchport trunk allowed vlan
- switchport trunk native vlan
- switchport general allowed vlan
- switchport general pvid
- switchport general ingress-filtering disable
- switchport general acceptable-frame-type
- switchport customer vlan
- switchport general forbidden vlan
- map protocol protocols-group
- switchport general map protocols-group vlan
- private-vlan
- private-vlan association
- switchport private-vlan mapping
- switchport private-vlan host-association
- show vlan private-vlan
- ip internal-usage-vlan
- show vlan
- show vlan multicast-tv
- show vlan protocols-groups
- show vlan internal usage
- show interfaces switchport
- IGMP Snooping Commands
- ip igmp snooping (Global)
- ip igmp snooping vlan
- ip igmp snooping mrouter
- ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
- ip igmp snooping forbidden mrouter interface
- ip igmp snooping static
- Parameter
- ip igmp snooping multicast-tv
- ip igmp snooping querier
- ip igmp snooping querier address
- ip igmp robustness
- ip igmp query-interval
- ip igmp query-max-response-time
- ip igmp last-member-query-count
- ip igmp last-member-query-interval
- ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
- show ip igmp snooping mrouter
- show ip igmp snooping interface
- show ip igmp snooping groups
- show ip igmp snooping multicast-tv
- LACP Commands
- lapp system-priority
- lapc port-priority
- lapc timeout
- show lacp
- show lacp port-channel
- GVRP Commands
- gvrp enable (Global)
- gvrp enable (Interface)
- garp timer
- gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
- gvrp registration-forbid
- clear gvrp statistics
- show gvrp configuration
- show gvrp statistics
- show gvrp error-statistics
- Voice VLAN Commands
- voice vlan oui-table
- voice vlan cos mode
- voice vlan cos
- voice vlan aging-timeout
- voice vlan enable
- voice vlan secure
- show voice vlan
- DHCP Snooping and ARP Inspection Commands
- ip dhcp snooping
- ip dhcp snooping vlan
- ip dhcp snooping trust
- ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
- ip dhcp snooping verify
- ip dhcp snooping database
- ip dhcp snooping database update-freq
- ip dhcp snooping binding
- clear ip dhcp snooping database
- show ip dhcp snooping
- show ip dhcp snooping binding
- ip arp inspection
- ip arp inspection vlan
- ip arp inspection trust
- ip arp inspection validate
- ip arp inspection list create
- ip mac
- ip arp inspection list assign
- ip arp inspection logging interval
- show ip arp inspection
- show ip arp inspection list
- show ip arp inspection statistics
- clear ip arp inspection statistics
- ip dhcp information option
- show ip dhcp information option
- iSCSI Commands
- iscsi enable
- iscsi target port
- iscsi aging-time
- iscsi max-tcp-connections
- show iscsi
- show iscsi sessions
- IP Addressing Commands
- address
- ip address dhcp
- renew dhcp
- ip default-gateway
- show ip interface
- arp
- arp timeout (Global)
- arp timeout
- ip arp proxy disable
- ip proxy-arp
- clear arp-cache
- show arp
- show arp configuration
- interface ip
- directed-broadcast
- broadcast-address
- ip helper-address
- show ip helper-address
- source-precedence
- ip domain lookup
- ip domain name
- ip name-server
- ip host
- clear host
- clear host dhcp
- show hosts
- IPv6 Addressing Commands
- ipv6 enable
- ipv6 address autoconfig
- ipv6 icmp error-interval
- show ipv6 icmp error-interval
- ipv6 address
- ipv6 address link-local
- ipv6 unreachables
- ipv6 default-gateway
- show ipv6 interface
- show IPv6 route
- ipv6 nd dad attempts
- ipv6 host
- ipv6 neighbor
- ipv6 set mtu
- ipv6 mld version
- ipv6 mld join-group
- show ipv6 neighbors
- clear ipv6 neighbors
- Tunnel Commands
- interface tunnel
- tunnel mode ipv6ip
- tunnel isatap router
- tunnel source
- tunnel isatap query-interval
- tunnel isatap solicitation-interval
- tunnel isatap robustness
- show ipv6 tunnel
- DHCP Relay Commands
- ip dhcp relay enable (Global)
- ip dhcp relay enable (Interface)
- ip dhcp relay address (Global)
- ip dhcp relay address (Interface)
- show ip dhcp relay
- DHCP Server Commands
- ip dhcp server
- ip dhcp pool host
- ip dhcp pool network
- address (DHCP Host)
- address (DHCP Network)
- lease
- client-name
- default-router
- dns-server
- domain-name
- netbios-name-server
- netbios-node-type
- next-server
- next-server-name
- bootfile
- time-server
- option
- ip dhcp excluded-address
- ip dhcp ping enable
- ping enable
- ip dhcp ping count
- ip dhcp ping timeout
- clear ip dhcp binding
- show ip dhcp
- show ip dhcp excluded-addresses
- show ip dhcp pool host
- show ip dhcp pool network
- show ip dhcp binding
- show ip dhcp server statistics
- show ip dhcp allocated
- show ip dhcp declined
- show ip dhcp expired
- show ip dhcp pre-allocated
- show ip dhcp declined Field Descriptions
- IP Routing Protocol-Independent Commands
- ip route
- ip routing
- show ip route
- 44
- ACL Commands
- permit (IP)
- deny (IP)
- ipv6 access-list
- permit (IPv6)
- deny (IPv6)
- mac access-list
- permit ( MAC )
- service-acl input
- service-acl output
- service-acl input block
- time-range
- absolute
- periodic
- show time-range
- show access-lists
- show interfaces access-lists
- clear access-lists counters
- show interfaces access-lists counters
- Quality of Service (QoS) Commands
- qos
- show qos
- class-map
- show class-map
- match
- policy-map
- class
- show policy-map
- trust
- set
- police
- service-policy
- qos aggregate-policer
- show qos aggregate-policer
- police aggregate
- wrr-queue cos-map
- wrr-queue bandwidth
- priority-queue out num-of-queues
- traffic-shape
- traffic-shape queue
- rate-limit (Ethernet)
- qos wrr-queue wrtd
- show qos interface
- qos wrr-queue threshold
- qos map policed-dscp
- qos map dscp-queue
- qos map dscp-dp
- qos trust (Global)
- qos trust (Interface)
- qos cos
- qos dscp-mutation
- qos map dscp-mutation
- show qos map
- clear qos statistics
- qos statistics policer
- qos statistics aggregate-policer
- qos statistics queues
- show qos statistics
Brand : DELL
Model : PowerConnect 5548p
Category : Network switch